GLPSYSTEMSTRACK
OPERATIONS MANUAL
For use with the GLP systems Track Laboratory Automation System, the Track Sample Manager, the
Track Workflow Manager, and the Input/Output Module
80003968-108
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Read me first................................................................................................................7
What's new........................................................................................................................... 8
General safety information................................................................................................. 10
System security................................................................................................................... 11
Customer service................................................................................................................ 13
Intended use....................................................................................................................... 14
Proprietary statement........................................................................................................ 15
Disclaimers.......................................................................................................................... 16
GLP systems Track warranty statement for USA customers only....................................... 17
GLP systems Track agency approvals.................................................................................. 18
Intellectual Property statement..........................................................................................20
Key to symbols.................................................................................................................... 21
Manufacturer and distributor............................................................................................. 26
System documentation.............................................................................................. 27
Organization of the operations manual.............................................................................. 28
Conventions for the operations manual............................................................................. 30
Operations manual description.......................................................................................... 32
Operations manual use....................................................................................................... 33
Section 1: Use or function...........................................................................................35
GLP systems Track overview............................................................................................... 37
Communication paths.............................................................................................. 37
Track overview.................................................................................................................... 39
Track sections...........................................................................................................39
Lane elements.......................................................................................................... 41
CAR overview...................................................................................................................... 44
CAR design and function.......................................................................................... 44
Descriptions of CAR charge statuses........................................................................ 47
Track Sample Manager overview........................................................................................ 49
Track Workflow Manager overview.................................................................................... 50
Input/Output Module overview..........................................................................................51
Input/Output Module design and function..............................................................51
Descriptions of module statuses.............................................................................. 62
Descriptions of drawer statuses...............................................................................62
RackPorts overview.............................................................................................................64
FlexRacks overview............................................................................................................. 65
Section 2: Installation procedures and special requirements...................................... 67
Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal..................................................... 68
Track installation...................................................................................................... 69
Spiral tower installation requirements.................................................................... 69
Input/Output Module installation requirements..................................................... 70
Typical floor loading................................................................................................. 72
Track Manager Operating System user interface............................................................... 74
Create a new TSM or TWM user (TMOS)................................................................. 74
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
3
Edit a TSM or TWM user (TMOS)............................................................................. 76
Reset a TSM or TWM user password (TMOS).......................................................... 77
Change a personal TSM or TWM password (TMOS)................................................ 78
Log on to the Setup and Maintenance console (TMOS)...........................................79
Basis OS screen (TMOS)........................................................................................... 80
TSM screen (TMOS)..................................................................................................84
TWM screen (TMOS)................................................................................................ 85
View licenses (TMOS)............................................................................................... 86
Input/Output Module configuration...................................................................................88
Main menu screen (IOM)......................................................................................... 88
Section 3: Principles of operation............................................................................. 101
General operation............................................................................................................. 102
Control system.................................................................................................................. 104
Track Sample Manager functional description................................................................. 105
Workflow................................................................................................................105
System monitoring................................................................................................. 107
Track Workflow Manager functional description............................................................. 109
Input/Output Module operation...................................................................................... 110
Section 4: Performance characteristics and specifications.........................................111
Technical data................................................................................................................... 112
Laboratory automation system technical data...................................................... 112
Sample and rack barcode label technical data.......................................................113
Sample tube technical data....................................................................................116
Sample processing specifications........................................................................... 119
Track technical data............................................................................................... 119
Spiral tower technical data.................................................................................... 120
CAR technical data................................................................................................. 120
Track Sample Manager technical data................................................................... 121
Track Workflow Manager technical data............................................................... 121
Input/Output Module technical data..................................................................... 122
Section 5: Operating instructions..............................................................................123
Start the GLP systems Track..............................................................................................124
Shut down the GLP systems Track.................................................................................... 125
Perform an emergency shutdown.................................................................................... 126
Log on to the Track Sample Manager (TSM)..................................................................... 128
Log on to the Track Workflow Manager (TWM)............................................................... 130
Open and close the track hoods....................................................................................... 132
Remove and replace the track hood at the spiral tower.................................................. 135
Open and close the spiral tower doors............................................................................. 138
Cycle power to an empty CAR...........................................................................................140
Track Sample Manager user interface.............................................................................. 142
Roles and permissions (TSM)................................................................................. 142
Main menu screen (TSM)....................................................................................... 143
Track Workflow Manager user interface.......................................................................... 201
Roles and permissions (TWM)................................................................................201
Table of contents
4 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Main menu screen (TWM)..................................................................................... 202
Input/Output Module procedures.................................................................................... 263
Power on the module.............................................................................................263
Power off the module............................................................................................ 264
Cycle power to the module.................................................................................... 265
Place the module online.........................................................................................266
Place the module offline........................................................................................ 267
Pause the module.................................................................................................. 267
Deactivate pause mode..........................................................................................268
Open and close the front and rear module covers................................................ 268
Load samples into FlexRacks.................................................................................. 271
Unload samples from FlexRacks.............................................................................273
Load analyzer-specific racks................................................................................... 274
Unload analyzer-specific racks............................................................................... 277
Shut down the module by using the rear module switch...................................... 280
Section 6: Calibration procedures............................................................................. 283
Section 7: Operational precautions and limitations.................................................. 285
Covers, hoods, and sensors...............................................................................................286
Requirements for handling the specimens....................................................................... 287
Section 8: Hazards.................................................................................................... 289
Operator responsibility..................................................................................................... 290
Safety icons....................................................................................................................... 291
Biological hazards............................................................................................................. 293
Precautions............................................................................................................ 293
Sensitizers.............................................................................................................. 294
Physical hazards................................................................................................................ 295
Tripping hazards..................................................................................................... 295
Basic safety....................................................................................................................... 296
CAR safety......................................................................................................................... 299
Laser safety....................................................................................................................... 300
Spill cleanup...................................................................................................................... 301
Requirements for decontamination..................................................................................302
Input/Output Module safety.............................................................................................303
Section 9: Service, maintenance, and diagnostics..................................................... 305
Maintenance..................................................................................................................... 306
Component replacement....................................................................................... 306
Track maintenance................................................................................................. 307
CAR maintenance................................................................................................... 309
Input/Output Module maintenance...................................................................... 316
Section 10: Troubleshooting..................................................................................... 327
Message codes.................................................................................................................. 328
Message code screen (IOM)...................................................................................328
Message codes (0-9999)........................................................................................ 329
Table of contents
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
5
Message codes (10000-19999).............................................................................. 332
Message codes (20000-29999).............................................................................. 333
Message codes (30000-39999).............................................................................. 357
Message codes (70000-79999).............................................................................. 358
Message codes (80000-89999).............................................................................. 389
Observed problems...........................................................................................................423
Track observed problems....................................................................................... 423
CAR observed problems......................................................................................... 425
Track Sample Manager observed problems...........................................................430
Track Workflow Manager observed problems.......................................................433
Input/Output Module observed problems............................................................ 433
Appendix A: List numbers.........................................................................................443
Consumable list numbers..................................................................................................444
Independent tool list numbers......................................................................................... 445
Component replacement list numbers............................................................................. 446
Glossary................................................................................................................... 447
Index........................................................................................................................ 451
Revision history........................................................................................................461
Table of contents
6 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
READ ME FIRST
Foreword
This operations manual is intended for operators of the Abbott Automation Solutions GLP
systems Track.
Ensure that this operations manual is read and understood before laboratory automation
system (LAS) startup is performed.
This operations manual contains information on the LAS properties and handling, and
instructions and measures for maintaining its operational readiness.
The LAS is a modular, customer-specific design. This operations manual is the base system
manual of the LAS. The manuals for other modules are supplemental information to this
operations manual. Read and observe the manuals for each component and the connected
analyzers.
The features in this manual were introduced in Track 1.4.X, Track Sample Manager 5.2.X, Track
Workflow Manager 3.3.X, Track Manager Operating System 5.2.X, and Input/Output Module
2.7.X.
NOTE: An X in the software version number represents software changes that have no impact
on this manual.
Original instructions of this manual are written in English. Other languages are translations of
the original instructions.
For an electronic copy of this manual, go to labcentral.corelaboratory.abbott.
For laboratory professional use only.
Only use the operating instructions in this manual with an Input/Output Module with
list number (LN) 04Z96-02 or higher or a Tube Assessment Module with LN 04Z99-02 or
higher. If necessary, contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
Related information...
▪ What's new, page 8
▪ General safety information, page 10
▪ System security, page 11
▪ Customer service, page 13
▪ Intended use, page 14
▪ Proprietary statement, page 15
▪ Disclaimers, page 16
▪ GLP systems Track warranty statement for USA customers only, page 17
▪ GLP systems Track agency approvals, page 18
▪ Intellectual Property statement, page 20
▪ Key to symbols, page 21
▪ Manufacturer and distributor, page 26
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
7
What's new
Track Sample Manager (TSM)
The following new features were introduced with TSM software 5.2.X.
• Language options are no longer configured through the TSM application. See the updated
topic Log on to the Track Sample Manager (TSM) (page 128).
• New features were added to support temperature monitoring for Archive Storage Units.
See the following new and updated topics:
– Module controller screen element descriptions (TSM) (page 150)
– View temperature statistics for an Archive Storage Unit (TSM) (page 161)
– Monitoring tab element descriptions (TSM) (page 191)
• New features were added to the Firmware tab to display additional version information
sent by module and segment controllers. See the updated topic Firmware tab element
descriptions (TSM) (page 161).
• New features were added to improve the handling and detection of CARs that are removed
from the track. See the updated topics Sample Detail screen element descriptions (TSM)
(page 167) and Search tab (CARs) element descriptions (TSM) (page 177).
• Message codes 28133 (page 357), 70127 (page 385), 71020 (page 389), and 81036
(page 402) were added.
• Message code 81035 (page 402) was added to replace message code 70094.
Track Workflow Manager (TWM)
The following new features were introduced with TWM software 3.3.X.
• Language options are no longer configured through the TWM application. See the updated
topics Log on to the Track Workflow Manager (TWM) (page 130) and Parameter screen
element descriptions (TWM) (page 259).
• New features were added to the sample search functionality, including search criteria and
functions to support requesting samples from Archive Storage Units. See the following new
and updated topics:
– Sample search screen (TWM) (page 205)
– Sample search screen element descriptions (TWM) (page 205)
– Sample search result screen element descriptions (TWM) (page 207)
– Select tests screen element descriptions (TWM) (page 208)
– Sample details screen element descriptions (TWM) (page 210)
– Search for samples and sample details (TWM) (page 213)
What's new
Read me first
8 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
• New features were added to enable the recapping of sample tubes prior to routing them
to the Buffer Module and to support upgrading the priority of a sample to HIGH for all of
its routes when the sample has at least one order for a high-priority test. See the updated
topics Fluid types details screen element descriptions (TWM) (page 235) and Tests screen
element descriptions (TWM) (page 238).
• A new option was added to the batch processing functionality for samples with only
batch tests remaining. See the updated topic Batch screen element descriptions (TWM)
(page 244).
• Message codes 83166 (page 421), 83167 (page 421), and 83168 (page 421) were added.
Track Manager Operating System (TMOS)
The following new features were introduced with TMOS software 5.2.X.
• Administrator-level access has been enabled on the Setup and Maintenance console. See
the following new topics:
– Track Manager Operating System user interface (page 74)
– Log on to the Setup and Maintenance console (TMOS) (page 79)
– Basis OS screen (TMOS) (page 80)
– Basis OS screen element descriptions (TMOS) (page 81)
– Server Properties screen element descriptions (TMOS) (page 81)
– HTTPS Management screen element descriptions (TMOS) (page 82)
– System Information screen element descriptions (TMOS) (page 83)
– Prepare for Reboot screen element descriptions (TMOS) (page 83)
– TSM screen (TMOS) (page 84)
– TSM screen element descriptions (TMOS) (page 84)
– TWM screen (TMOS) (page 85)
– TWM screen element descriptions (TMOS) (page 85)
– View licenses (TMOS) (page 86)
• Improvements were made to the user interface of the user management console. See the
updated topics Create a new TSM or TWM user (TMOS) (page 74) and Edit a TSM or TWM
user (TMOS) (page 76).
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
Read me first
What's new
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
9
General safety information
Before operating the GLP systems Track, read and understand the safety information in this
manual.
For information about actions or conditions that can affect system performance, carefully
review operational precautions and limitations in this manual.
To become familiar with safety icons on the instrument and in this manual that indicate
potentially hazardous situations, review hazards in this manual. Comply with the hazard
and safety information to minimize the potential for harm to personnel and damage to the
laboratory environment.
The sections for operational precautions and limitations and for hazards contain supplemental
information. Do not use the supplemental information to supersede workplace safety
requirements. Review any significant differences between the supplemental information and
the workplace safety requirements with management or a workplace safety representative.
The GLP systems Track is state-of-the-art. However, residual dangers exist. The safety
instructions must be read and observed. The manufacturer accepts no liability for failure to
observe the safety instructions.
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
▪ Operational precautions and limitations, page 285
▪ Hazards, page 289
General safety information
Read me first
10 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
System security
Abbott Laboratories is committed to the security of the laboratory automation system (LAS) and
reducing cybersecurity risks associated with our medical devices.
Abbott Laboratories recognizes the importance of incorporating cybersecurity considerations
early and throughout our product design and development process. Our cybersecurity controls
were designed, developed, and implemented based on leading practices, regulatory guidance,
and government agencies.
As part of our proactive efforts, Abbott monitors third-party software components integrated
into our products and communicates with software users regarding any third-party software
components that have reached end of life/end of support by their manufacturer. Abbott will
continue to monitor and assess third-party software components for potential vulnerabilities for
supported Abbott products. This information can be accessed at corelaboratory.abbott and will
be updated as new information is available.
Although we have designed the LAS with cybersecurity controls, our customers also play a vital
role in protecting information security:
• Use of good laboratory practices and adherence to applicable regulations is recommended
at all times.
• The system should be installed in a secure location, including workstations used to access
the Track Sample Manager (TSM) and Track Workflow Manager (TWM) user interfaces
remotely.
• Only authorized users should have access to the system because the system may contain
protected health information (PHI) or sensitive data.
• Although the LAS incorporates cybersecurity risk mitigation controls relating to network
connectivity, each system should be installed on a secure network that adheres to best
practices from a network security perspective to prevent unauthorized access to data
transmission between the LAS and external systems, such as a printer or host.
• The LAS also incorporates cybersecurity risk mitigation controls relating to connecting
USB storage devices. Reports or other data exported to USB storage devices should be
controlled with appropriate laboratory practices.
• When a network-connected device not managed by Abbott [such as a keyboard, video, and
mouse (KVM) switch or a Wi-Fi dongle] is connected to an Abbott product, cybersecurity
risk can be introduced to the product in the case of a network-level cybersecurity event.
For these types of connections, Abbott relies on the cybersecurity controls of the laboratory
network. Customers should mitigate risk by ensuring that unauthorized personnel cannot
access such devices and by securing the laboratory network on which the devices are
located.
• When a server with the Track Manager Operating System (TMOS) hosting the TSM or TWM
application is decommissioned or disposed, the customer should remove all PHI or sensitive
data from the server.
• Although each GLP systems Track storage drive is reformatted to ensure that confidential
information is removed before replacement of the drive or associated computer and before
Read me first
System security
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
11
removal of the GLP systems Track from the customer site, customers may request to retain
the deinstalled drive for disposal according to their facility procedures.
• Users should log off from the TMOS, TSM, and TWM user interfaces after each session.
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
System security Read me first
12 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Customer service
For questions about the GLP systems Track, contact the local representative or find country-
specific contact information at corelaboratory.abbott.
In addition, contact the local representative or use country-specific contact information to
request instructions for use.
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
Read me first Customer service
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
13
Intended use
The GLP systems Track is a modular laboratory automation system designed to automate
pre-analytical and post-analytical processing, including sample handling, in order to automate
sample processing in clinical laboratories. The system consolidates multiple analytical
instruments into a unified workflow.
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
Intended use Read me first
14 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Proprietary statement
The GLP systems Track system documentation (© 2023-2026 Abbott. All rights reserved.) and
software programs are protected by copyright.
The software and manual were developed solely for use with the laboratory automation system
as specified in the operating instructions.
The information, documents and related graphics published herein (the "Information") are the
sole property of Abbott Laboratories. Permission to use the Information is granted, provided
that:
• the copyright notice appears on all copies;
• use of the Information is for operation of ABBOTT products by Abbott Laboratories trained
personnel or informational use only;
• the Information is not modified in any way; and
• no graphics are used separate from accompanying text.
Each person assumes full responsibility and all risks arising from use of the Information herein.
The Information is presented "AS IS" without warranties, either express or implied, and may
include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Abbott Laboratories reserves the right to
make additions, deletions, or modifications to the Information at any time without any prior
notification.
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
Read me first
Proprietary statement
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
15
Disclaimers
All samples (printouts, graphics, displays or screens, etc.) are for information and illustration
purposes only and shall not be used for clinical or maintenance evaluations. Data shown in
sample printouts and screens do not reflect actual patient names or test results.
The Information was developed to be used by Abbott Laboratories trained personnel, by other
persons knowledgeable or experienced with the operation and service of the product identified,
under the supervision and with cooperation from Abbott Laboratories technical support or
service representatives.
In no event shall Abbott Laboratories or its affiliates be liable for any damages or losses incurred
in connection with or arising from the use of the Information by persons not fully trained by
Abbott Laboratories.
No confidential relationship shall be established in the event that any user of the Information
should make any oral, written or electronic response to Abbott Laboratories (such as feedback,
questions, comments, suggestions, ideas, etc.). Such response and any information submitted
therewith shall be considered non-confidential, and Abbott shall be free to reproduce, publish
or otherwise use such information for any purposes whatsoever including, without limitation,
the research, development, manufacture, service, use, or sale of products incorporating such
information. The sender of any information to Abbott is fully responsible for its content,
including its truthfulness and accuracy and its non-infringement of any other person's
proprietary rights.
Abbott Laboratories is not engaged in rendering medical advice or services.
Updates to the Information may be provided in either paper or electronic format. Always refer
to the latest documents for the most current information.
Incremental manual updates may cause the page numbering of the Master Table of Contents
and the Master Index to change.
No part of this media may be reproduced, stored, retrieved, or transmitted in any form or by
any means without the prior written permission of Abbott Laboratories.
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
Disclaimers
Read me first
16 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
GLP systems Track warranty statement for USA customers only
Abbott Laboratories warrants new instruments sold by Core Diagnostics to be free from defects
in workmanship and materials during normal use by the original purchaser. This warranty shall
continue for a period of one year from the date of shipment to the original purchaser, or until
title is transferred from the original purchaser, whichever occurs first (the "Warranty Period").
If any defects occur during the Warranty period, contact your Abbott Customer Service
Representative immediately, and be prepared to furnish information including the serial
number, the model number, and pertinent details concerning the defect.
This Warranty does not cover defects or malfunctions which: (1) are not reported to Abbott
during the Warranty Period and within one week of occurrence; (2) result from chemical
decomposition or corrosion; (3) are caused primarily by misuse, alteration, damage or failure
to comply with any requirements or instruction contained in the applicable Abbott Operations
Manual (including the substitution of any reagent not authorized by Abbott); or (4) result from
maintenance, repair, or modification, performed or attempted by personnel not authorized by
Abbott without Abbott's authorization.
Abbott's liability for all matters arising from the supply, installation, use, repair, and
maintenance of the instrument, whether arising under this Warranty or otherwise, shall be
limited solely to the repair or (at Abbott's sole discretion) replacement of the instrument or of
components thereof. Replaced parts shall become the property of Abbott Laboratories. In no
event shall Abbott be liable for injuries sustained by third parties.
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED ABOVE, ABBOTT LABORATORIES HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, CREATED BY LAW,
CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.
IN NO EVENT SHALL ABBOTT LABORATORIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
PUNITIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST
REVENUES, PROFITS, OR DATA) ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OF THE
INSTRUMENT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER ABBOTT LABORATORIES HAS BEEN ADVISED AS TO
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
Read me first
GLP systems Track warranty statement for USA customers only
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
17
GLP systems Track agency approvals
The GLP systems Track has been tested and found to comply with the following agency
standards, European Union (EU) directives, and regulations:
• UL 61010-1 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and
Laboratory Use - Part 1: General Requirements
• IEC/EN 61010-1 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control,
and Laboratory Use - Part 1: General Requirements
• CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for
Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use - Part 1: General Requirements
• IEC/EN 61010-2-011 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,
control, and laboratory use - Part 2-011: Particular requirements for refrigerating
equipment
• IEC/EN 61010-2-020 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,
control, and laboratory use - Part 2-020: Particular requirements for laboratory centrifuges
• IEC/EN 61010-2-101 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control
and laboratory use - Part 2-101: Particular requirements for in vitro diagnostic (IVD) medical
equipment
• IEC 60825-1 Safety of laser products - Part 1: Equipment classification and requirements
• IEC/EN 61326-1 Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use - EMC
requirements - Part 1: General requirements
• IEC/EN 61326-2-6 Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use -
EMC requirements - Part 2-6: Particular requirements - In vitro diagnostic (IVD) medical
equipment
• EN 50419 Marking of electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) in respect to separate
collection of waste EEE (WEEE)
• DIRECTIVE 2006/42/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 17 May
2006 on machinery, and amending Directive 95/16/EC (recast)
• DIRECTIVE 2011/65/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 8 June
2011 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and
electronic equipment
• COMMISSION DELEGATED DIRECTIVE (EU) 2015/863 of 31 March 2015 amending Annex II
to Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the list of
restricted substances
• REGULATION (EC) No 1907/2006 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of
18 December 2006 concerning the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction
of Chemicals (REACH), establishing a European Chemicals Agency, amending Directive
1999/45/EC and repealing Council Regulation (EEC) No 793/93 and Commission Regulation
(EC) No 1488/94 as well as Council Directive 76/769/EEC and Commission Directives
91/155/EEC, 93/67/EEC, 93/105/EC and 2000/21/EC
GLP systems Track agency approvals
Read me first
18 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
• DIRECTIVE 2014/53/EU OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 16 April
2014 on the harmonisation of the laws of the Member States relating to the making
available on the market of radio equipment and repealing Directive 1999/5/EC
• Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Part 15.225: Operation within the band
13.110-14.010 MHz
• Radio Standards Specification 210 (RSS-210) Issue 11: License-Exempt Radio Apparatus:
Category I Equipment
Abbott Automation Solutions GmbH
Sachsenkamp 5
20097 Hamburg
Germany
+49 40 809051-111
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference received, including interference that may cause unwanted operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Abbott Automation Solutions for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standards. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference, including interference that may cause unwanted operation of the
device.
NOTE: The software has not been evaluated to UL 1998, Standard for Software in Programmable
Components.
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
Read me first
GLP systems Track agency approvals
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
19
Intellectual Property statement
GLP systems Track and related brand marks are trademarks of Abbott. Other trademarks are the
property of their respective owners.
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
Intellectual Property statement Read me first
20 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Key to symbols
Symbols must not be removed, painted over, or rendered illegible. Damaged notices must be
replaced. The following symbols may be attached to the GLP systems Track.
Harmonized symbols
Directive 2012/19/EU
Symbol Description
WEEE: Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
NOTE: Indicates that the item needs to be disposed
of in a separate waste collection for electrical and
electronic equipment and must not be disposed of
in the general waste.
IEC 60417-5009
Symbol Description
Standby
IEC 60825-1
Symbol Description
Caution: Embedded Class 2 Lasers. Do not open
module covers while the bar code readers are
turned on. Do not stare into the beam.
IEC 61010-1
Symbol Description
Caution: Consult accompanying documents
Caution: Hot surface
Caution: Possibility of electric shock
Continued on next page...
Read me first Key to symbols
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
21
...Continued from previous page
Symbol Description
Caution: Protective conductor terminal
IEC 61010-2-101
Symbol Description
Caution: Biological RISKS
In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Device
ISO 3864
Symbol Description
Caution: Mind or watch your hands
ISO 7000
Symbol Description
Lock
Unlock
ISO 7010-M002
Symbol Description
Observe operations manual
Key to symbols Read me first
22 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
ISO 7010-M006
Symbol Description
Caution: Power off mains disconnect switch from
electrical supply
ISO 7010-P015
Symbol Description
Caution: Do not reach inside
ISO 7010-W006
Symbol Description
Caution: Magnetic field
ISO 7010-W020
Symbol Description
Caution: Overhead obstruction
ISO 7010-W022
Symbol Description
Caution: Sharp element
ISO 15223-1
Symbol Description
This product contains dry natural rubber
Date of manufacture
Continued on next page...
Read me first Key to symbols
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
23
...Continued from previous page
Symbol Description
Do not reuse
Keep dry
Manufacturer
Temperature limitation
Use by/Expiration date
Batch code/Lot number
Catalog number/List number
Serial number
ISO 15223-1, ISO 7000
Symbol Description
Fragile, handle with care
Nonharmonized symbols
Symbol Description
"Conformité Européenne," compliance of a
product with the applicable European Union legal
provisions.
Distributed by
Distributed in the USA by
Continued on next page...
Key to symbols Read me first
24 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
...Continued from previous page
Symbol Description
Identifies products to be used together.
Play/Pause
Product of Germany
Caution: Federal law restricts this device to sale by
or on the order of a physician.
Unit
Caution: Risk of fire
Caution: Magnetic field. Restrictions for individuals
with pacemakers.
NOTE: The precise location of the symbols is specific to each module. For module-specific
information, refer to the appropriate manual.
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
Read me first
Key to symbols
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
25
Manufacturer and distributor
Manufacturer
Abbott Automation Solutions GmbH
Sachsenkamp 5
20097 Hamburg
Germany
+49 40 809051-111
As the manufacturer of the GLP systems Track, Abbott Automation Solutions GmbH is
responsible for the general functionality and performance. Any additional responsibilities are
subject to the written contractual agreements between the distributor and the owner.
Sales partners
The distributor is the contractual partner of the owner.
Acting as the middleman between the manufacturer and the owner, the distributor is
responsible for the customer-specific system design, system installation, and all maintenance
performed according to the service requirements of the manufacturer.
Owner
The owner is the natural or legal person who operates or owns the laboratory automation
system.
Related information...
▪ Read me first, page 7
Manufacturer and distributor
Read me first
26 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION
Introduction
This section provides information on the purpose and structure of the operations manual as well
as reading and orientation aids for the operations manual.
Related information...
▪ Organization of the operations manual, page 28
▪ Conventions for the operations manual, page 30
▪ Operations manual description, page 32
▪ Operations manual use, page 33
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
27
Organization of the operations manual
Section Description
Read me first • General safety information
• Customer service contact information
• Intended use of the system
System documentation • Content organization and conventions
• Use of the operations manual
Section 1: Use or function • GLP systems Track overview
• Track overview
• CAR overview
• Track Sample Manager (TSM) overview
• Track Workflow Manager (TWM) overview
• Input/Output Module (IOM) overview
• RackPorts overview
• FlexRacks overview
Section 2: Installation procedures and special
requirements
• Transportation, installation, disassembly, and
disposal
• IOM configuration
Section 3: Principles of operation • General operation
• Control system
• TSM functional description
• TWM functional description
• IOM procedures
Section 4: Performance characteristics and
specifications
Technical data
Section 5: Operating instructions Procedures for routine system operation
Section 6: Calibration procedures Not required
Section 7: Operational precautions and limitations Operational requirements, precautions, and
limitations to ensure optimal operator safety and
accurate test results
Section 8: Hazards Hazard and safety information
Section 9: Service, maintenance, and diagnostics • Procedures for cleaning and maintenance
• Description of component replacement
Section 10: Troubleshooting • Troubleshooting basics
• Probable causes and corrective actions for
message codes
• Probable causes and corrective actions for
observed problems
Appendix A: List numbers Information about list numbers
Revision history History of revisions to the operations manual
Continued on next page...
Organization of the operations manual System documentation
28 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
...Continued from previous page
Section Description
Glossary Alphabetical listing of terms that are used in the
operations manual
Index Alphabetical listing of subject matter with
references to the location of information
Related information...
▪ System documentation, page 27
System documentation Organization of the operations manual
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
29
Conventions for the operations manual
Conventions are a set of defined standards that are used to communicate meaning in an
expected manner.
Table 1: Text conventions
Description Use
Italic font style Indicates a reference to related information.
Bold font style Emphasizes key words in procedures. For example,
in the numbered steps, bold font style is applied to
the following elements:
• Toolbar, icon, and menu items
• Buttons
• Commands
• Lists and tabs
• Dialog box titles and options
Numbers in brackets (for example, [1] and [2]) Reference specific areas of a graphic within a
procedure.
Table 2: Number format conventions
Description Use
Comma in numbers Separates thousands in numbers that are greater
than 9999 (for example, 10,000 specimens).
Period in numbers Separates the integer part from the fractional part
of a number written in decimal form (for example,
3.12%).
Table 3: Content conventions
Description Use
Safety symbols and the CAUTION signal word Identify activities that expose the operator to
potentially dangerous conditions.
IMPORTANT signal word Advises the operator to comply with precautions to
prevent a negative impact on system operations or
results.
NOTE signal word Provides information that is relevant to the topic
content.
Related information list Provides references at the end of a topic that are
related to the topic.
Conventions for the operations manual System documentation
30 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Table 4: Graphic conventions
Description Use
Numerical references on graphics Indicate items in a graphic that are described in the
legend.
Related information...
▪ System documentation, page 27
System documentation Conventions for the operations manual
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
31
Operations manual description
The operations manual is designed to be the quickest and most accurate resource for
informational needs.
Related information...
▪ System documentation, page 27
Operations manual description System documentation
32 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Operations manual use
The operations manual is designed for quick access to information needed to:
• Understand the concepts behind system operation and performance.
• Accomplish a task.
• Recover from an error.
• Troubleshoot a problem.
Related information...
▪ System documentation, page 27
System documentation
Operations manual use
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
33
Operations manual use System documentation
This page is intentionally left blank.
34 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
1. USE OR FUNCTION
Introduction
The GLP systems Track is a modular laboratory automation system (LAS) used to perform
multiple pre-analytic and post-analytic steps to automate sample preparation and distribution
processes in clinical laboratories. These processes include barcode identification of samples,
centrifugation, aliquoting of samples, transport of samples between processes (modules), and
delivery of samples to one or more Abbott and third-party commercially available laboratory
analyzers. Each module includes a built-in touchscreen user interface that functions as a central
operating and display element.
After samples have been loaded onto the LAS, they are loaded into transport vehicles (CARs)
that run on an intermodule track system. Samples are then directed to the sample preparation
modules and connected analyzers. After the analysis process is completed, the samples are
available to be removed, archived, or disposed.
The system can perform the following sample processing steps:
• Loading in racks
• Identification by using barcodes
• Transporting and tracking
• Preparation for removal
Optional sample processing steps are available with additional modules.
NOTE: Some modules may not be available in all countries. Contact your local representative for
more information.
NOTE: The GLP systems Track is designed to support accurate sample tracking and rack
identification within the LAS. Laboratory personnel have the responsibility to ensure accurate
sample tracking outside the LAS.
NOTE: Sample integrity and adequate sample volume after centrifugation are not automatically
evaluated by the LAS. Sample integrity and adequate sample volume are necessary to prevent
errors on the sample. Laboratory personnel have the responsibility to verify sample integrity and
sample volume before testing.
The Track Sample Manager (TSM) offers features including workload management, sample-to-
analyzer routing (based on sample orders from the laboratory information system and the Track
Workflow Manager), and module operating mode monitoring by using communication links
between TSM, analyzers, and middleware.
The GLP systems Track does not modify the intended use of the analytic functionality of
connected equipment. Test results and sample-related data are not transferred.
Related information...
▪ GLP systems Track overview, page 37
▪ Track overview, page 39
▪ CAR overview, page 44
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
35
▪ Track Sample Manager overview, page 49
▪ Track Workflow Manager overview, page 50
▪ Input/Output Module overview, page 51
▪ RackPorts overview, page 64
▪ FlexRacks overview, page 65
Use or function Section 1
36 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
GLP systems Track overview
The CARs on the GLP systems Track transport the samples to the various modules. External
analyzers are connected to the track through specific interfaces.
The following list describes the main components of the laboratory automation system (LAS):
Track sections Include floor and ceiling sections and provide space for laboratory
utility lines carrying electricity, water, or wastewater.
Lane elements Include straight lanes, curves, cross switches, charge lanes for charging
of the CARs, and maintenance lanes for defective or faulty CARs.
AccessPoints Hold CARs and samples in place, allowing for secure sample
processing.
Spirals Provide interconnection between floors and elevated sections.
CARs Transport the samples to the modules. The Track Sample Manager
ensures that the CARs navigate smoothly in the LAS.
Input/Output Module
(IOM)
Functions as the central module for the input and output of sample
tubes. In addition, areas of the drawers can be configured as an
archive or for loading and unloading racks.
Related information...
▪ Use or function, page 35
▪ Communication paths, page 37
Communication paths
The following figure shows the communication paths.
Figure 1: Flowchart of communication paths
Legend:
1. Laboratory information system (LIS) with middleware
2. Track Workflow Manager (TWM)
3. Track Sample Manager (TSM)
4. GLP systems Track
The following list describes the communication paths:
1. The LIS sends the requested analyses to the middleware. The middleware then forwards
these analyses to TWM.
2. Using these analyses, TWM creates targets on the GLP systems Track, which are then
communicated to TSM.
Section 1
Use or function
GLP systems Track overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
37
3. TSM sends detailed instructions for where the sample should be processed on the track.
4. The track notifies TSM of the current location of the sample and the processing steps that
have been performed.
5. TSM sends this information to TWM. If necessary, this information is also forwarded to the
LIS with the middleware.
NOTE: Analysis results are sent from the analyzers directly to the middleware and not to the
track.
CAUTION: Risk of delay in sample processing. Interruptions to the communication
paths can have an impact on sample processing, leading to a delay in results. Observe
the communication status on the TSM user interface and resolve any TSM messages
codes or observed problems as needed. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative
or an authorized service representative for guidance on TSM and TWM configuration
and GLP systems Track automation workflow.
Related information...
▪ GLP systems Track overview, page 37
▪ Track Workflow Manager interface, page 106
Use or function
GLP systems Track overview
Section 1
38 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Track overview
CARs travel on the track to transport the samples to the various modules.
Externally supplied analyzers are connected to the track by specific interfaces such as the SAL
Alinity ci.
The track structure is customizable and can be extended as required. The track comprises the
support system and lane elements.
CAUTION: The support system houses electronic components and customer-specific
supply lines. To avoid a tripping hazard, ensure that cords and cables in high-traffic
areas are routed safely.
The support system and several track sections compose a track segment, which is controlled by
a segment controller. The Track Sample Manager (TSM) controls the active lane elements and
enables the CARs to move individually on the track. TSM is configured with the custom layout of
the track.
CAUTION: Finger pinches can occur if the track hoods close during work on the track.
Use caution when working on the track.
CAUTION: Injury can occur when track hoods are opened and closed or when they are
open during work on the track. When working on the track with the track hoods open,
be aware of moving parts. Do not reach into the path of moving parts.
CAUTION: Possibility of electric shock. The track is high voltage. Therefore, side casings
must stay in place.
Related information...
▪ Use or function, page 35
▪ Track sections, page 39
▪ Lane elements, page 41
▪ Layout tab element descriptions (TSM), page 159
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
▪ Open and close the front and rear module covers, page 268
Track sections
The modular design of the track sections allows the laboratory automation system to support a
customer-specific structure.
The track hoods include locks and side casing to protect the electronic components, lane
elements, and CARs from dust and manual access.
NOTE: The width of a track section can be 20 cm, 40 cm, or 80 cm.
Section 1
Use or function
Track overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
39
Figure 2: Track section and support system
Legend:
1. Track hood
NOTE: Accessible segments of the track have track hood locks.
2. Track hood locks
3. Track hood bracket
4. Lane element
5. Positioning plate for lane elements
6. Support rail for cables
7. Support pillar
8. Support rail for customer-specific cables and equipment
9. Side casing
10. Track section
Related information...
▪ Track overview, page 39
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
Use or function
Track overview
Section 1
40 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Lane elements
All lane elements are composed of a plastic body and two lanes. The guiding slot in the lane
element is used to guide the CARs.
The track has two types of lane elements: Active and passive.
Related information...
▪ Track overview, page 39
▪ Active lane elements, page 41
▪ Passive lane elements, page 41
▪ Special lane elements, page 42
Active lane elements
Active lane elements communicate with CARs and the Track Sample Manager to perform
actions, have a printed circuit board, and can be actively controlled.
Active lane elements include the following examples:
Cross switch
Enables CARs to switch lanes.
AccessPoint Enables CARs to stop. With the guiding pin, the CAR moves against
the horizontal holding pin in the guiding slot. The side-clamping jaws
clamp the CAR.
Charge lane Receives CARs with batteries that need to be charged and empty CARs
that have not been requested. Generally, a maximum of four charge
lane elements can be placed together to form a charge lane. Each
charge lane element accommodates a maximum of three CARs. When
the CAR is in the charging position, the charging contacts move up and
out of the floor and connect to the charging contacts on the CAR.
Switch 90 divergent Switches a CAR from the track to a module for sample processing.
Track T-Element Allows CARs to change directions.
SpiralSwitch Switches a CAR from the track to a spiral tower. The segment
controller contains a radio-frequency identification (RFID) reader to
verify the identity and location of each CAR entering the spiral tower.
Related information...
▪ Lane elements, page 41
Passive lane elements
Passive lane elements are used for the track component transport functions, have no printed
circuit board, and cannot be controlled.
Passive lane elements include the following examples:
Section 1
Use or function
Track overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
41
Straight lane Has two lanes.
Maintenance lane Receives released defective CARs without samples.
Related information...
▪ Lane elements, page 41
Special lane elements
Special lane elements can be used to meet customer-specific requirements for laboratory
automation.
Roundabout Combines the attributes of both the active and passive T-elements,
which allow CARs to change direction, and includes U-turn capabilities.
Roundabouts can be part of track sections that are low level along
the floor or high level (HL) along the ceiling and include the following
variations:
• Roundabout 3-entry
• Roundabout 3-entry HL
• Roundabout 4-entry HL
Spiral tower Enables vertical movement of CARs between low-level and high-level
track sections. Spiral towers are passive lane elements that are
available as left and right variations. Each spiral tower contains two
lanes that allow bidirectional movement of CARs.
Use or function
Track overview Section 1
42 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Figure 3: Left and right spiral towers
Legend:
1. Spiral towers with hoods
2. High-level entrance or exit
3. Connection bridge
4. Spiral doors
5. Low-level entrance or exit
Related information...
▪ Lane elements, page 41
Section 1
Use or function
Track overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
43
CAR overview
CARs transport the samples to the modules.
The Track Sample Manager ensures that the CARs navigate smoothly in the laboratory
automation system. Various speed profiles are available. A rechargeable lithium battery is the
energy source for the CAR. To charge the rechargeable lithium battery, the CARs automatically
move into the charge lane.
Related information...
▪ Use or function, page 35
▪ CAR design and function, page 44
▪ Descriptions of CAR charge statuses, page 47
CAR design and function
The CAR is an autonomous means of transport.
Use or function
CAR overview
Section 1
44 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Figure 4: CAR (isometric view)
Legend:
1. Serial number: Preassigned by the manufacturer.
2. Chassis: Houses the CAR.
3. Collision sensors: Measure the distance from the preceding CAR and send this information to the control
electronics of the CAR. The CAR brakes as necessary.
4. Light-emitting diodes: Indicate the operational status of the CAR.
5. Sample holder with clips: Holds a standard sample tube in a fixed, vertical position. The sample holder is a
nonremovable, plastic component with four arms.
Section 1
Use or function
CAR overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
45
Figure 5: CAR (bottom view)
Legend:
1. Drive wheel: Uses an electric drive with a rechargeable lithium battery. The electric drive enables individual
driving on the track. The drive wheel is a centrally installed, plastic component.
2. On/Off switch: Turns on and turns off the CAR, and is located at the rear of the CAR. CARs are turned on only
during installation.
NOTE: The On/Off switch can be damaged due to inappropriate handling. To avoid component damage, only
move the On/Off switch if necessary.
3. Charging contacts: Enable the rechargeable lithium battery of the electric drive to be charged, and are located
on the bottom of the CAR.
4. Guiding pin: Keeps the CAR in the guiding slot of the lane elements.
5. Sliders: Push the CAR over the track.
6. Front underseal: Contains the sliders, guiding pin, and permanent magnet. The front underseal can be replaced
if damaged or worn.
7. Drive operation sensor: Receives the signals from the active lane elements. The signals may include Start, Stop,
Curve, and Speed.
8. Permanent magnet: Registers the CAR on the active lane element.
Use or function
CAR overview
Section 1
46 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ CAR overview, page 44
▪ Clean the sample holder, page 312
▪ Clean the drive wheel and the wheel arch, page 313
▪ Sample tube technical data, page 116
▪ Start the GLP systems Track, page 124
▪ CAR maintenance, page 309
Descriptions of CAR charge statuses
CAR charge status refers to the operational status of a CAR. Light-emitting diodes (LEDs) indicate
the following charge statuses:
On the track
LED off Indicates normal operation.
LED yellow
• Blinks five times per second in a left
curve.
• Blinks two times per second in a right
curve.
LED red
• Blinks one time per second if the charge
status is 30% or less.
• Blinks two times per second if the charge
status is 20% or less.
• Blinks five times per second if the charge
status is 10% or less.
• Illuminates steadily if the CAR has an
error.
In the charge lane
LED green Illuminates or blinks one time per second
if there is a charge voltage and the lithium
battery is fully charged.
LED yellow
• Illuminates steadily during charging.
• Blinks one time per second when the
charge voltage is applied, but the lithium
battery is no longer being charged (less
than 4 V).
LED red
• Blinks one time per second if the charge
status is 30% or less.
Section 1
Use or function
CAR overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
47
• Blinks two times per second if the charge
status is 20% or less.
• Blinks five times per second if the charge
status is 10% or less.
• Illuminates steadily if the CAR has an
error.
NOTE: If the charge status of the CAR is 10% or less and this status continues for more than
15 minutes, the CAR turns off.
Related information...
▪ CAR overview, page 44
Use or function
CAR overview
Section 1
48 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Track Sample Manager overview
The Track Sample Manager (TSM) is the central software application of the GLP systems Track
and runs on a dedicated operating system, the Track Manager Operating System.
TSM is installed on a separate computer and is connected to the laboratory automation system
(LAS) and the Track Workflow Manager (TWM). TSM provides the modules with sample-specific
information and instructions. TWM receives orders from the laboratory information system
(LIS), an external component that provides TWM with sample information. TWM relays the
information from the LIS to TSM for sample routing.
TSM provides access to configuration parameters for the LAS. The configuration parameters
control the routing of samples and CARs in detail.
TSM controls and monitors sample transport on CARs. CARs are used to route the samples to
the connected modules. Modules provide information to TSM if new samples are placed on the
LAS. Empty CARs must be routed to the appropriate points to load new samples onto the LAS.
TSM reports the location of the CARs on the track at defined locations. The user interface
displays comprehensive status information from the communication of the CARs with active
lane elements such as switches, charge lanes, and stopping points. The user interface also
provides detailed statistics on the actions that have been performed. Sample IDs are linked to
the required sample routes received from TWM. Assay information is not transmitted to TSM.
The following list provides key features of TSM:
• Configuration based on the provided track layout of the laboratory for a specific LAS
• Various options to adapt sample and CAR routing based on laboratory needs
• Status display of all active components of the LAS in list views and visual track schematics
• Statistics on performance, throughput, and system events
• Web-based application with a user interface that can be accessed from any workplace in
the network by using a browser
Related information...
▪ Use or function, page 35
▪ Track Workflow Manager overview, page 50
▪ Control system, page 104
Section 1
Use or function
Track Sample Manager overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
49
Track Workflow Manager overview
The Track Workflow Manager (TWM) uses an algorithm to translate individual sample orders
into pre-analytical processing steps and target destinations (target plan). Order input, test
sequence, and results validation are managed through the laboratory information system (LIS)
and middleware. The Track Sample Manager (TSM) controls the transportation of samples
on CARs to their destinations (for example, modules and analyzers) along the laboratory
automation system (LAS). TWM is located between the LIS, middleware, and TSM, and has
the following functions:
• Receives the orders from the LIS through the middleware
• Receives test or instrument availability from the middleware and instrument status from
TSM
• Reports information about the modules installed on the LAS
• Computes sample routes according to customer-defined configuration for specific
laboratory needs and requirements
The following list provides the key features of TWM:
• Target plan creation for samples
• Customer-specific calculation of sample routing
• Ability to be customized to meet laboratory requirements
• Ability to activate or deactivate one or more tests or instruments
• Web-based application with a user interface that can be accessed from any workplace in
the network by using a browser
• Ability to receive the orders from the LIS through the middleware
Related information...
▪ Use or function, page 35
▪ Track Sample Manager overview, page 49
Use or function
Track Workflow Manager overview
Section 1
50 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Input/Output Module overview
The Input/Output Module (IOM) is used to load and unload samples to and from the laboratory
automation system. The IOM has the following key features:
• Processes a minimum of 900 capped sample tubes per hour
• Allows configurable areas in drawers for sample input and output, input only, or output
only
• Allows configurable areas in drawers for loading and unloading analyzer-specific racks
• Uses RackPorts to accommodate various rack types
• Allows customer-definable input areas
• Allows manual archiving
Input configuration includes the following features:
• Manual input of samples into racks with configurable area assignment for different routes
• Input of samples into FlexRacks or analyzer-specific racks
• Sample assignment (such as tube type, fluid type, capped or uncapped, or centrifuged or
uncentrifuged) according to customer specification
• Loading of samples into CARs from racks after the samples are identified by reading their
barcodes
Output configuration includes the following features:
• Configurable areas for samples with errors, such as barcode reader errors, and for sorting of
samples according to customer specification
• Unloading of samples from CARs into racks, followed by the reading of sample barcodes
and, if required, the transport of the samples to the appropriate output areas
• Distribution of samples within racks according to customer specification
• Distribution of samples into specified racks for manual archiving
• Automatic sorting of samples that have error messages (such as unreadable barcodes, no
orders, or other errors) into specified error areas
Related information...
▪ Use or function, page 35
▪ Input/Output Module design and function, page 51
▪ Descriptions of module statuses, page 62
▪ Descriptions of drawer statuses, page 62
Input/Output Module design and function
The Input/Output Module (IOM) has the following components.
Section 1
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
51
Figure 6: Exterior front view of the IOM
Legend:
1. Front module cover: Protects the operator from injury and keeps the loading area free from dust.
CAUTION: Mind or watch your hands. The front and rear module covers can be opened only with the
key and only by a trained operator. Before opening the module cover and reaching into the module,
place the module offline. This action prevents the robot from moving after its initiated movement is
completed. If the module is online when the module cover is opened, the robot slows down but does
not stop. Keep away from the moving robot and close the module covers as soon as possible.
2. Monitor: Functions as the central operating and display element.
CAUTION: Damage from sharp and hard objects. Sharp and hard objects can damage the surface of
the monitor.
3. Online/Offline push button with pause function: Transitions the module status to Online, Offline, or Pause.
4. On/Off push button: Powers on and powers off the module.
5. Drawer push buttons: Open and close the drawers.
6. Lock: Secures the front and rear module covers and the module flap. A key unlocks any module cover.
7. Drawer: Contains RackPorts and racks. Drawers, also identified as sectors, can be opened individually on the
front of the module by using the corresponding push buttons or from the touchscreen user interface.
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview
Section 1
52 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
8. Housing: The upper part of the housing contains the loading area with drawers. The loading area is used to load
and unload samples from the module. The bottom of the loading area is open at the rear and enables the robot
gripper to access the samples in CARs.
9. Module serial number label: Located in the interior of the module.
10. Handheld barcode reader: Enables the scanning of rack IDs in the drawers. The handheld barcode reader is an
optional feature.
Figure 7: Exterior rear view of the IOM
Legend:
1. Rear module cover: Protects the operator from injury and keeps the loading area free from dust.
CAUTION: Mind or watch your hands. The front and rear module covers can be opened only with the
key and only by a trained operator. Before opening the module cover and reaching into the module,
place the module offline. This action prevents the robot from moving after its initiated movement is
completed. If the module is online when the module cover is opened, the robot slows down but does
not stop. Keep away from the moving robot and close the module covers as soon as possible.
2. Track: Composed of lane elements and serves as the structure along which CARs move to transport samples to
modules.
3. Module flap: Used to access the track inside the module.
4. Track side casing cutout: Provides access to the rear module switches.
Section 1
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
53
Figure 8: Module contact sensors
Legend:
1. Module contact sensors: Detect open module covers. Opening the module covers slows down the robot
movement. The module covers and track hoods provide protection against direct access.
CAUTION: To prevent operator injury, the module status must be transitioned to Offline before the
module interior is accessed.
CAUTION: Moving parts. The operator may be injured by moving parts inside the module even after
placing the module offline. Be aware of moving parts. Do not reach into the paths of moving parts.
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview Section 1
54 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Figure 9: Interior view of the IOM
Legend:
1. Linear axes: Enable three-dimensional movement of the robot. The linear axes are arranged at right angles to
each other in the x-y-z direction.
2. Robot gripper: Loads and unloads sample tubes in CARs and racks.
3. Sample barcode reader: Reads the sample barcodes and sends the information to the Track Sample Manager.
The sample barcode reader is located at the lower end of the robot.
4. Permanent magnets: Secure FlexRacks on RackPorts.
5. FlexRacks: Hold samples in an upright position.
6. RackPort: Supports FlexRacks in the drawers.
7. Track: Composed of lane elements and serves as the structure along which CARs move to transport samples to
modules.
8. AccessPoint: Stops and holds CARs for processing such as reading barcodes, loading tubes, and unloading tubes.
One or two AccessPoints are located on the adjacent track.
Section 1
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
55
Figure 10: Release button
Legend:
1. Release button: Used to open the robot gripper manually.
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview
Section 1
56 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Figure 11: Photoelectric sensors
Legend:
1. Photoelectric sensors: Detect the loading status of RackPorts and any manual intervention in the drawer.
Photoelectric sensors are used to stop the closing operation if an object or a body part is placed between the
drawers and the housing. These sensors are located on the sides of the drawer inserts and form a light grid.
Section 1
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
57
Figure 12: Drawer positions
NOTE: Drawer or sector positions are arranged from left to right.
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview
Section 1
58 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Figure 13: Rack positions
NOTE: In a drawer or sector, rack positions are arranged from the front end (1) to the rear (5).
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module overview, page 51
▪ Control systems, page 59
▪ Monitor, page 60
▪ Barcode readers, page 60
▪ Covers, hoods, and sensors, page 286
Control systems
Sensors on the Input/Output Module components monitor correct implementation, recognition,
and compliance with safety requirements.
Recognition
• Loading status in the drawers
• RackPorts
Section 1
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
59
• Barcode
• Tube diameter for transport by robot
Monitoring Manual intervention in the robot work area
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module design and function, page 51
▪ Covers, hoods, and sensors, page 286
Monitor
The touchscreen user interface is used to configure modules according to user requirements.
Use is similar for all modules.
The Input/Output Module includes the following options:
• Display of system messages and user interface for troubleshooting
• Area assignment for input and output
• Performance of service and maintenance work
• Display of module status
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module design and function, page 51
Barcode readers
Sample identification
In accordance with Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) document AUTO2-A2, a
sample is identified by a barcode. For reliable sample identification, barcodes on sample tubes
are read during transport to or from the CAR by the barcode reader located at the lower end of
the robot gripper.
A maximum of four different barcode symbologies can be read individually or in combination
with each other:
• Codabar with and without check digit
• Code 39 with and without check digit
• Code 128
• Interleaved 2 of 5 with and without check digit
Samples with unrecognized barcodes are routed to a designated area in the Input/Output
Module.
CAUTION: Incorrectly applying a barcode may constitute a health hazard for patients.
Illegible or incorrectly applied barcodes cause incorrect patient results. Barcodes with
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview Section 1
60 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
checksums are recommended for use on the laboratory automation system. For more
information, see the sample barcode label technical data in this manual.
NOTE: Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative to
configure the sample barcode reader for different barcode types.
Rack identification
The optional handheld barcode reader enables the reading of individual rack IDs in a RackPort
in the module drawer. Although the handheld barcode reader remains active when the module
is on and can be used to verify barcode validity at any time, transfer of information to the
control system occurs only during the manual rack identification workflow, which is initiated and
managed on the touchscreen user interface.
A maximum of four different barcode symbologies can be read:
• Codabar with and without check digit
• Code 39 with and without check digit
• Code 128
• Interleaved 2 of 5 with and without check digit
NOTE: Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative
to configure the handheld barcode reader. Modifying this configuration can cause the device to
malfunction.
The following guidelines support optimal handheld barcode reader performance:
• The orientation of the handheld barcode reader aligns with the orientation of the rack ID.
• The green aiming dot projected by the handheld barcode reader is aimed at the center of
the barcode.
• Scanning distance is appropriate for reliable barcode detection.
Refer to the RackPorts Product Information Sheet for information about specific RackPorts.
NOTE: The RackPort or individual racks may need to be removed to scan the rack IDs. Before
closing the drawer, ensure that the RackPort is installed correctly and that all racks are locked in
position in the RackPort.
IMPORTANT: If an original rack ID label has a two-dimensional barcode, is illegible, or is
incorrectly applied, print a new linear barcode to affix to a flat surface on the rack. It is
recommended to print a barcode label with the same encoded value as the original label
and to verify the validity of the newly printed barcode prior to applying it to the rack. For
optimal resolution guidelines, refer to CLSI document AUTO2-A2. For information on possible
discrepancies between printed barcodes and their encoded values, refer to documentation from
the rack manufacturer.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module design and function, page 51
▪ Sample and rack barcode label technical data, page 113
Section 1
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
61
Descriptions of module statuses
Module status refers to the operational modes of the module. The module has the following
statuses:
On The On/Off push button is illuminated steady green.
Off The On/Off push button is illuminated blinking green.
Online The module is in automatic mode. The Online/Offline push button is
illuminated steady green and the arrow area of the Online/Offline
button is green.
Offline The module is in standby mode. The Online/Offline push button is
illuminated steady yellow and the arrow area of the Online/Offline
button is gray.
Pause The module is briefly inactive. The Online/Offline push button is
illuminated blinking green and the arrow area of the Online/Offline
button is blinking green.
Error An error has occurred on the module. The Online/Offline push button
is illuminated steady red.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module overview, page 51
Descriptions of drawer statuses
A drawer push button is located above each drawer. The push button illuminates one of three
colors (green, yellow, or red) based on the status of the drawer. The following list provides
descriptions of each color.
Green (blinking)
The module is initializing. The drawers open and close during
initialization.
Green The drawer is closed and the module is ready for operation.
Yellow (blinking) The drawer is opening or closing.
Yellow The drawer is fully open.
Red (blinking) An error has occurred. The opening or closing of the drawer stops.
Red An error has occurred and a message code is displayed on the
touchscreen user interface. The opening or closing of the drawer
stops.
CAUTION: Do not reach into drawers. Injury can occur when accessing the module
interior while the module is powered on. Do not access the drawers while they are
opening or closing. Only load the drawers when they are fully open. The drawer push
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview Section 1
62 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
button blinks when it is unsafe to access the drawer. Never reach into the module
through the drawers.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module overview, page 51
Section 1
Use or function
Input/Output Module overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
63
RackPorts overview
RackPorts are used to position racks for sample tubes and pipettors. They can be used in the
drawers of the modules. The RackPort (Standard) is intended for use with FlexRacks. Other
RackPorts are specially designed for use with analyzers and racks for consumables.
NOTE: Refer to the RackPorts Product Information Sheet for more information about sample
tube constraints.
Radio-frequency identification (RFID) tags enable different configurations. RackPorts are
equipped with RFID tags for automatic recognition on modules.
Contact the local representative or use country-specific contact information to request
information about RackPorts.
Related information...
▪ Use or function, page 35
▪ Sample tube technical data, page 116
Use or function
RackPorts overview
Section 1
64 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
FlexRacks overview
FlexRacks are designed for use on modules. One FlexRack can hold 25 sample tubes with a tube
diameter of 10.5 mm to 16 mm for uncapped tubes and 11.5 mm to 18 mm with at least 1 mm
overhang for capped tubes.
Figure 14: FlexRack
Sample tube positions are arranged from 1 to 25 from the lower right (position 1) to the upper
left (position 25) of the FlexRack.
Section 1
Use or function
FlexRacks overview
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
65
Figure 15: Sample tube positions
Related information...
▪ Use or function, page 35
Use or function
FlexRacks overview
Section 1
66 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
2. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES AND
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Introduction
For optimal system performance, the GLP systems Track must be correctly installed. After the
system has been installed, it must be configured to meet individual laboratory requirements.
Related information...
▪ Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal, page 68
▪ Track Manager Operating System user interface, page 74
▪ Input/Output Module configuration, page 88
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
67
Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal
The GLP systems Track is transported and installed by an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
After the laboratory automation system (LAS) has been installed, the individual components
can no longer be moved. System relocation requires appropriate planning and an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative to perform the work.
Contact the distributor for more information.
CAUTION: Inappropriate transport. Track system components are heavy. Personal
injury or damage to the track system is possible due to inappropriate transport.
Transport of the track system should only be performed by an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative. Contact the distributor for more
information.
CAUTION: Personal injury or damage to the track system. Installation of the track
system should only be performed by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative. Contact the distributor for more information.
CAUTION: Personal injury or damage to the LAS. Disassembly of the track system
should only be performed by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative. The owner is obligated to dispose of the track system and all its
components appropriately.
CAUTION: Inappropriate disposal. Personal injury or environmental damage may occur.
Dispose of all individual track system components in compliance with the laws and
guidelines applicable in the relevant country. Wear personal protective equipment
when disposing of each component.
CAUTION: Biological RISKS. Track system components may expose the operator to
potentially infectious material. Before track system components can be disposed,
decontamination is required.
CAUTION: Risk of injury due to heavy loads. During installation, disassembly, or
disposal of the track system, the modules may move unexpectedly and trap persons.
While the track system is being installed, disassembled, or disposed, no unauthorized
persons are permitted in the laboratory area. Be sure to move heavy loads slowly and
carefully.
CAUTION: Risk of injury or property damage due to heavy loads. Track system
components are heavy. Personal injury or damage to the track system or laboratory
property is possible due to inappropriate installation. Ensure that the laboratory floor is
structurally capable of supporting the load of the track. Installation of the track system
should only be performed by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative. Contact the distributor for more information.
Related information...
▪ Installation procedures and special requirements, page 67
▪ Track installation, page 69
▪ Spiral tower installation requirements, page 69
Installation procedures and special requirements
Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal
Section 2
68 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
▪ Input/Output Module installation requirements, page 70
▪ Typical floor loading, page 72
Track installation
Before the installation of the GLP systems Track, an Abbott Laboratories representative confirms
that the site is prepared. The system location must meet environmental specifications and
electrical requirements before the representative can install the system.
The representative unpacks, positions, and installs the system. During the installation, the
representative performs the system setup and confirms that the system operates within the
manufacturer's specifications.
After the installation, the customization or configuration of the system may be performed
before any testing is initiated.
IMPORTANT: Incorrect installation can cause damage to the track and modules and system
errors.
Related information...
▪ Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal, page 68
▪ Laboratory automation system technical data, page 112
▪ Track technical data, page 119
Spiral tower installation requirements
Spiral towers may only be installed indoors. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative for more information about service requirements. Facilities
must fulfill the floor area and height requirements.
NOTE: The specified floor area measurements are recommendations only. Contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative for more information.
Table 5: Floor area specifications
Evenness tolerance requirement Permissible deviation: ± 5 mm over 15 m
Material requirement Incompressible material such as concrete
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
69
Figure 16: Floor area measurements in meters
Legend:
1. Spiral tower
2. Work and service area
Related information...
▪ Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal, page 68
▪ Spiral tower technical data, page 120
Input/Output Module installation requirements
The Input/Output Module (IOM) may only be installed indoors. Water connections are not
required. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative
for more information about service requirements. Facilities must fulfill the floor area and height
requirements.
Installation procedures and special requirements
Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal
Section 2
70 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
NOTE: The specified floor area measurements are recommendations only. Contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative for more information.
Table 6: Floor area specifications
Evenness tolerance requirement Permissible deviation: ± 5 mm over 15 m
Compensation with adjustable feet Maximum of 10 mm
Material requirement Incompressible material such as concrete
Figure 17: Floor area measurements in meters
Legend:
1. IOM
2. Work and service area
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
71
Figure 18: Height measurements in meters
Legend:
1. Front module cover opened
2. Rear module cover opened
Related information...
▪ Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal, page 68
▪ Input/Output Module technical data, page 122
Typical floor loading
Floor loading conditions must be considered when the laboratory is planned. For example, an
80 cm track section with both a 5 V and a 24 V power supply along with a segment controller has
an area of 0.19 m
2
and weighs 44 kg.
The laboratory has the responsibility to ensure that the installation site accommodates
adequate floor-loading capacity, provides a structurally sound load-bearing surface, and
Installation procedures and special requirements
Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal
Section 2
72 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
complies with required evenness tolerances to safely support the laboratory automation
system.
NOTE: Floor loading is the distribution of force at the pads on a leveled system. Distributed
loads vary with the mechanical linking of modules and pad adjustment.
Related information...
▪ Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal, page 68
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
73
Track Manager Operating System user interface
On the Track Manager Operating System (TMOS), the administrator can manage Track Sample
Manager (TSM) and Track Workflow Manager (TWM) user accounts and access the Setup and
Maintenance console to configure TSM and TWM settings or reboot the server.
Related information...
▪ Installation procedures and special requirements, page 67
▪ Create a new TSM or TWM user (TMOS), page 74
▪ Edit a TSM or TWM user (TMOS), page 76
▪ Reset a TSM or TWM user password (TMOS), page 77
▪ Change a personal TSM or TWM password (TMOS), page 78
▪ Log on to the Setup and Maintenance console (TMOS), page 79
▪ Basis OS screen (TMOS), page 80
▪ TSM screen (TMOS), page 84
▪ TWM screen (TMOS), page 85
▪ View licenses (TMOS), page 86
Create a new TSM or TWM user (TMOS)
Prerequisite
Web access is configured on a workstation in the laboratory with
access to the user management console.
NOTE: The configuration of the customer network is performed
by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
User access level User management console administrator
NOTE: Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative for more information about access to the user
management console.
Perform this procedure on the user management console to create a new TSM or TWM
administrator, operator, or monitor.
1. Launch the web browser.
Use of the most recent browser version with security patches is recommended. Comply
with the information technology requirements of the facility.
2. Type one of the following user-defined uniform resource locators (URLs) in the address bar
of the web browser:
– https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/sso/admin/abbott/console (recommended)
– http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/sso/admin/abbott/console
3. Press the Enter key.
4. In the Sign in to access this site window, type the username kc_admin and password.
5. Tap Sign in to display the GLP SYSTEMS TRACK user administration portal.
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
Section 2
74 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
6. Tap Users in the menu on the left side to display the Users overview screen.
7. Tap the Add user button.
8. On the Create user screen, enter the username of the new user.
9. Tap Create.
10. To set a password for the new user, tap the Credentials tab on the User details screen.
11. Tap the Set password button.
12. In the Set password for user window, enter a unique password for the new user.
The password must meet the configured complexity requirements:
– The default minimum number of required characters is 8 characters.
– The default minimum number of uppercase characters is one character.
– The default minimum number of lowercase characters is one character.
– The default minimum number of numeric characters is one character.
– The default minimum number of special characters is one character.
NOTE: Tap the Show Password button to view the password that was entered.
13. Reenter the password to confirm it.
14. If necessary, specify that the password of the new user is not Temporary.
NOTE: The default is Temporary. Comply with the information technology requirements of
the facility.
15. To save the new user credentials, tap Save.
16. In the Set password? window, tap Save password.
17. To define the access levels of the new user, tap the Groups tab on the User details screen.
18. Tap the Join Group button.
19. On the Join groups for user screen, select the user access levels based on the TSM and TWM
roles and permissions described in this manual. The following roles are available:
– tsm_administrator
– tsm_monitor
– tsm_operator
– twm_administrator
– twm_operator
– setup_administrator
20. To save the access levels of the new user, tap Join.
21. To create another new user, return to the Users overview screen and repeat steps 7
(page 75) through 20 (page 75).
Related information...
▪ Track Manager Operating System user interface, page 74
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
75
Edit a TSM or TWM user (TMOS)
Prerequisite Web access is configured on a workstation in the laboratory with
access to the user management console.
NOTE: The configuration of the customer network is performed
by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
User access level User management console administrator
NOTE: Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative for more information about access to the user
management console.
Perform this procedure on the user management console to edit the basic information, access
level, or groups of a TSM or TWM user.
NOTE: TSM and TWM users cannot edit the level and status of their profiles on the user
management console.
1. Type one of the following user-defined uniform resource locators (URLs) in the address bar
of the web browser:
– https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/sso/admin/abbott/console (recommended)
– http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/sso/admin/abbott/console
2. Press the Enter key.
3. In the Sign in to access this site window, type the username kc_admin and password.
4. Tap Sign in to display the GLP SYSTEMS TRACK user administration portal.
5. Tap Users in the menu on the left side to display the Users overview screen.
6. In the User list tab, tap a username from the Username column to edit.
7. On the User details screen, edit any of the following information:
– Details
– Groups
NOTE: TSM and TWM users can edit their own basic information on the user management
console.
8. To edit another user, return to the Users overview screen and repeat steps 6 (page 76) and
7 (page 76).
Related information...
▪ Track Manager Operating System user interface, page 74
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
Section 2
76 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Reset a TSM or TWM user password (TMOS)
Prerequisite Web access is configured on a workstation in the laboratory with
access to the user management console.
NOTE: The configuration of the customer network is performed
by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
User access level User management console administrator
NOTE: Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative for more information about access to the user
management console.
Perform this procedure on the user management console to reset a TSM or TWM user
password.
1. Launch the web browser.
Use of the most recent browser version with security patches is recommended. Comply
with the information technology requirements of the facility.
2. Type one of the following user-defined uniform resource locators (URLs) in the address bar
of the web browser:
– https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/sso/admin/abbott/console (recommended)
– http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/sso/admin/abbott/console
3. Press the Enter key.
4. In the Sign in to access this site window, type the username kc_admin and password.
5. Tap Sign in to display the GLP SYSTEMS TRACK user administration portal.
6. Tap Users in the menu on the left side to display the Users overview screen.
7. In the User list tab, tap the username from the Username column.
8. On the User details screen, tap the Credentials tab.
9. In the Password area, tap Reset password.
10. In the Reset password for user window, enter a unique password for the user.
The password must meet the configured complexity and lifecycle requirements:
– The default minimum number of required characters is 8 characters.
– The default minimum number of uppercase characters is one character.
– The default minimum number of lowercase characters is one character.
– The default minimum number of numeric characters is one character.
– The default minimum number of special characters is one character.
– The default number of password generations within which a password cannot be
reused is 8.
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
77
NOTE: Tap the Show Password button to view the password that was entered.
11. Reenter the password to confirm it.
12. If necessary, specify that the password of the new user is not Temporary.
NOTE: The default is Temporary. Comply with the information technology requirements of
the facility.
13. To save the user credentials, tap Save.
14. In the Set password? window, tap Save password.
Related information...
▪ Track Manager Operating System user interface, page 74
Change a personal TSM or TWM password (TMOS)
Prerequisite
Web access is configured on a workstation in the laboratory with
access to the user management console.
NOTE: The configuration of the customer network is performed
by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
User access level
• TSM or TWM operator and administrator
• User management console administrator
NOTE: Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative for more information about
access to the user management console.
Perform this procedure on the user management console to change a personal password.
1. Launch the web browser.
Use of the most recent browser version with security patches is recommended. Comply
with the information technology requirements of the facility.
2. Type one of the following user-defined uniform resource locators (URLs) in the address bar
of the web browser:
– https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/sso/realms/abbott/account (recommended)
– http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/sso/realms/abbott/account
3. Press the Enter key.
4. In the GLP SYSTEMS TRACK banner, tap Sign in.
5. Type the username and password.
6. In the Account security box, tap Signing in.
7. On the Signing in screen, tap Update in the My password area.
8. On the Update password screen, enter a unique password.
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
Section 2
78 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
The password must meet the configured complexity and lifecycle requirements:
– The default minimum number of required characters is 8 characters.
– The default minimum number of uppercase characters is one character.
– The default minimum number of lowercase characters is one character.
– The default minimum number of numeric characters is one character.
– The default minimum number of special characters is one character.
– The default number of password generations within which a password cannot be
reused is 8.
NOTE: Tap the Show Password button to view the password that was entered.
9. Tap Submit.
Related information...
▪ Track Manager Operating System user interface, page 74
Log on to the Setup and Maintenance console (TMOS)
Prerequisite
Web access is configured on a workstation in the laboratory with
access to the Track Manager Operating System (TMOS).
NOTE: Workstation system requirements are specified in the TMOS
service manual.
NOTE: The configuration of the customer network is performed
by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
User access level Administrator
Perform this procedure to log on to the Setup and Maintenance console on TMOS.
1. Launch the web browser.
NOTE: TMOS supports the following browsers:
– Microsoft Edge
– Mozilla Firefox
– Google Chrome
Use of the most recent browser version with security patches is recommended. Comply
with the information technology requirements of the facility.
2. Type the appropriate user-defined uniform resource locator (URL) in the address bar of the
web browser:
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
79
– If the track system uses a single-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed on
the same server, type one of the following URLs to access the Setup and Maintenance
screen:
• https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/setup/ (recommended)
• http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/setup/
– If the track system uses a dual-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed on
separate servers, type one of the following URLs to access the TSM server Setup and
Maintenance screen:
• https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/setup/ (recommended)
• http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/setup/
– If the track system uses a dual-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed on
separate servers, type one of the following URLs to access the TWM server Setup and
Maintenance screen:
• https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/setup-twm/ (recommended)
• http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/setup-twm/
3. Press the Enter key.
The Sign in to your account screen is displayed.
4. Type the username and password.
5. Tap Sign in.
The Basis OS screen is displayed.
NOTE: Administrators should log off from the Setup and Maintenance console and close the
web browser after each session.
Related information...
▪ Track Manager Operating System user interface, page 74
Basis OS screen (TMOS)
From the Basis OS screen, the administrator can perform the following functions:
• Configure basic system settings
• Access TSM settings
• Access TWM settings
Related information...
▪ Track Manager Operating System user interface, page 74
▪ Basis OS screen element descriptions (TMOS), page 81
▪ Server Properties screen element descriptions (TMOS), page 81
▪ HTTPS Management screen element descriptions (TMOS), page 82
▪ System Information screen element descriptions (TMOS), page 83
▪ Prepare for Reboot screen element descriptions (TMOS), page 83
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
Section 2
80 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Basis OS screen element descriptions (TMOS)
After the administrator successfully logs on to the Setup and Maintenance console, the Basis OS
screen is displayed.
Elements
button The Exit button logs off from the Setup and Maintenance console.
Basis OS tab Navigates to the Basis OS screen.
TSM tab Navigates to the TSM screen.
NOTE: The TSM tab is available if the track system uses a single-server
setup where TSM and TWM are housed on the same server or on the
TSM standalone server if the track system uses a dual-server setup
where TSM and TWM are housed on separate servers.
TWM tab Navigates to the TWM screen.
NOTE: The TWM tab is available if the track system uses a single-server
setup where TSM and TWM are housed on the same server or on the
TWM standalone server if the track system uses a dual-server setup
where TSM and TWM are housed on separate servers.
Settings, Performance area
Function buttons
Server Properties...
Navigates to the Server Properties screen.
https... Navigates to the HTTPS Management screen.
System Information... Navigates to the System Information screen.
Reboot System... Navigates to the Prepare for Reboot screen.
Related information...
▪ Basis OS screen (TMOS), page 80
Server Properties screen element descriptions (TMOS)
The Server Properties screen allows the administrator to configure the server ID. If the track
system uses a dual-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed on standalone servers, the
server IDs must be configured separately by accessing the Setup and Maintenance console on
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
81
each server. The Server Properties screen can be accessed from the Basis OS screen by tapping
the Server Properties... button.
Set Server ID area
The Set Server ID area displays a text box that is used to enter or edit the unique name of the
server. This name is used to identify the server throughout the Setup and Maintenance console.
Function buttons
Set server ID Enables the administrator to enter or edit the unique name of the
server.
Back Navigates to the Basis OS screen.
Related information...
▪ Basis OS screen (TMOS), page 80
HTTPS Management screen element descriptions (TMOS)
The HTTPS Management screen allows the administrator to configure the user interfaces to use
a secure transfer protocol and to upload the certificate. The HTTPS Management screen can be
accessed from the Basis OS screen by tapping the https... button.
Elements
use HTTP option
Allows the administrator to configure the user interfaces to use
unencrypted hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP). This option is not
recommended.
use HTTPS option Allows the administrator to configure the user interfaces to
use hypertext transfer protocol secure (HTTPS). This option is
recommended.
Certificate File: Displays the location of the certificate file.
Key File: Displays the location of the key file.
NOTE: The private key must be encoded in PKCS #8 syntax. Other
formats are not supported.
Common Name: Displays the Internet protocol (IP) address used in the server uniform
resource locator (URL).
NOTE: Ensure that this common name (typically the GLP Firewall
WAN IP address) is added as a Subject Alternative Name (SAN) in the
certificate file.
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface Section 2
82 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Expiration: Displays the expiration date of the certificate and if the certificate is
still valid.
NOTE: The certificate must be renewed prior to the expiration date.
Function buttons
Choose files Displays a button that is used to select one certificate (CRT) file and
one key file to upload to the server.
Upload Certificate
Files
Uploads the selected pair of certificate files to the server and updates
the server to use the files for HTTPS.
View Certificate Displays the CRT file.
View Keyfile Displays the key file.
Back Navigates to the Basis OS screen.
Related information...
▪ Basis OS screen (TMOS), page 80
System Information screen element descriptions (TMOS)
The System Information screen allows the administrator to download system log files. The
System Information screen can be accessed from the Basis OS screen by tapping the System
Information... button. If the track system uses a dual-server setup where TSM and TWM
are housed on standalone servers, system log files must be accessed from the Setup and
Maintenance console on each server.
System Information and Performance area
Function buttons
System LogFiles
Navigates to the System LogFiles screen, which bundles and
compresses system log files into a single archive file and provides a
download link for the archive file.
Back Navigates to the Basis OS screen.
Related information...
▪ Basis OS screen (TMOS), page 80
Prepare for Reboot screen element descriptions (TMOS)
The Prepare for Reboot screen is displayed if the administrator taps the Reboot System...
button on the Basis OS screen to reboot the server and restart applications. Before rebooting
the server:
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
83
• Ensure there is no remaining workload on TSM and on TWM.
• Ensure that TSM and TWM are in the operation mode of Disconnected.
• On the Prepare for Reboot screen, the User Name and Reason for reboot fields are
completed.
NOTE: If the track system uses a dual-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed on
standalone servers, the servers and applications must be rebooted separately by accessing the
Setup and Maintenance console on each server.
Function buttons
Reboot
Reboots the server and restarts applications. Process information is
displayed in the expandable Reboot activity log at the top of the
screen.
Abort Cancels the operation.
Related information...
▪ Basis OS screen (TMOS), page 80
TSM screen (TMOS)
The TSM screen is displayed when the TSM tab is selected on the Basis OS screen. On the TSM
screen, the administrator can start, test, or stop the TSM application.
NOTE: The TSM tab is available on the Setup and Maintenance console if the track system
uses a single-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed on the same server or on the TSM
standalone server if the track system uses a dual-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed
on separate servers.
Related information...
▪ Track Manager Operating System user interface, page 74
▪ TSM screen element descriptions (TMOS), page 84
TSM screen element descriptions (TMOS)
The TSM screen displays the following function buttons.
Function buttons
TSM Server area
Start
Starts TSM.
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface Section 2
84 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
NOTE: TSM generally starts automatically after the Track Manager
Operating System is initialized.
Test Verifies whether TSM is running.
Stop Stops TSM.
NOTE: Before stopping TSM, ensure there is no remaining workload on
TSM and that TSM is in the operation mode of Disconnected.
Settings area
Configure TWM /
IM...
Navigates to the TWM connection settings screen, which can be
viewed by the administrator but is editable only by the service user
access level.
Related information...
▪ TSM screen (TMOS), page 84
TWM screen (TMOS)
The TWM screen is displayed when the TWM tab is selected on the Basis OS screen. On the
TWM screen, the administrator can start, test, or stop the TWM application.
NOTE: The TWM tab is available on the Setup and Maintenance console if the track system
uses a single-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed on the same server or on the TWM
standalone server if the track system uses a dual-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed
on separate servers.
Related information...
▪ Track Manager Operating System user interface, page 74
▪ TWM screen element descriptions (TMOS), page 85
TWM screen element descriptions (TMOS)
The TWM screen displays the following function buttons.
Function buttons
TWM Server area
Start
Starts TWM.
NOTE: TWM generally starts automatically after the Track Manager
Operating System is initialized.
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
85
Test Verifies whether TWM is running.
Stop Stops TWM.
NOTE: Before stopping TWM, ensure there is no remaining workload
on TWM and that TWM is in the operation mode of Disconnected.
Settings area
Configure TSM and
AMS/IM...
Navigates to the TSM and AMS/IM connection settings screen, which
can be viewed by the administrator but is editable only by the service
user access level.
Related information...
▪ TWM screen (TMOS), page 85
View licenses (TMOS)
Prerequisite
Web access is configured on a workstation in the laboratory with
access to the Track Manager Operating System (TMOS).
NOTE: Workstation system requirements are specified in the TMOS
service manual.
NOTE: The configuration of the customer network is performed
by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
User access level Administrator
Perform this procedure to view license information for all installed components on the
laboratory automation system (LAS).
1. Launch the web browser.
NOTE: TMOS supports the following browsers:
– Microsoft Edge
– Mozilla Firefox
– Google Chrome
Use of the most recent browser version with security patches is recommended. Comply
with the information technology requirements of the facility.
2. Type the appropriate user-defined uniform resource locator (URL) in the address bar of the
web browser:
– https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/license/ (recommended)
– http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/license/
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
Section 2
86 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
3. Press the Enter key.
Licenses for the following LAS components are displayed:
• TMOS
• Track Sample Manager (TSM)
• Track Workflow Manager (TWM)
• Module controllers
Related information...
▪ Track Manager Operating System user interface, page 74
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Track Manager Operating System user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
87
Input/Output Module configuration
Areas in the module drawers can be configured for sample input and output, loading and
unloading racks, and a manual archive.
Related information...
▪ Installation procedures and special requirements, page 67
▪ Main menu screen (IOM), page 88
Main menu screen (IOM)
After successful initialization of the module, the Main menu screen (IOM) is displayed with the
following screen elements.
Figure 19: Main menu screen (IOM)
Legend:
1. Drawer: Shows the FlexRacks and configured areas in a drawer or sector.
2. Online/Offline button with pause function: Places the module online and offline and pauses the module.
3. Information button: Navigates to the Information screen.
4. Configuration button: Navigates to the Configuration screen.
5. Login button: Navigates to the Login screen. The Login button is available only to an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative.
6. Open/Close drawer button: Opens and closes the drawers.
7. Open drawer icon: Indicates that the drawer is open.
Related information...
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration
Section 2
88 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
▪ Input/Output Module configuration, page 88
▪ Login screen, page 89
▪ Information screen, page 89
▪ Configuration screen, page 91
▪ Using drawers with FlexRacks, page 92
▪ Using racks, page 97
▪ Power on the module, page 263
Login screen
The Login screen for the configuration manager is displayed if a username and password were
set during installation.
NOTE: Configuration of the operator login is performed by an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative.
Figure 20: Login screen
Legend:
1. Login button
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (IOM), page 88
Information screen
The Information screen on the module displays module status information.
Module build
The firmware version of the module controller.
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
89
Module MAC The MAC address of the module controller Ethernet port.
Module IP The IP address of the module controller.
ControllerId The ID of the module controller.
ControllerName The name of the module controller.
Module up - time in
minutes
The time elapsed since the module controller firmware was last
programmed into the module controller board.
Module samples
managed
The current number of samples being managed by the module.
Module input
operations
The number of samples placed on the track since the module was
powered on.
Module output
operations
The number of samples moved from the track since the module was
powered on.
Module controller
status
The current internal status of the module controller.
Active Error The message code of the currently active error.
Last active error The message code of the last active error.
Barcode read enabled The indicator for whether the sample barcode reader has been
activated.
RobotSample X Script
Version
The script version for one of the two robot controllers.
RobotSample YZRG
Script Version
The script version for the other robot controller.
Barcode Read Errors The number of times the sample barcode reader was unable to read a
barcode and reported an error since the module was installed.
RobotSample
operations
The number of movements the robot has performed since the module
was installed.
Module total
operation time
The time in seconds the module has been operational since the
module was installed.
Display ID The name of the display component.
Display IP address The IP address of the display component.
Display MAC address The MAC address of the display component Ethernet port.
Display sms4display
build
The firmware version of the display component.
Display libsms4json
build
The version of the JSON library of the display component.
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration Section 2
90 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Display Qt
version executable/
environment
The version of the Qt framework library used by the display
component.
Display OS/Kernel The operating system version of the display component.
CAN available The indicator for whether the display has a CAN connection.
Display memory
total/free MB
The free memory of the display component.
button The Exit button navigates to the Main menu screen (IOM).
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (IOM), page 88
Configuration screen
The Configuration screen on the module displays the following screen elements.
NOTE: The AreaTypes and Areas buttons are used by the operator. The other buttons are only
used by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative.
Figure 21: Configuration screen
Legend:
1. AreaTypes button: Navigates to the Create AreaTypes screen.
2. config barcode types button: Navigates to the Barcode type settings screen.
3. Areas button: Navigates to the Create and Configure Areas screen.
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
91
4. stop CAN log button: Stops or starts the recording of one or more log files. The button toggles between stop
CAN log and start CAN log.
5. teach button: Navigates to the Teaching screen.
6. Display log level button: Navigates to the Display log level settings screen.
7. logfile button: Navigates to the log files.
8. Network settings button: Navigates to the Network settings screen.
9. reset sample manager button: Resets the samples from the module.
10. reset drawers button: No functionality is available.
11. cfg manager button: Navigates to the Configuration settings screen.
12. robot settings button: Navigates to the Robot settings screen.
13. rackport config button: No functionality is available.
14. drawer admin button: Navigates to the Drawer settings screen.
15. test barcode reader button: Navigates to the Barcode reader test screen.
16. Exit button: Navigates to the Main menu screen (IOM).
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (IOM), page 88
Using drawers with FlexRacks
Each FlexRack or drawer in the Input/Output Module can be subdivided into different areas. In
this process, each area is assigned a designated usage.
CAUTION: Risk of cross contamination. The placement of 16 mm x 100 mm sample
tubes next to each other in FlexRacks can cause robot gripper errors. These errors
can cause cross contamination of sample matter, resulting in delayed or incorrect
results. For any affected samples, the results should be assessed separately by trained
personnel. When loading 16 mm x 100 mm sample tubes into FlexRacks, place the tubes
apart from each other. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative if help is needed to integrate this option into the laboratory
workflow.
CAUTION: Risk of infection due to contamination. The placement of 16 mm x 100 mm
sample tubes next to each other in FlexRacks can cause robot gripper errors. Spilled
sample matter from the sample tubes may cause infections due to contact with non-
intact skin or mucous membranes. Wear personal protective equipment while operating
the LAS. Avoid direct contact with the sample matter. Follow all disinfection instructions
specified by the laboratory for contaminated areas. When loading 16 mm x 100 mm
sample tubes into FlexRacks, place the tubes apart from each other. Contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative if help is needed to
integrate this option into the laboratory workflow.
Designated usage Description
Error The error area is used to load any samples with errors automatically.
This process requires the operator to remove the samples manually,
troubleshoot the causes of the errors, and return the samples to the
input area.
Continued on next page...
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration Section 2
92 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
...Continued from previous page
Designated usage Description
Input Samples are manually placed into the input area and are distributed by
the laboratory automation system.
Output Samples are automatically sorted into the respective, defined output
areas. This process requires the operator to remove the samples
manually.
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (IOM), page 88
▪ Defining areas, page 93
▪ Create an area type, page 93
▪ Configure a new area, page 94
▪ Edit properties of an area, page 95
▪ View information about an area, page 96
▪ Delete an area, page 96
Defining areas
Input and output areas are defined first by creating the area on the touchscreen user interface.
Then, each area is configured with a unique ID and color.
The Configuration screen displays options to create and configure areas.
NOTE: Settings may be configured only by trained laboratory personnel or by an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative.
NOTE: The operator can define the colors.
Related information...
▪ Using drawers with FlexRacks, page 92
Create an area type
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this procedure to create an area type in the module.
NOTE: The creation of an area that supports manual rack identification is performed by an
Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative.
1. On the Main menu screen (IOM), tap the Configuration button.
2. On the Configuration screen, tap Area Types.
3. On the Create AreaTypes screen, tap the area name for the required ID.
The virtual keyboard is displayed.
4. In the Id text box, type the name of the area.
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
93
5. Tap the Enter key to confirm the selection.
6. Tap the color field for the area to be created.
The range of available colors is displayed.
7. Select an area color by performing one of the following steps:
– Tap an area color in the range of available colors.
– In the Color text box, enter the hex values.
8. To assign additional area names or colors, repeat steps 3 (page 93) through 7 (page 94).
9. To save the edits to the areas, tap the Right Arrow button.
10. When the Update Area Types message is displayed, tap Cancel to acknowledge the update
notification.
The Configuration screen is displayed.
11. Place the module online.
Related information...
▪ Using drawers with FlexRacks, page 92
▪ Place the module online, page 266
Configure a new area
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this procedure to configure an area in the module.
NOTE: The configuration of an area that supports manual rack identification is performed by an
Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative.
1. On the Main menu screen (IOM), tap the Configuration button.
2. On the Configuration screen, tap Areas.
3. On the Create and Configure Areas screen, tap new.
The step 1 tab of the Properties menu is displayed.
4. In the list on the left side of the Properties menu, tap the color of the area to configure.
The selected area is displayed in the area display.
5. Tap the drawer for the area to be defined.
The selected drawer is displayed in the component display.
6. In the rack start and rack end boxes, tap the Up Arrow and Down Arrow buttons to define
the FlexRack position inside the drawers.
The positions are arranged from 1 to 5 from the bottom to the top of the drawer.
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration
Section 2
94 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
7. In the position start and position end boxes, tap the Up Arrow and Down Arrow buttons to
define the positions inside the FlexRacks.
The positions are arranged from 1 to 25 from the lower right (position 1) to the upper left
(position 25) of the FlexRack.
8. To confirm the settings and move to the step 2 tab, tap Next.
The step 2 tab of the Properties menu is displayed.
9. In the Characteristics list, tap usage to open the usage list.
NOTE: The Characteristics list has information about the tube type, such as capped, priority,
and fluid type.
10. In the usage list, tap the appropriate usage for the area to configure.
11. To confirm the settings and move to the step 3 tab, tap Next.
NOTE: Only an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative
may configure additional settings.
12. To save the configuration settings, tap Create.
To cancel the configuration settings, tap Cancel.
13. When the Update 1 area: 1 added message is displayed, tap Cancel to acknowledge the
update notification.
The Create and Configure Areas screen is displayed.
14. Place the module online.
Related information...
▪ Using drawers with FlexRacks, page 92
▪ Place the module online, page 266
Edit properties of an area
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this procedure to edit the properties of an area in the module.
1. On the Main menu screen (IOM), tap the Configuration button.
2. On the Configuration screen, tap Areas.
3. On the Create and Configure Areas screen, tap edit in the row of the area to edit.
The step 1 tab of the Properties menu is displayed.
4. In the list on the left side of the Properties menu, tap the color of the area to edit.
The selected area is displayed in the area display.
5. Edit the selected area.
6. To save the configuration settings, tap Update.
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
95
To cancel the configuration settings, tap Cancel.
7. When the Update 1 area: 1 updated message is displayed, tap Cancel to acknowledge the
update notification.
8. Tap the Exit button.
The Create and Configure Areas screen is displayed.
9. Place the module online.
Related information...
▪ Using drawers with FlexRacks, page 92
▪ Place the module online, page 266
View information about an area
Perform this procedure to view information about an area in the module.
1. On the Main menu screen (IOM), tap a defined area.
The area information is displayed.
2. Tap OK to close the informational message.
Related information...
▪ Using drawers with FlexRacks, page 92
Delete an area
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this procedure to delete an area from the module.
1. On the Main menu screen (IOM), tap the Configuration button.
2. On the Configuration screen, tap Areas.
3. On the Create and Configure Areas screen, tap delete in the row of the area to delete.
4. When the confirmation message is displayed, tap yes to delete the area.
The area is deleted.
5. When the Delete area message is displayed, tap Cancel to acknowledge the update
notification.
6. Tap the Exit button.
The Create and Configure Areas screen is displayed.
7. Cycle power to the module.
Related information...
▪ Using drawers with FlexRacks, page 92
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration
Section 2
96 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
▪ Place the module online, page 266
▪ Place the module offline, page 267
▪ Cycle power to the module, page 265
Using racks
Drawer areas in the Input/Output Module can be used to load and unload sample tubes to
store. For this purpose, RackPorts equipped with a radio-frequency identification (RFID) tag for
automatic recognition on modules are required.
Samples can be inserted into the drawers individually in different rack types. For this purpose,
appropriate RackPorts are required. Each RackPort has an RFID tag that is recognized by an
RFID reader in the module. The RFID tag is included when a RackPort is ordered. For all rack
types, the samples can be sorted within the analyzer-specific racks. Drawers can be opened
independently of each other.
The setting to assign rack IDs automatically or manually is configured by an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative.
NOTE: Areas within the RackPorts are configured by an Abbott Laboratories representative.
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (IOM), page 88
▪ Replace a rack and edit the rack ID, page 97
▪ Load or unload a rack in the module drawer, page 99
Replace a rack and edit the rack ID
Prerequisite
Ensure that the following area parameters have been configured
by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative:
• usage is set to OUTPUT
• rackid handling is set to MANUAL
• The Area active option is enabled
Required materials Handheld barcode reader (recommended)
Required module
status
Online
Perform this procedure to replace a rack in a drawer and edit the rack ID.
CAUTION: A minimum clearance between the module and the operator is required to
avoid injury when opening the drawer.
NOTE: Drawers configured for manual rack identification will remain open if the module is
restarted. For the drawers to close, perform and finish the manual rack identification workflow
described in this procedure for each drawer.
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
97
1. To open the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button
on the touchscreen user interface.
IMPORTANT: Do not pull on the drawer handle to open the drawer. Pulling on the drawer
handle causes an error status for the drawer and does not fully open the drawer.
2. Remove the rack.
3. Insert the new rack.
4. Press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button on the touchscreen
user interface.
The Drawer rack ID confirmation screen is displayed.
NOTE: If multiple drawers configured for manual rack identification are opened at the same
time, pressing the drawer push button or tapping the Open/Close drawer button for one
of the drawers will initiate the manual rack identification workflow for that drawer only and
will temporarily disable the others, preventing them from closing. For the other drawers to
close, perform and finish the manual rack identification workflow for each drawer. Drawers
not configured for manual rack identification continue to operate normally.
5. Perform one of the following options.
– If the drawer is opened without replacing a rack or RackPort, perform the following
steps:
a. Tap No changes were made to the Rack IDs, Racks, or Rackport type (drawer will
close).
b. Tap the Next button
to confirm the selection and continue using the assigned
rack ID.
The drawer closes and the workflow is finished.
– If at least one rack ID has changed but the RackPort type remains the same, perform
the following steps:
a. Tap One or more Rack IDs has changed or cannot be determined (drawer will
remain open).
b. Tap the Next button to confirm the selection.
The Rack ID handling screen is displayed.
– If the RackPort type, number of racks, or location of a rack has changed, perform the
following steps:
a. Tap The number of Racks or the Rackport type has changed (drawer will close
and reopen).
b. Tap the Next button to confirm the selection.
c. When a confirmation message is displayed, tap o.k..
The Rack ID handling screen is displayed.
6. If using the handheld barcode reader, scan the ID of the rack at the front end of the drawer.
Otherwise, perform the following steps on the touchscreen user interface:
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration
Section 2
98 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
a) Tap the rack ID field on the Rack ID handling screen.
b) Type the ID of the rack at the front end of the drawer.
c) Tap the Next button to confirm the entry.
7. Scan or type and confirm the rack IDs for all remaining racks.
For visual identification, the position of each rack as it gets processed is enclosed within a
red rectangle on the left side of the Rack ID handling screen.
8. Tap Finish.
A confirmation pop-up is displayed listing all scanned or typed rack IDs.
9. Verify all rack IDs.
10. Tap Confirm.
The drawer closes and the workflow is finished.
Related information...
▪ Using racks, page 97
Load or unload a rack in the module drawer
Prerequisite
A drawer has been configured according to the service requirements.
Required module
status
Online
Perform this procedure to load or unload a rack in the module drawer.
NOTE: The setting to configure RackPorts and their designated usage must be configured by an
Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative.
CAUTION: A minimum clearance between the module and the operator is required to
avoid injury when opening the drawer.
1. To open the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button
on the touchscreen user interface.
IMPORTANT: Do not pull on the drawer handle to open the drawer. Pulling on the drawer
handle causes an error status for the drawer and does not fully open the drawer.
2. Load or unload a rack on the RackPort.
3. To close the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button on
the touchscreen user interface.
Related information...
▪ Using racks, page 97
Section 2
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
99
Installation procedures and special requirements
Input/Output Module configuration Section 2
This page is intentionally left blank.
100 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
3. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
Introduction
The GLP systems Track is a customizable laboratory automation system that includes interfaces
to various analyzers and control system components to automate sample processing in
laboratories.
Related information...
▪ General operation, page 102
▪ Control system, page 104
▪ Track Sample Manager functional description, page 105
▪ Track Workflow Manager functional description, page 109
▪ Input/Output Module operation, page 110
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
101
General operation
Autonomous transport vehicles, referred to as CARs, are used to distribute the samples. The
CARs move toward the various modules and analyzers by using rightmost traffic paths on the
track.
The samples are supplied to the laboratory automation system (LAS) by input modules such as
the Input/Output Module (IOM). When a robot gripper picks up a sample, the barcode is read
by a sample barcode reader and forwarded to an interface referred to as the Track Sample
Manager (TSM). TSM uses the sample ID and the order data to calculate the optimal route to
the individual analyzers.
TSM controls the CARs according to the received information. TSM uses the CAR ID to locate
each CAR and each sample in the LAS.
Changes to the analysis order are supported in real time. Samples may be requested at any
time. After the analysis processes have been completed, the samples are retained for a defined
period of time for potential additional orders, are disposed, or are placed into racks for manual
removal from the IOM.
Figure 22: Example of an LAS design
Legend:
1. Analyzers
2. SAL Alinity ci
3. CAR
4. Track
5. IOM configured as an output module
6. Aliquot Module
7. IOM configured as an input module
Principles of operation
General operation
Section 3
102 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ Principles of operation, page 101
Section 3
Principles of operation
General operation
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
103
Control system
The control system comprises the following components:
• Laboratory information system (LIS) including middleware
• Track Sample Manager (TSM)
• Track Workflow Manager (TWM)
NOTE: The LIS and middleware are not supplied with the GLP systems Track.
TSM is the central control unit and enables communication between the individual track system
components and TWM. The following list describes the function of the control system:
LIS
Computer software and hardware used to manage medical testing and
billing for specimens in a laboratory.
Middleware The interface between the laboratory automation system (LAS) and
the laboratory software. Information about the samples is entered in
the middleware and forwarded to TWM.
TSM Controls sample distribution in the LAS, communicates with the
segment controllers and module controllers, and locates all CARs and
samples at all times.
TWM Translates individual sample orders into pre-analytical and post-
analytical processing steps by using an algorithm.
Module controller Controls the processes in the module and communicates with TSM.
Segment controller Manages the communication between the active lane elements and
TSM. The track can have several segment controllers.
Active lane element Communicates with the segment controller from its track segment. A
track segment can contain a maximum of 40 active lane elements (for
example, switch or AccessPoint).
Related information...
▪ Principles of operation, page 101
▪ Track Sample Manager overview, page 49
Principles of operation
Control system
Section 3
104 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Track Sample Manager functional description
Key functions of the Track Sample Manager are workflow and system monitoring.
Related information...
▪ Principles of operation, page 101
▪ Workflow, page 105
▪ System monitoring, page 107
Workflow
The Track Sample Manager (TSM) communicates with all modules and active elements that are
part of the GLP systems Track to transport samples from a start point to a target point and to
route empty CARs to the designated location.
TSM controls the sample workflow, which requires the following items:
• Sample and CAR routing
• Track layout
• Routing strategy
• Routing instructions from the Track Workflow Manager
Related information...
▪ Track Sample Manager functional description, page 105
▪ Sample and CAR routing, page 105
▪ Track layout, page 105
▪ Routing strategy, page 106
▪ Track Workflow Manager interface, page 106
Sample and CAR routing
The Track Sample Manager provides the following main functions of sample and CAR routing:
• Routes CARs through the track system.
• Instructs modules to process a sample.
• Stores information on all processing steps of the samples.
• Monitors track and module statuses on the user interface.
Related information...
▪ Workflow, page 105
Track layout
The Track Sample Manager (TSM) is configured with the track layout of the laboratory track. The
track layout is designed with the track designer and then is imported into TSM. All information
on the module and track routes used is available.
Section 3
Principles of operation
Track Sample Manager functional description
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
105
Related information...
▪ Workflow, page 105
Routing strategy
On the Track Sample Manager, the routing strategy includes the following components:
• Samples are assigned to the target areas.
NOTE: Area names can be specific to a single module or a module type.
• Loaded CARs are distributed based on the following criteria:
– Analyzer selection (throughput versus uniform)
– Sample prioritization (low, normal, or high)
NOTE: Sample prioritization can be configured to ensure adequate sample processing
time on a customer-specific basis. Laboratory personnel have the responsibility to
configure acceptable processing times. Sample prioritization can reduce the potential
for sample degradation due to evaporation and ambient temperature exposure,
primarily for uncapped samples. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative for more information about configuration.
NOTE: If target processing times for a specific assay are not met by loading sample
tubes into the Input/Output Module, loading sample tubes directly into the analyzers is
recommended.
– Buffering for preferential processing of high-priority samples
• Empty CARs are provided based on the following criteria:
– Module prioritization
– High-priority park lanes
• Circles prevent individual segments from being overfilled.
• Disciplines ensure that samples remain in certain track areas.
Related information...
▪ Workflow, page 105
Track Workflow Manager interface
The workflow is structured by instructions that the Track Sample Manager (TSM) receives from
the Track Workflow Manager (TWM). TWM is an external component that connects TSM to the
laboratory information system (LIS):
• TWM provides target data and instructions for samples.
• TSM returns arrival information and processing results.
• A simulation environment is available for easier integration.
• Information on available LIS integrations is provided by request.
Principles of operation
Track Sample Manager functional description
Section 3
106 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Figure 23: Flowchart of communication paths
Legend:
1. LIS with middleware
2. TWM
3. TSM
4. GLP systems Track
Related information...
▪ Workflow, page 105
▪ Communication paths, page 37
System monitoring
The Track Sample Manager monitors the following items:
• Active track layout components
• Active lane elements, modules, and CARs
• Track performance statistics
• System log events
• Status package for sample and CAR routing
Related information...
▪ Track Sample Manager functional description, page 105
▪ System log, page 107
▪ Status package for sample and CAR routing, page 107
System log
The system log of the Track Sample Manager displays all events in the system that require
operator attention.
Related information...
▪ System monitoring, page 107
Status package for sample and CAR routing
The status package for sample and CAR routing on the Track Sample Manager has the following
features:
• Status monitor displays
• Individually configurable by the operator
Section 3
Principles of operation
Track Sample Manager functional description
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
107
Related information...
▪ System monitoring, page 107
Principles of operation
Track Sample Manager functional description Section 3
108 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Track Workflow Manager functional description
The Track Workflow Manager (TWM) is a software interface between the laboratory
information system and the Track Sample Manager of the GLP systems Track.
TWM translates individual sample orders into pre-analytical, analytical, and post-analytical
processing steps by using an algorithm.
Related information...
▪ Principles of operation, page 101
Section 3
Principles of operation
Track Workflow Manager functional description
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
109
Input/Output Module operation
Drawers are used to load and unload samples on the Input/Output Module (IOM).
FlexRacks in the RackPorts can be configured as input or output areas on a customer-specific
basis and hold the samples in an upright position.
The IOM processes standard sample tubes of different sizes, capped or uncapped, and reads the
sample IDs of the barcodes. The robot gripper loads and unloads sample tubes from CARs and
racks. When the robot gripper moves a sample, the sample barcode reader reads the barcode
and sends the information to the Track Sample Manager (TSM). The exact location of the sample
can be tracked on TSM.
For the input function, the robot gripper removes the sample from the rack and places it into
the CAR. For the output function, the robot gripper removes the sample from the CAR and
places it into the rack.
NOTE: Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative
for more information about configuration.
Related information...
▪ Principles of operation, page 101
Principles of operation
Input/Output Module operation
Section 3
110 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
4. PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
AND SPECIFICATIONS
Introduction
Before operating the GLP systems Track, become familiar with system performance
characteristics and specifications.
Related information...
▪ Technical data, page 112
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
111
Technical data
Technical documents for a customized GLP systems Track are distributed to the owner in
separate attachments. The following separate documents are available:
• Track layout
• Energy plan
• Service documentation
• Supplier documentation (optional)
• RackPorts Product Information Sheet
Related information...
▪ Performance characteristics and specifications, page 111
▪ Laboratory automation system technical data, page 112
▪ Sample and rack barcode label technical data, page 113
▪ Sample tube technical data, page 116
▪ Sample processing specifications, page 119
▪ Track technical data, page 119
▪ Spiral tower technical data, page 120
▪ CAR technical data, page 120
▪ Track Sample Manager technical data, page 121
▪ Track Workflow Manager technical data, page 121
▪ Input/Output Module technical data, page 122
Laboratory automation system technical data
Table 7: Laboratory automation system technical data
Altitude 30.8 m (100 ft) below sea level to 2000 m (6561 ft)
above sea level
Ambient temperature • During operation: 15°C to 30°C
• During transport and storage: -20°C to 60°C in
noncondensing environment for 30 h without
loss of functionality
Relative humidity During operation: 30% to 80%, noncondensing
Radio-frequency identification (RFID) frequency 13.553 MHz to 13.567 MHz at up to 60 dBµA/m at
10 m
Radio frequency output power 200 mW
Sound pressure level Maximum of 65 dBA
Continued on next page...
Performance characteristics and specifications
Technical data Section 4
112 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
...Continued from previous page
Placement • Install indoors only. Do not install the system
near direct sunlight.
• Do not install the system near drafts from
heating and cooling vents.
Storage and transport • Keep dry.
• Fragile: Handle with care.
NOTE: Laboratory personnel have the responsibility to maintain ambient temperature in the
specified range to prevent overheating and excessive evaporation of samples, primarily for
uncapped sample tubes. Follow the tube, analyzer, and reagent manufacturer assay-specific
documentation for detailed information about proper sample preparation, processing, and
storage. Failure to comply with manufacturer recommendations for sample handling could
result in delayed or incorrect results.
Related information...
▪ Technical data, page 112
▪ Track installation, page 69
Sample and rack barcode label technical data
Table 8: Sample and rack barcode label technical data
Barcode • Approved:
– Matte paper
– Maximum of one readable barcode per sample tube
(excluding sample labels)
• Not approved:
– Gloss or coated paper
– More than one barcode per sample tube (excluding
sample labels)
Continued on next page...
Section 4
Performance characteristics and specifications
Technical data
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
113
...Continued from previous page
Barcode label • Maximum of two barcode labels per sample tube:
Maximum label thickness of 0.5 mm if the manufacturer
printed the sample tube directly (that is, did not use
paper or similar)
• Maximum of one barcode label per sample tube:
Maximum label thickness of 0.5 mm if the manufacturer
did not print the sample tube directly (that is, did use
paper or similar)
NOTE: Barcode labels should meet the recommended
guidelines and should be correctly affixed to sample tubes
and racks in accordance with CLSI document AUTO2-A2:
Laboratory Automation: Bar Codes for Specimen Container
Identification.
IMPORTANT: Incorrect barcode label placement or
attachment on sample tubes may cause material damage
when CARs are loaded and unloaded. For example, the
sample tube may remain stuck in the robot gripper or the
CAR may be lifted together with the sample. Observe the
appropriate barcode label placement or attachment on the
sample tubes.
Symbology The following symbologies can be used on the laboratory
automation system:
• Codabar with and without check digit
• Code 39 with and without check digit
• Code 128
• Interleaved 2 of 5 with and without check digit
Sample ID and rack ID maximum length
The following factors affect the number of characters that can fit on a sample or rack barcode
label:
• Sample or rack barcode label length
• Sample or rack barcode label placement
• Symbology
• Density
• Ratio
• Quiet zone
The following list provides the maximum allowable character lengths for the different barcode
symbologies:
Codabar
Maximum of 19 characters for primary and secondary sample tube
barcode labels and rack barcode labels
Performance characteristics and specifications
Technical data Section 4
114 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Code 39 Maximum of 19 characters for primary sample tube and rack barcode
labels
Maximum of 14 characters for secondary sample tube barcode labels
Code 128 Maximum of 19 characters for primary and secondary sample tube
barcode labels and rack barcode labels
Interleaved 2 of 5 Maximum of 18 characters for primary and secondary sample tube
barcode labels and rack barcode labels
NOTE: Check digit is supported for Codabar, Code 39, and Interleaved 2 of 5. Check digit
transmission can also be enabled for Interleaved 2 of 5.
Sample ID and rack ID allowable characters
The following table provides the allowable characters for the different barcode symbologies.
Characters not listed in the table are intercepted at all barcode readers.
Table 9: Sample ID and rack ID allowable characters
Symbol ASCII Hex Codabar Code 39 Code 128 Interleaved 2 of
5
0-9 0x30 - 0x39 x x x x
A-Z 0x41 - 0x5a N/A x x N/A
a-z 0x61 - 0x7a N/A N/A x N/A
- 0x2d x x x N/A
= 0x3d N/A N/A x N/A
space 0x20 N/A x x N/A
. 0x2e x x x N/A
/ 0x2f x x x N/A
Related information...
▪ Technical data, page 112
▪ Sample tube technical data, page 116
▪ Sample processing specifications, page 119
▪ Barcode readers, page 60
▪ Load samples into FlexRacks, page 271
▪ Load analyzer-specific racks, page 274
▪ Unload analyzer-specific racks, page 277
Section 4
Performance characteristics and specifications
Technical data
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
115
Sample tube technical data
Table 10: Sample tube technical data
Tube type • Approved: Rounded bottom
• Not approved:
– Pediatric (except for Greiner Bio-One MiniCollect
Microtubes)
– Self-supporting (may include sample tubes with flat
bottoms, false bottoms, or open bottoms)
– Cone bottom
– Sample cup
– Tube with sample cup
– Ridged lip
IMPORTANT: Only use sample tubes that are approved for
the laboratory automation system (LAS). Abbott Laboratories
cannot accept responsibility if unapproved sample tube types
are used.
Tube material • Approved: Plastic or synthetic
• Not approved: Glass
NOTE: Refer to the RackPorts Product Information Sheet for
more information about sample tube constraints.
Tube height • Uncapped: 65 mm to 102 mm
• Capped: 81 mm to 110 mm
NOTE: Refer to the RackPorts Product Information Sheet for
more information about sample tube constraints.
Tube diameter • Uncapped: 10.5 mm to 16 mm
• Capped: 11.5 mm to 18 mm with at least 1 mm overhang
of cap over tube external diameter
NOTE: Two additional barcode labels increase maximum
diameters by 0.5 mm.
Tube fill level Maximum fill level: Distance between sample matter surface
and top rim of tube is greater than 15 mm.
CAUTION: Do not exceed the maximum fill level of
the sample tube. Exceeding the maximum fill level
may cause components to become contaminated
by sample matter. Spilled sample matter may cause
infections due to contact with non-intact skin or
mucous membranes.
Continued on next page...
Performance characteristics and specifications
Technical data Section 4
116 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
...Continued from previous page
Cap type • Approved:
– Manufacturer safety caps (for example, push caps
or screw caps)
– GLP systems Track consumable caps (for example,
ReCaps or ScrewCaps)
• Not approved:
– Cap with flap
– Rubber stopper closure
– Cap with irregular top edge
– Archiving cap
Cap diameter 11.5 mm to 18.0 mm
NOTE: External diameter of the cap is minimally 1 mm greater
than the tube.
Cap height Minimum of 5 mm
Additional sample tube types must be clarified with the device manufacturer and Abbott
Laboratories. For questions or use of formats that are not specified in this manual, contact
an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative.
Table 11: Pediatric sample tubes
Approved Not approved
Greiner Bio-One MiniCollect Microtube (13 mm
diameter x 75 mm height) is firmly connected to
carrier tube (for children) and can be used on the
following modules:
• Input/Output Module
• Decapper Module
• SAL Alinity ci-series
• Buffer Module
• Centrifuge Module
Greiner Bio-One MiniCollect Microtube and carrier
tube are separated. For example:
• Serum 450533
• Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA)
450530
• Carrier tube 450417
Otherwise, no processing can be performed on the
LAS.
CAUTION: Risk of injury due to incorrect use of sample tubes. Incorrectly used
sample tubes can cause robot gripper malfunctions. Spilled sample matter can cause
contamination and severe injuries to the operator. Inadequate sample volume in sample
tubes causes delays in diagnosis and treatment of patients.
• Only use sample tubes that are approved for the LAS.
• Immediately clean any contaminated areas of the LAS by using a laboratory-grade
surface disinfectant.
• If a sample is spilled, ensure that the sample volume in the sample tube is adequate
to perform the remaining tests.
• Redraw the sample if necessary.
Section 4
Performance characteristics and specifications
Technical data
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
117
Figure 24: Sample tubes not approved
Legend:
1. Self-supporting
2. Pediatric
3. Cone bottom
4. Sample cup
5. Tube with sample cup
6. Ridged lip
Figure 25: Sample tube caps not approved
Legend:
1. Cap with flap
2. Rubber stopper closure
Performance characteristics and specifications
Technical data
Section 4
118 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
3. Cap with irregular top edge
4. Archiving cap
Related information...
▪ Technical data, page 112
▪ Sample and rack barcode label technical data, page 113
▪ Sample processing specifications, page 119
▪ CAR design and function, page 44
▪ Input/Output Module technical data, page 122
▪ Input/Output Module safety, page 303
▪ RackPorts overview, page 64
▪ Load samples into FlexRacks, page 271
▪ Load analyzer-specific racks, page 274
▪ Unload analyzer-specific racks, page 277
▪ Basic safety, page 296
Sample processing specifications
Due to specific sample processing capabilities on the modules of the GLP systems Track and due
to manufacturer specifications of the connected analyzers, there are deviations and restrictions
for sample processing.
NOTE: Use good laboratory practices to ensure proper sample handling. Ensure that all sample
IDs are unique.
Refer to the supplemental and interface manuals for module-specific information about
deviations and restrictions.
Related information...
▪ Technical data, page 112
▪ Sample and rack barcode label technical data, page 113
▪ Sample tube technical data, page 116
Track technical data
Table 12: Track technical data
Current • Three-phase:
– 20 amperes per phase
– Maximum 230 VAC per phase
• Single-phase (Archive cooling unit only):
– 16 amperes
– Maximum 127 or 230 VAC
Power • Three-phase: 4600 watts per phase
• Single-phase (Archive cooling unit only):
2032 watts (127 VAC) or 3680 watts (230 VAC)
Continued on next page...
Section 4
Performance characteristics and specifications
Technical data
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
119
...Continued from previous page
Supply voltage • Three-phase: 400 VAC, ± 10%
• Single-phase (Archive cooling unit only):
– 115 to 127 VAC, ± 10%
– 220 to 230 VAC, ± 10%
Supply frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz
Electrical safety parameters
NOTE: Electrical safety parameters have no bearing
on performance.
• Installation category: II (overvoltage category)
• Pollution degree: 2
Related information...
▪ Technical data, page 112
▪ Track installation, page 69
Spiral tower technical data
Table 13: Spiral tower technical data
Dimensions 113 cm (diameter) x 260 cm (height)
Weight • Spiral (without hood): 200 kg (441 lb)
• Spiral hood: 60 kg (132 lb)
NOTE: The specified dimensions and weight represent a standard spiral tower. Contact
an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative for more
information.
Related information...
▪ Technical data, page 112
▪ Spiral tower installation requirements, page 69
CAR technical data
Table 14: CAR technical data
Approximate charging time Recharged from 10% to 90% in 3 h or fewer
CAR capacity • One sample tube per CAR
• Total weight of sample tube: 20 g
Power source Rechargeable lithium-ion battery
Rechargeable lithium-ion battery capacity,
maximum moving time
Maximum speed level for a minimum of 8 h
without recharge of lithium-ion battery
Continued on next page...
Performance characteristics and specifications
Technical data Section 4
120 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
...Continued from previous page
Speed profiles • No speed: 0 mm/s on the track
• Slow speed: 50 mm/s on the track with an
accuracy of 15%
• Normal speed: 150 mm/s on the track with an
accuracy of 15%
• Fast speed: 250 mm/s on the track with an
accuracy of 15%
• Hyperspeed: 350 mm/s on the track with an
accuracy of 15%
Related information...
▪ Technical data, page 112
Track Sample Manager technical data
Table 15: Track Sample Manager (TSM) technical data
Platform Payara Application Server
Database PostgreSQL
Operating system SUSE Linux Enterprise operating system
NOTE: Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative
for more information about TSM technical data.
Related information...
▪ Technical data, page 112
Track Workflow Manager technical data
Table 16: Track Workflow Manager (TWM) technical data
Platform Payara Application Server
Database PostgreSQL
Operating system SUSE Linux Enterprise operating system
NOTE: Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative
for more information about TWM technical data.
Related information...
▪ Technical data, page 112
Section 4
Performance characteristics and specifications
Technical data
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
121
Input/Output Module technical data
Table 17: Input/Output Module technical data
Throughput Minimum of 900 capped sample tubes per hour
NOTE: The specified performance of the module is based on
measurements taken in a given test environment. The actual
performance may vary significantly depending on the use
scenario of the laboratory automation system.
Capacity Four drawers with 125 sample tubes each for 500 sample
tubes total when a RackPort (Standard) is used
NOTE: Based on the selected RackPort, the maximum
quantity of sample tubes can vary.
Dimensions 80 cm (width) x 103 cm (depth) x 188 cm (height)
Weight 267 kg (587 lb)
Altitude 30.8 m (100 ft) below sea level to 2000 m (6561 ft) above sea
level
Sound pressure level Maximum of 65 dBA
Waste heat Average at full capacity: 378 kJ/h
Supply voltage 220 VAC to 230 VAC, ± 10%
Supply frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz
Power • Nominal: 93 W
• Peak: 343 W
• 406 VA Max
NOTE: Electrical lines are routed in the power ducts of the GLP systems Track.
Related information...
▪ Technical data, page 112
▪ Input/Output Module installation requirements, page 70
▪ Sample tube technical data, page 116
Performance characteristics and specifications
Technical data
Section 4
122 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
5. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Introduction
This section provides instructions on how to perform normal operating procedures on the GLP
systems Track. Before operating the system, become familiar with hardware components of the
system.
Related information...
▪ Start the GLP systems Track, page 124
▪ Shut down the GLP systems Track, page 125
▪ Perform an emergency shutdown, page 126
▪ Log on to the Track Sample Manager (TSM), page 128
▪ Log on to the Track Workflow Manager (TWM), page 130
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
▪ Remove and replace the track hood at the spiral tower, page 135
▪ Open and close the spiral tower doors, page 138
▪ Cycle power to an empty CAR, page 140
▪ Track Sample Manager user interface, page 142
▪ Track Workflow Manager user interface, page 201
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
123
Start the GLP systems Track
Prerequisite Front and rear module covers must be closed and locked.
Perform this procedure to start the GLP systems Track.
1. Verify that all CARs are located in the charge lanes and are being charged.
2. Verify that the track is free from any foreign objects.
3. Open the Track Sample Manager (TSM).
4. Ensure that the Track Workflow Manager (TWM) is running.
5. Ensure that a connection between TSM and TWM is established.
6. Use the On/Off push buttons to power on the modules.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
▪ CAR design and function, page 44
▪ Troubleshooting, page 327
▪ Log on to the Track Sample Manager (TSM), page 128
▪ Log on to the Track Workflow Manager (TWM), page 130
▪ Power on the module, page 263
Operating instructions
Start the GLP systems Track
Section 5
124 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Shut down the GLP systems Track
Prerequisite Verify that no samples are being processed on the GLP systems Track.
Perform this procedure to shut down the GLP systems Track.
1. Leave the Track Sample Manager (TSM) powered on.
2. Use the On/Off push buttons to power off the modules.
3. Verify that all CARs are located in the charge lanes and are being charged.
NOTE: The individual modules are powered off. The computer on which TSM is installed
should remain powered on.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
▪ Power off the module, page 264
Section 5
Operating instructions
Shut down the GLP systems Track
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
125
Perform an emergency shutdown
Perform this procedure to shut down the system when an emergency situation occurs.
NOTE: Disconnect switch locations vary by customer site. The locations are reviewed during
operator training. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative to request a track layout illustration identifying the disconnect switch positions.
1. Locate the disconnect switch at the rear of the track for each mains AC input power line or
supply.
2. Observe the switch in the on position.
3. Turn the switch counterclockwise to the off position.
Operating instructions
Perform an emergency shutdown
Section 5
126 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
CAUTION: If more than one disconnect switch is provided, power off all switches to
shut down the system.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
Section 5
Operating instructions
Perform an emergency shutdown
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
127
Log on to the Track Sample Manager (TSM)
Prerequisite Web access is configured on a workstation in the laboratory with
access to the Track Sample Manager (TSM).
NOTE: Workstation system requirements are specified in the service
manuals for TSM and Track Workflow Manager (TWM) operating
systems.
NOTE: The configuration of the customer network is performed
by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
User access level Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to log on to TSM.
1. Launch the web browser.
NOTE: TSM supports the following browsers:
– Microsoft Edge
– Mozilla Firefox
– Google Chrome
Use of the most recent browser version with security patches is recommended. Comply
with the information technology requirements of the facility.
2. Type the appropriate user-defined uniform resource locator (URL) in the address bar of the
web browser:
– If the track system uses a single-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed on the
same server, type one of the following URLs to access TSM:
• https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/tsm-web/ (recommended)
• http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/tsm-web/
– If the track system uses a dual-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed on
separate servers, type one of the following URLs to access TSM:
• https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/tsm-web/ (recommended)
• http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/tsm-web/
3. Press the Enter key.
The Sign in to your account screen is displayed.
4. Type the username and password and if available, select the preferred language from the
drop-down list.
5. Tap Sign in.
NOTE: The password may need to be changed to a new password when the user logs on for
the first time. A user account may be automatically disabled after a number of invalid logon
Operating instructions
Log on to the Track Sample Manager (TSM)
Section 5
128 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
attempts. Comply with the information technology requirements of the facility. If necessary,
contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative.
The TSM start screen is displayed.
6. Tap TSM in the START TSM list to display the Main menu screen (TSM).
NOTE: Users should log off from the TSM user interface after each session.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
▪ Main menu screen element descriptions (TSM), page 143
▪ Start the GLP systems Track, page 124
Section 5
Operating instructions
Log on to the Track Sample Manager (TSM)
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
129
Log on to the Track Workflow Manager (TWM)
Prerequisite Web access is configured on a workstation in the laboratory with
access to the Track Workflow Manager (TWM).
NOTE: Workstation system requirements are specified in the service
manuals for Track Sample Manager (TSM) and TWM operating
systems.
NOTE: The configuration of the customer network is performed
by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
User access level Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to log on to TWM.
1. Launch the web browser.
NOTE: TWM supports the following browsers:
– Microsoft Edge
– Mozilla Firefox
– Google Chrome
Use of the most recent browser version with security patches is recommended. Comply
with the information technology requirements of the facility.
2. Type the appropriate user-defined uniform resource locator (URL) in the address bar of the
web browser:
– If the track system uses a single-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed on the
same server, type one of the following URLs to access TWM:
• https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/re-web/ (recommended)
• http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/re-web/
– If the track system uses a dual-server setup where TSM and TWM are housed on
separate servers, type one of the following URLs to access TWM:
• https://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/re-web/ (recommended)
• http://<GLP Firewall WAN IP>:7000/re-web/
3. Press the Enter key.
The Sign in to your account screen is displayed.
4. Type the username and password and if available, select the preferred language from the
drop-down list.
5. Tap Sign in.
NOTE: The password may need to be changed to a new password when the user logs on for
the first time. A user account may be automatically disabled after a number of invalid logon
Operating instructions
Log on to the Track Workflow Manager (TWM)
Section 5
130 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
attempts. Comply with the information technology requirements of the facility. If necessary,
contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative.
The TWM start screen is displayed.
6. Tap TWM in the START list to display the Main menu screen (TWM).
NOTE: Users should log off from the TWM user interface after each session.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
▪ Main menu screen element descriptions (TWM), page 203
▪ Start the GLP systems Track, page 124
Section 5
Operating instructions
Log on to the Track Workflow Manager (TWM)
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
131
Open and close the track hoods
Required materials Key
Perform this procedure to open and close the track hoods.
CAUTION: Biological RISKS. This activity or area may expose the operator to potentially
infectious material.
1. To unlock the track hood, insert the key [2] into the lock [1] at each end of the track hood
and turn clockwise.
Figure 26: Track hood lock and key
2. Open the track hood.
Operating instructions
Open and close the track hoods
Section 5
132 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Figure 27: Track hood opened
3. To lock the track hood, close the track hood.
4. Insert the key [2] into the lock [1] at each end of the track hood and turn counterclockwise.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
▪ Track overview, page 39
▪ Track sections, page 39
▪ Clean the track hoods, page 308
▪ Clean the lane elements, page 308
▪ Clean the guiding slot, page 309
▪ Clean the sensors, page 311
▪ Clean the housing, page 311
▪ Clean the charging contacts, page 312
▪ Clean the sample holder, page 312
▪ Clean the drive wheel and the wheel arch, page 313
▪ Remove a CAR without a sample, page 314
▪ Remove a CAR with a sample, page 314
Section 5
Operating instructions
Open and close the track hoods
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
133
▪ Replace the front underseal of a CAR, page 315
Operating instructions
Open and close the track hoods Section 5
134 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Remove and replace the track hood at the spiral tower
Required materials Key
Perform this procedure to remove and replace the track hood connecting to the spiral tower.
CAUTION: Mind or watch your hands. Track hoods connecting to spiral towers can
be removed and replaced only by a trained operator. Finger pinches can occur when
removing and replacing the hoods. Use caution when removing and replacing track
hoods connecting to spiral towers.
CAUTION: Biological RISKS. This activity or area may expose the operator to potentially
infectious material.
1. To unlock the track hood connecting to the spiral tower, insert the key [2] into the front
lock [1] and turn clockwise.
Figure 28: Track hood front lock and key
2. Insert the key [2] into the rear lock [1] and turn clockwise.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Remove and replace the track hood at the spiral tower
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
135
Figure 29: Track hood rear lock and key
3. Remove the track hood.
Operating instructions
Remove and replace the track hood at the spiral tower
Section 5
136 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Figure 30: Track hood removed
4. Replace the track hood.
5. To lock the track hood, insert the key [2] into the front and rear locks [1] and turn
counterclockwise.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
Section 5
Operating instructions
Remove and replace the track hood at the spiral tower
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
137
Open and close the spiral tower doors
Perform this procedure to open and close the spiral tower doors.
CAUTION: Mind or watch your hands. Spiral tower doors can be opened and closed
only by a trained operator. Use caution when opening and closing spiral tower doors.
CAUTION: Biological RISKS. This activity or area may expose the operator to potentially
infectious material.
1. To open a spiral tower door, gently press against the outer edge to unlatch it.
Figure 31: Spiral tower door
2. Pull open the spiral tower door.
Operating instructions
Open and close the spiral tower doors
Section 5
138 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Figure 32: Spiral tower door opened
3. To close the spiral tower door, gently press against the outer edge to latch it.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
Section 5
Operating instructions
Open and close the spiral tower doors
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
139
Cycle power to an empty CAR
Perform this procedure to cycle power to an empty CAR.
1. Open the track hood.
2. Remove the empty CAR from the track.
3. Locate the On/Off switch [1] at the rear of the CAR.
Figure 33: On/Off switch
4. Turn off the CAR.
5. Leave the CAR turned off for 5 seconds.
6. Turn on the CAR.
7. Wait for the drive wheel to turn and place the CAR back on the track in front of an active
lane element.
NOTE: If the drive wheel does not turn, contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Operating instructions
Cycle power to an empty CAR
Section 5
140 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
8. Close the track hood.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
Section 5
Operating instructions
Cycle power to an empty CAR
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
141
Track Sample Manager user interface
The Track Sample Manager (TSM) user interface is available after the operator logs on.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
▪ Roles and permissions (TSM), page 142
▪ Main menu screen (TSM), page 143
Roles and permissions (TSM)
Four standard user access levels are available on TSM that are assigned to the corresponding
groups. TSM allows configuration for four types of user roles: service, administrator, operator,
and monitor.
NOTE: The sections about roles and permissions, the Main menu screen (TSM), and the Track /
RE tab describe the most important functions of TSM. These functions vary based on the user
role of service, administrator, or operator. This manual describes the functions relevant to the
operator and administrator.
Table 18: Roles
Username Role Description
service Service Service technician
admin Administrator Local administrator
operator Operator Track operator
monitor Monitor User with monitoring view only
NOTE: The listed user roles are intended to differentiate access levels only. All users must be
trained operators.
Table 19: Permissions
Function or
menu item
Service Administrator Operator
Track / RE x x x
Permissions not granted:
• Controller
• Segment controller information
• AccessPoint and switch
configuration
• Reset
Permissions not granted:
• Administrator
• Controller → Module
controller tab
• Track → Circle → Change name
• Routing Engine → Clear
messages
• Operation mode → Change
mode
Continued on next page...
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
142 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
...Continued from previous page
Function or
menu item
Service Administrator Operator
Samples x x x
CARs x x x
Messages x x -
Admin x x -
No access rights for Admin →
Parameters → Service
x Permissions granted
- No permissions granted
Related information...
▪ Track Sample Manager user interface, page 142
Main menu screen (TSM)
From the Main menu screen (TSM), the operator can perform the following functions:
• View the current operational status of the laboratory automation system.
• View statuses for recovery backup, sample cleanup, and message cleanup.
• Modify statistical criteria for track elements.
• View connections to the Track Workflow Manager.
• Search for samples.
• Remove manually removed samples.
• Request to send samples to an output area.
• Request to send CARs to a maintenance lane.
Related information...
▪ Track Sample Manager user interface, page 142
▪ Main menu screen element descriptions (TSM), page 143
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
▪ CARs tab (TSM), page 177
▪ Messages tab (TSM), page 181
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Main menu screen element descriptions (TSM)
After the operator successfully logs on to the Track Sample Manager (TSM), the Main menu
screen (TSM) is displayed with the following screen elements.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
143
Elements
Language Displays the language selected.
User name Displays the operator or administrator logged on.
button The Log off button logs off from TSM.
Track Sample
Manager (TSM)
banner
Refreshes the screen or returns to the Main menu screen (TSM) from
any screen.
Track / RE button Navigates to the Track / RE tab.
Samples button Navigates to the Samples tab.
CARs button Navigates to the CARs tab.
Messages button Navigates to the Messages tab.
NOTE: The Messages button is viewable only by the service or
administrator user access level.
Admin button Navigates to the Admin tab.
NOTE: The Admin button is viewable only by the service or
administrator user access level.
CAUTION: Risk of delay in sample processing. Inappropriate
configurations in TSM can have an impact on sample
processing, leading to a delay in results. Contact an
Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative for guidance on TSM configuration and GLP
systems Track automation workflow.
Overview area
User
Displays the operator or administrator logged on.
Track layout Displays the track layout document name.
TSM version Displays the TSM version.
Operation mode Displays the current operational status: Standby, Test, Disconnected,
or Module Data Recovery.
Local time Displays the time and time zone settings.
Recovery backup
status
Displays the recovery backup status.
If the recovery backup status is red, the configuration in TSM has been
changed since the last recovery backup by using the TSM setup user
interface.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
144 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
NOTE: If the recovery backup status remains red, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative.
Sample cleanup
status
Displays the sample cleanup status.
If the sample cleanup status is red, the status displays the number of
samples not deleted. If the sample cleanup status does not change
back to green after a few days, contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative.
Message cleanup
status
Displays the message cleanup status.
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (TSM), page 143
▪ Log on to the Track Sample Manager (TSM), page 128
Track / RE tab (TSM)
On the Track / RE tab on the Track Sample Manager (TSM), the operator can perform the
following functions:
• View a list of all active lane elements, modules, and CARs.
• View information about the CARs and track circles.
• View a track layout illustration with status information on the individual active components.
• View track performance analyses and modify the statistical criteria for track elements.
• View the version numbers of segments and modules, and the version numbers and
operations data of CARs.
• View the incoming and outgoing connection information between the Track Workflow
Manager (TWM) and TSM, and the status of TWM.
• View the current operation mode of TSM.
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (TSM), page 143
▪ Track / RE tab element descriptions (TSM), page 146
▪ Controller tab element descriptions (TSM), page 146
▪ Segment controller screen element descriptions (TSM), page 148
▪ Module controller screen element descriptions (TSM), page 150
▪ Search for multiple samples in an Archive Storage Unit (TSM), page 156
▪ Synchronize sample databases (TSM), page 157
▪ Circles tab element descriptions (TSM), page 158
▪ Layout tab element descriptions (TSM), page 159
▪ Statistic tab element descriptions (TSM), page 159
▪ Modify statistical criteria (TSM), page 160
▪ View temperature statistics for an Archive Storage Unit (TSM), page 161
▪ Firmware tab element descriptions (TSM), page 161
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
145
▪ Routing Engine tab element descriptions (TSM), page 163
▪ View the connections to TWM on TSM, page 164
▪ Operation mode tab element descriptions (TSM), page 164
Track / RE tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Track / RE tab displays the following screen elements.
Elements
Controller tab Displays a controller overview that lists all modules, segments, and
analyzers.
Circles tab Displays an overview of all generated track circles.
Layout tab Displays a schematic of the uploaded track layout.
Statistic tab Displays various statistics pertaining to sample throughput, errors, and
module downtimes.
Firmware tab Displays information about the segment, module, and CAR versions.
Routing Engine tab Displays all communication end points and the status of the Track
Workflow Manager.
Operation mode tab Displays the current Track Sample Manager operation mode.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
Controller tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Controller tab displays a controller overview that lists all modules, segments, and analyzers.
Elements
Controller overview
Displays lists of all modules, segments, and analyzers.
Filter Displays a text box that is used to search the controllers by ID,
segment number, module name, and module type.
With error Displays a check box that is used to show only controllers with errors.
CAR need Displays a check box that is used to show only controllers with CAR
need.
Controller type Displays the controller type:
Segment The segment controller overview displays a
list of all segments.
Module The module controller overview displays a
list of all modules.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
146 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Module type Displays the module type.
ID Displays the controller ID. When the controller ID is selected, a
detailed view with further information for the track element in that
row is displayed. Several tabs are displayed that vary based on the
track element (such as module, segment, or analyzer) that is selected.
Name Displays the module name and number.
Status Displays the controller status of the modules and segments:
Green
• The segment is connected and online.
• The module is connected and online, or
is in pause mode.
Yellow The module is connected but offline.
Red
• The segment or track element is in an
error state.
• The module is not connected or an error
has been detected.
Gray
• The segment controller has not reported
the track element.
• The module is powered off or has been
manually disabled.
Element / Area status Displays the controller status of the track elements and areas:
Green
• All connected track elements are online.
• All areas are online.
Yellow The module is connected but offline.
Red
• The segment or track is in an error state.
• At least one area is in an error state.
Gray
• The segment controller has not reported
the track element.
• The module is powered off or has been
manually disabled.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
147
Segment controller screen element descriptions (TSM)
The hardware on the Segment controller screen can be reset by an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative. The Segment controller screen is
displayed when the segment controller ID is selected on the Controller tab.
Elements
ID Displays the segment ID.
Connection Displays the connection number.
Status Displays the status.
Product code Displays the product code.
Serial no. Displays the serial number.
HW/SW version Displays the hardware or software version.
Interface version Displays the interface version.
Error Displays a text box and a magnifying glass icon.
Track element status tab
ID
Displays the track element ID.
Status Displays the status sent by the track element:
Green The track element is online.
Red The track element has an error.
Error Displays a short description of the error.
Err# Displays the number of errors detected in the last hour.
Type Displays the track element type.
Module Displays the module name.
Product code Displays the product code of the track element.
SW version Displays the software version of the track element.
HW version Displays the hardware version of the track element.
Function buttons
Reset hardware
Triggers a controller reset of the selected track elements.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
148 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
NOTE: If no elements are selected, the segment controller receives
the reset. The controller reset is forwarded to the segment controller,
which performs the reset for itself or forwards it to the selected
elements.
NOTE: Only an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative should reset the hardware.
Update Refreshes the controller tab or screen.
Close Closes the controller tab.
AccessPoint configuration tab
Displays the configuration settings for charge, park, and high-priority lanes, and for
AccessPoints.
ID
Displays the node ID.
Type Displays the AccessPoint type.
Module Displays the module name.
2nd ID Displays the secondary node ID.
Waiting queue Displays the waiting queue length.
Waiting queue (H) Displays the number of positions reserved for high-priority samples at
AccessPoints of type AP virtual, AP unloading, and AP general access.
Speed lane 1 Displays the speed on lane 1.
Sensor, lane 1 Displays the sensor configuration on lane 1.
Speed lane 2 Displays the speed on lane 2.
Sensor, lane 2 Displays the sensor configuration on lane 2.
Function buttons
Reset hardware
Triggers a controller reset of the selected track elements.
NOTE: If no elements are selected, the segment controller receives
the reset. The controller reset is forwarded to the segment controller,
which performs the reset for itself or forwards it to the selected
elements.
NOTE: Only an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative should reset the hardware.
Update Refreshes the controller tab or screen.
Close Closes the controller tab.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
149
Switch configuration tab
Displays the configuration settings for lane switches.
ID Displays the node ID.
Default direct. lane 1 Displays the default deviation of switches on lane 1.
Default direct. lane 2 Displays the default deviation of switches on lane 2.
Speed lane 1 Displays the speed on lane 1.
Sensor, lane 1 Displays the sensor configuration on lane 1.
Factor, lane 1 Displays the factor on lane 1.
Speed lane 2 Displays the speed on lane 2.
Sensor, lane 2 Displays the sensor configuration on lane 2.
Factor, lane 2 Displays the factor on lane 2.
Speed lane 3 Displays the speed on lane 3.
Sensor, lane 3 Displays the sensor configuration on lane 3.
Function buttons
Reset hardware
Triggers a controller reset of the selected track elements.
NOTE: If no elements are selected, the segment controller receives
the reset. The controller reset is forwarded to the segment controller,
which performs the reset for itself or forwards it to the selected
elements.
NOTE: Only an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative should reset the hardware.
Update Refreshes the controller tab or screen.
Close Closes the controller tab.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
Module controller screen element descriptions (TSM)
The Module controller screen is displayed when a module is selected in the column for
controller type, module type, controller ID, name, status, or element and area status on the
Controller tab.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
Section 5
150 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Elements
ID / Name Displays the module name and ID.
Connection Displays the connection number of the module.
Status Displays the controller status of the module:
Green The module is connected and online, or is in
pause mode.
Yellow The module is connected but offline.
Red The module is not connected or an error has
been detected.
Gray The module is powered off or has been
manually disabled.
Location Displays the location of the module.
CAR need Displays the CAR need of the module.
Circle status Displays the circle status of the module:
Green CARs can enter the circle.
Yellow The circle is full. No more CARs can enter the
circle.
NOTE: A CAR outside the circle can enter the
circle only if a CAR inside the circle leaves.
Restores / Disposals Displays the number of samples for restore or disposal action. When
the number of samples is selected, a pop-up window is displayed that
shows a list of instructions to restore or dispose samples.
CAR priority Displays the empty CAR priority for the module:
Low One CAR for each module
Normal Two CARs for each module (two times as
many CARs as low priority)
High Three CARs for each module (three times as
many CARs as low priority)
Empty CAR limit Displays the empty CAR limit status for the module:
Green The module is approached by empty CARs.
Red The module has reached the configured
empty CAR limit. The module cannot receive
empty CARs.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
151
Interface Displays the software interface version.
Error Displays a text box with a magnifying glass icon.
Product code Displays the product code of the module. When the product code
is selected, a pop-up window is displayed that shows previous serial
numbers, hardware versions, and software versions.
Track Elements & Areas tab, Track elements area
ID Displays the track element ID.
Status Displays the status sent by the track element:
Green The track element is online.
Red The track element has an error.
Err# Displays the number of errors detected in the last hour.
Type Displays the track element type.
2ID Displays the secondary ID of the track element.
CAR Displays the current number of CARs in the queue and the maximum
number of CARs allowed in the queue.
Proc. time Displays the processing time of the test in seconds.
Track Elements & Areas tab, Areas area
Name
Displays the area name.
Status Displays the area status:
Green The area is active.
Red The area is inactive.
Gray The area is disabled.
Type Displays the area type.
Diam. Displays the sample tube diameter supported by the module.
2ID Displays the secondary ID of the track element to which the area is
accessible.
Cap. Displays the maximum capacity of samples or consumables in the area.
Fill level Displays the fill level of the area:
Blue Samples or consumables are present in this
area.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
152 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Yellow Samples are routed for this area.
Track Elements & Areas tab, Sectors area
Displays data for the Storage Unit or sector of an Archive that has temperature monitoring
enabled. If temperature monitoring is not supported, Not Supported is displayed instead of
number values.
Number Displays the sector number.
Status Displays the sector status:
Green The sector is active.
Red The sector is inactive.
Temperature °C Displays temperature data for the sector.
Temperature time Displays the time when the temperature data became available.
Components tab
Displays the subcomponents of a module controller.
Comp. ID
Displays the component ID.
ID Displays the node ID.
Status Displays one the following statuses: Online or Error.
Error Displays the error code and message.
Product code Displays the product code.
Serial no. Displays the serial number.
HW version Displays the hardware version.
SW version Displays the software version.
Disciplines tab
Displays the disciplines of a module.
Area type
Displays the area type of the module.
Disciplines Displays the discipline of the module.
Maintenance tab
Displays maintenance options for a storage module or Buffer Module.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
153
NOTE: This tab is available only when the module is disabled or placed in service mode.
Empty module area
NOTE: This area is available when a storage module is selected or when a Buffer Module is
placed in service mode.
Sector Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the Archive Storage
Unit. The following options are available:
• All Sectors
• Left
• Right
NOTE: This element is available only for storage modules.
Tray Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the Archive Storage
Unit tray number. The options All trays or a specific tray number are
available.
NOTE: This element is available only for storage modules.
Restore samples Displays the option to restore samples.
NOTE: This option is available only for storage modules in service
mode.
Dispose samples Displays the option to dispose samples.
NOTE: This option is available only for storage modules in service
mode.
Reset sample
inventory
Displays the option to reset the sample inventory.
NOTE: This option is available only when a storage module is disabled.
Output area Displays a drop-down list that is used to select an area to which to
send restored samples.
NOTE: This element is available for storage modules or for a Buffer
Module in service mode.
Disposals Displays a drop-down list that is used to select one of the following
options:
Currently Displays the number of samples due for
disposal in the selected sector or tray.
6 hours earlier Displays the number of samples that would
be due for disposal when 6 hours are
subtracted from the disposal time of samples
in the selected sector or tray.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
154 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
12 hours earlier Displays the number of samples that would
be due for disposal when 12 hours are
subtracted from the disposal time of samples
in the selected sector or tray.
24 hours earlier Displays the number of samples that would
be due for disposal when 24 hours are
subtracted from the disposal time of samples
in the selected sector or tray.
Dispose all Displays the number of samples in the
selected sector or tray.
NOTE: This option is available only for storage modules.
Execute button
Performs the selected maintenance operation.
Data recovery area
NOTE: This area is available when the module is disabled.
Action
Displays a drop-down list that is used to select Data transfer or Data
compare.
Start button Starts the selected operation.
Export file Displays the file name of the generated data recovery file. This file
compares the sample inventories of the Track Sample Manager (TSM)
and the modules, and identifies any differences between the two lists.
Download button Exports and downloads data to an Excel file.
NOTE: Downloading a file can result in a browser notification that
the download is blocked. Select to keep the download in the browser
download manager to retrieve it.
Function buttons
Disable
Disables the selected module on TSM.
NOTE: Only an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative is permitted to disable the module on TSM.
NOTE: A module can be disabled only when the queue does not
contain CARs or when no CARs are being routed to the module and
fewer than two switches are located in front of the module. If these
situations are not applicable, the module status must be changed
before the module is disabled on TSM.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
155
Enable Enables the selected module on TSM.
Reset sample
inventory
Resets the sample inventory for the module in TSM.
NOTE: This function button is available only when a Buffer Module is
disabled.
Service Places the module in service mode.
Online Places the module online.
Save Saves the changes.
NOTE: This function button is available only to the administrator.
Update Refreshes the module controller data on the screen.
Close Closes the screen and returns to the controller overview.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
Search for multiple samples in an Archive Storage Unit (TSM)
User access level
Administrator
Perform this procedure to search for multiple samples in an Archive Storage Unit. To search
for individual samples, perform the procedure to search for samples (TSM) described in this
manual.
1. On the Main menu screen (TSM), tap Track / RE.
2. On the Track / RE tab, tap Controller.
3. Tap the relevant storage module to navigate to the Module controller screen.
4. On the Module controller screen, tap Disable.
A Maintenance tab is displayed.
5. Tap the Maintenance tab.
6. In the Data recovery area of the Maintenance tab, in the Action drop-down list, tap Data
compare.
7. Tap Start.
8. In the Sample inventory exchange from device to TSM? window, tap Send.
9. When a confirmation message is displayed, tap OK.
An Export file text box and Download button are displayed.
10. Tap Download.
An Excel file is downloaded.
NOTE: Downloading a file can result in a browser notification that the download is blocked.
Select to keep the download in the browser download manager to retrieve it.
11. Tap Enable.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
Section 5
156 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
12. Open the Excel file.
13. Open the BOTH (number) tab.
NOTE: The number value in each tab represents the number of samples listed. Under
normal conditions, the Track Sample Manager (TSM) and module controller databases are
synchronized and all sample data can be found in the BOTH (number) tab of the Excel file.
If the other tabs of the Excel file display a number value greater than zero, the TSM and
module controller databases are not synchronized.
14. If necessary, synchronize the TSM and module controller databases after determining which
one is correct.
15. In the BOTH (number) tab of the Excel file, search for the relevant samples.
NOTE: The RackId column displays the four-digit serial number of the Storage Unit tray
holding the samples. The Position column displays the number of the sample position on
the tray.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
▪ Search for samples (TSM), page 171
▪ Synchronize sample databases (TSM), page 157
Synchronize sample databases (TSM)
User access level
Administrator
Perform this procedure to overwrite the Track Sample Manager (TSM) sample database with a
storage module controller sample database if the TSM sample database becomes outdated or
corrupted.
1. On the Main menu screen (TSM), tap Track / RE.
2. On the Track / RE tab, tap Controller.
3. Tap the relevant storage module to navigate to the Module controller screen.
4. On the Module controller screen, tap Disable.
A Maintenance tab is displayed.
5. Tap the Maintenance tab.
6. In the Data recovery area of the Maintenance tab, in the Action drop-down list, tap Data
transfer.
7. Tap Start.
8. In the Sample inventory exchange from device to TSM? window, tap Send.
9. When a confirmation message is displayed, tap OK.
10. If the confirmation message is displayed again, tap OK again.
11. Tap Enable.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
157
▪ Search for multiple samples in an Archive Storage Unit (TSM), page 156
Circles tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Circles tab displays an overview of all generated track circles. Defining the circles is
recommended to ensure optimum traffic control on large-scale track systems. A schematic of all
circles is displayed on the Layout tab.
Elements
Fill level control Displays the fill level control for the circle:
• All CARs
• Empty CARs
• No CARs (disabled)
Name Displays the circle name. The Track Sample Manager sets a default
name that the administrator can change.
Relevant switches Displays the node IDs of all switches whose default positions define
the circle boundaries.
Modules in circle Displays the module IDs of the modules in the circle.
Status Displays the status of the circle:
Green CARs can enter the circle.
Yellow The circle is full. No more CARs can enter the
circle.
CAR limit Displays the maximum number of CARs permitted in the circle.
CARs in Displays the number of CARs currently in the circle.
CARs to Displays the number of CARs approaching the circle that cannot turn
back.
Function buttons
Update
Refreshes the circle data. Full track circles are displayed in the traffic
jam view of the monitoring windows.
Save Saves the circle data when the administrator changes the name.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
▪ Layout tab element descriptions (TSM), page 159
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
Section 5
158 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Layout tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Layout tab displays a schematic of the uploaded track layout. The track layout is a
custom design and must be uploaded to the Track Sample Manager by an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative.
The track layout also contains the following information:
• The module status and segment controller status indicated by colors
• Traffic jam information displayed by a flashing red CAR symbol
• Track circles displayed as blue circles with dotted blue lines indicating entry and exit points
• CAR location or movement along the track displayed as a black CAR symbol
Elements
Level
Displays a drop-down list that is used to change the building level of
the track layout.
Magnifying glass icons Display two icons that are used to zoom in and zoom out of the track
layout.
Circle Displays a drop-down list that is used to select a circle name.
NOTE: This element is displayed only when the circle is on the level
currently being viewed.
CAR Displays a text box that is used to enter the CAR serial number.
NOTE: This element is displayed only when the CAR is on the level
currently being viewed.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
▪ Circles tab element descriptions (TSM), page 158
▪ Track overview, page 39
Statistic tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Statistic tab displays various statistics pertaining to sample throughput, errors, and module
downtimes. Statistics are retained for 1 year.
Elements
Type
Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the statistical data by
area type or module type.
Area Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the statistical data by
the configured areas.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
159
Element Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the statistical data by
the track elements.
Grouped by Displays a drop-down list that is used to group the statistical data by
area or module.
Period Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the statistical data by
day, week, month, or year.
Start date Displays the start date for the statistics review.
Statistics graph Displays a graphical representation of the sample throughput statistics
for an area type.
Function buttons
Export
Exports and downloads data to an Excel file.
NOTE: Downloading a file can result in a browser notification that
the download is blocked. Select to keep the download in the browser
download manager to retrieve it.
Update Updates the statistics.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
Modify statistical criteria (TSM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to modify the statistical criteria for each track element on the Track
Sample Manager (TSM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TSM), tap Track / RE.
2. On the Track / RE tab, tap Statistic.
3. On the Statistic tab, enter the following information for each track element:
– Type
– Area
– Element
– Grouped by
– Period
– Start date
4. Tap Update to display the statistics.
5. Tap Export to export the statistics to an Excel file.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
Section 5
160 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
View temperature statistics for an Archive Storage Unit (TSM)
User access level Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to access temperature statistics for an Archive Storage Unit.
1. On the Main menu screen (TSM), tap Track / RE.
2. On the Track / RE tab, tap Statistic.
3. On the Statistic tab, in the Type drop-down list, tap Temperature.
4. In the Element drop-down list, tap the ID of the storage module controller.
5. In the Period drop-down list, tap a time scale.
6. At Start date, tap the Left Arrow and Right Arrow buttons to configure the start date for
the statistics review based on the selected time scale.
The statistics graph is displayed.
7. Tap Export to export the temperature statistics to an Excel file.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
Firmware tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Firmware tab displays information about the segment, module, and CAR versions.
Firmware package area
Displays the Segment, Module, and CAR tabs.
Segment tab
Displays the version information of track elements.
Controller
Displays the name of the segment controller.
Element Displays the node ID of the track element.
Serial no. Displays the serial number of the segment.
Product code Displays the product code. When the product code is selected, the
product history of the segment is displayed.
Product version Displays the product version of the segment.
SW version Displays the software version of the segment.
HW version Displays the hardware version of the segment.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
161
Installation Displays the date the segment was installed and first reported to the
Track Sample Manager (TSM).
Module tab
Displays the version information of modules and their components.
Controller Displays the name of the module controller.
Component Displays the component ID.
Element Displays the optional element of the component.
Serial no. Displays the serial number of the module.
Product code Displays the product code. When the product code is selected, the
product history of the module is displayed.
Product version Displays the product version of the module.
HW version Displays the hardware version of the module.
SW version Displays the software version of the module.
Other versions Displays other version information of the component (for example,
scripts).
Installation Displays the date the module was installed and first reported to TSM.
CAR tab
Displays software and hardware versions, and CAR operations data.
CAR
Displays the CAR serial number.
SW version Displays the software version number.
HW version Displays the hardware revision number.
Mileage (in km) Displays the overall distance the CAR has moved (in kilometers).
Operation hours Displays the number of hours the CAR has been in use since
manufacturing or refurbishment.
Tare weight Displays the CAR weight that the CAR reports at a charge point.
Function buttons
Update
Refreshes the screen.
Export Exports and downloads data to an Excel file.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
162 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
NOTE: Downloading a file can result in a browser notification that
the download is blocked. Select to keep the download in the browser
download manager to retrieve it.
Close Closes the screen.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
Routing Engine tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Routing Engine tab displays all communication end points and the status of the Track
Workflow Manager (TWM). Routing Engine or RE refers to TWM.
The Track Sample Manager (TSM) cannot function appropriately without a connection to TWM.
It is vital for both connection status indicators to be green. If TWM is not connected, TSM
buffers messages. The number of buffered or unsent messages is displayed along with the
corresponding status.
Elements
Incoming Connection
Displays the connection that TWM establishes with TSM. The following
screen elements are displayed:
Status
Green TWM is connected.
Red TWM is
disconnected.
Local address Displays the local address.
Remote address Displays the remote address.
Outgoing Connection Displays the connection TSM establishes with TWM. The following
screen elements are displayed:
Status
Green TWM is connected.
Red TWM is
disconnected.
Local address Displays the local address.
Remote address Displays the remote address.
Buffered messages Displays the number of unsent messages.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
163
Function buttons
Clear messages Clears the buffered messages in queue.
NOTE: This function button is available only to the administrator.
Close Closes the screen.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
View the connections to TWM on TSM
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to view the incoming and outgoing connections to the Track Workflow
Manager (TWM) on the Track Sample Manager (TSM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TSM), tap Track / RE.
2. On the Track / RE tab, tap Routing Engine to display information about the incoming and
outgoing connections to TWM.
3. On the Routing Engine tab, view the connection statuses, which are displayed for incoming
and outgoing connections as either green or red:
Green
TWM is connected.
Red TWM is not connected. Contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
Operation mode tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Operation mode tab displays the current Track Sample Manager (TSM) operation mode.
Elements
Operation mode
Displays a drop-down list of the operation mode for TSM.
NOTE: The operation mode can be viewed by the operator, but
is editable only by the Abbott Laboratories representative or the
authorized service representative.
The following operation modes are available:
Standby Unused and empty CARs wait at the charge
and park lanes.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
164 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Test CARs move continuously over the track to
test track elements.
Disconnected TSM is disconnected from the Track
Workflow Manager (TWM) and track.
Module Data
Recovery
TSM opens connections with modules but
is disconnected from TWM and segment
controllers. Inventory exchange is enabled.
Function button
Save
Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Track / RE tab (TSM), page 145
Samples tab (TSM)
On the Samples tab on the Track Sample Manager, the operator can perform the following
functions:
• View information about processed samples.
• Search for specific information about all samples.
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (TSM), page 143
▪ Samples tab element descriptions (TSM), page 165
▪ Search tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM), page 166
▪ Search result screen element descriptions (TSM), page 166
▪ Sample Detail screen element descriptions (TSM), page 167
▪ Sample History screen element descriptions (TSM), page 169
▪ Search for samples (TSM), page 171
▪ Remove a sample (TSM), page 172
▪ Expert search tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM), page 173
▪ List requested tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM), page 175
▪ Request to send a sample to an output area (TSM), page 175
▪ Buffered samples list tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM), page 176
Samples tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Samples tab displays the following screen elements.
Elements
Search
Displays a tab that is used to search for samples.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
165
Expert search Displays a tab that is used to search for another sample by using
different criteria in a detailed search.
List requested Displays a tab that lists all samples that have been requested manually
by the operator from one area to another.
Buffered samples list Displays a tab that lists all samples currently located in a Buffer
Module.
Related information...
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
Search tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM)
Samples are searched and displayed on the Search tab.
Elements
Barcode
Displays a text box that is used to enter the sample bar code.
NOTE: The bar code number is order specific or sample specific and
can be found on the laboratory information system, for example.
Sample no Displays a text box that is used to enter the Track Sample Manager
(TSM) sample number.
NOTE: Sample numbers are generated by TSM and are displayed by
using separate search operations (for example, CAR search) or by using
the Track Workflow Manager.
Function button
Search
Displays a list of search results.
NOTE: When a sample is selected from the list of search results, the
Sample Detail screen is displayed.
Related information...
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
Search result screen element descriptions (TSM)
When the Search button on the Search tab or Expert search tab is selected, a list of search
results is displayed.
Elements
Number
Displays the number.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
166 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Barcode Displays the sample bar code number.
Date of entry Displays the entry date.
Status Displays the current status of the sample.
Location Displays the location of the sample.
Target area Displays the target area.
Target start Displays the target start.
Error code Displays the error code.
Count Displays the count number.
Tube type Displays the tube type of the sample.
Time in module / area Displays the duration in hours and minutes that the sample has been
in the module or area.
Sector / Tray /
position
Displays the position of the sample in the module.
Output area Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the output area.
Request button Requests a sample to move to the selected output area.
Function buttons
Export
Exports the search results into an Excel file format.
NOTE: Downloading a file can result in a browser notification that
the download is blocked. Select to keep the download in the browser
download manager to retrieve it.
Close Closes the screen.
Related information...
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
▪ Expert search tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM), page 173
Sample Detail screen element descriptions (TSM)
The Sample Detail screen displays additional information about a sample. When the Search
button on the Search tab or Expert search tab is selected, a list of search results is displayed.
When a sample is selected from the list of search results, the Sample Detail screen is displayed.
Elements
Number
Displays the number.
Barcode Displays the sample bar code number.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
167
Status Displays the current status of the sample.
Entry date Displays the entry date.
Entry location Displays the entry location.
Exit date Displays the date the sample is removed from the track.
Error Displays any error for the sample and a magnifying glass icon. Selecting
the magnifying glass icon navigates to a Messages for sample screen,
which displays the error details.
Priority Displays the priority of the sample.
Discipline Displays the sample discipline.
Progress tab
Location
Displays the location of the sample.
Module / Area Displays the instrument and area.
Sector Displays the sector number. Sector refers to
the drawer of an Input/Output Module (IOM)
or the Storage Unit of an Archive.
Rack / Pos. Displays the rack number and position
number. For example, a value of 12 / 3 refers
to drawer 1, rack 2, sample position 3 on the
IOM.
CAR Displays the serial number of the CAR.
NOTE: If the location value is crossed off, the
CAR is not in a usable status.
Target Plan Displays a magnifying glass icon that is used to display information
about sample processing on the track.
NOTE: When the magnifying glass icon is selected, the Sample History
screen is displayed.
Origin Displays the origin of the order.
Area options Displays the area.
Start Displays the start date and time.
Target Displays the targets to which the sample is
routed.
Result Displays the result of the sample routed to
the target.
Duration Displays the time elapsed since the start.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
168 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Parameter Allows the operator to view the sample detail
of the target.
Request to Allows the operator to request a sample to an output area.
Output area Displays a drop-down list that is used to
select the output area.
Request button Requests a sample to move to the selected
output area.
NOTE: The option to request emergency
samples is available only for storage modules
and for a Buffer Module.
Tube tab
Displays the sample tube type information.
Function buttons
Remove
Informs the Track Sample Manager and the Track Workflow Manager
that a sample has been removed from a CAR or module.
NOTE: The sample is allowed to reenter the system only on the IOM.
Recover Recovers the status of the sample from the module if the status is
unknown.
Update Refreshes the sample data.
Close Closes the screen.
Related information...
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
▪ Expert search tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM), page 173
Sample History screen element descriptions (TSM)
The Sample History screen displays the detailed route of a sample along the track. The Sample
History screen can be accessed from the Progress tab of the Sample Detail screen by tapping the
magnifying glass icon next to Target Plan.
Elements
Target area options
Displays all target areas of the sample.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
169
Start Displays the start day, month, and time when the sample reaches a
specific target area or when the sample is processed by a specific
module.
Location Displays the starting location of the sample when the sample
approaches a specific target area and when the sample reaches the
target area:
• A CAR with a module ID
• A CAR at a switch with a node ID
• A module ID and an area
Target / Activity Displays the target area that was selected from the area options, or
the activity that was selected on the CAR or the module. The following
information may be displayed:
Module identifier /
Area
This target area is sent by the Track
Workflow Manager.
CAR removed / in jam The CAR is detected as removed or as stuck
in a traffic jam.
Circling The sample on the CAR cannot reach a
target.
Processing The sample is being processed on a module.
Target evaluation The next target for the sample is currently
calculated.
Waiting The sample is waiting.
Weighing The sample is currently on the scale.
Result Displays the sample results:
Canceled: New target The CAR is rerouted or the target step has
changed.
CAR returned / jam
resolved
A removed CAR is returned to the track.
Canceled: CAR
removed
The CAR is detected as removed.
Canceled: Sample
removed
The sample is detected as removed.
Error The module sends a sample error message.
Canceled: Not
processed
The module has not sent a notification for
sample processing is completed.
Restored The sample is restored.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
170 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Late result ignored The notification for sample processing result
arrived too late.
Canceled The route was abandoned.
Arrived The sample arrived at the target area.
Success The module processed the sample
successfully.
Removed The sample has been removed from an
output area.
Disposed The sample has been disposed from storage.
Warning The module processed the sample with a
warning code.
Duration Displays the time elapsed since the start.
Function button
Close
Closes the screen.
Related information...
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
▪ Expert search tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM), page 173
Search for samples (TSM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to search for samples on the Track Sample Manager (TSM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TSM), tap Samples.
2. On the Samples tab, tap the Search tab.
3. On the Search tab, enter the TSM sample number or the sample bar code.
NOTE: The sample bar code can be entered in the following ways:
– The bar code 0999.0999-9 can be entered as 0999.09999 if the exact bar code is
known.
– The bar code 0999.0999-9 can be entered as 0999.0999* if the last digit of the bar code
is unknown or if there are multiple samples on the track that end with this bar code. All
samples that have a bar code beginning with 0999.0999 are listed.
4. Tap Search or press the Enter key to display a list of search results.
5. If multiple samples are displayed for one bar code, select the sample based on its status.
NOTE: The following actions can cause multiple samples to be displayed for one bar code:
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
171
– A bar code containing an asterisk was entered.
– Tubes have been repeatedly removed from and placed back on the GLP systems Track.
– Additional secondary tubes with an identical bar code have been generated on the
Aliquot Module.
Related information...
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
▪ Expert search tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM), page 173
▪ Search for multiple samples in an Archive Storage Unit (TSM), page 156
Remove a sample (TSM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to remove a manually removed sample from the Track Sample Manager
(TSM).
IMPORTANT: A sample that was manually removed from the track must be marked as Removed.
Consequently, the sample receives a status of Unknown.
CAUTION: Do not remove samples from a CAR or the track. If samples are removed
from the track, they must be deleted from the Track Sample Manager before they are
placed back in the Input/Output Module for appropriate routing.
1. On the Main menu screen (TSM), tap Samples.
2. On the Samples tab, tap the Search tab.
3. On the Search tab, enter the TSM sample number or the sample bar code.
NOTE: The sample bar code can be entered in the following ways:
– The bar code 0999.0999-9 can be entered as 0999.09999 if the exact bar code is
known.
– The bar code 0999.0999-9 can be entered as 0999.0999* if the last digit of the bar code
is unknown or if there are multiple samples on the track that end with this bar code. All
samples that have a bar code beginning with 0999.0999 are listed.
4. Tap Search or press the Enter key to display a list of search results.
5. If multiple samples are displayed for one bar code, select the sample based on its status.
NOTE: The following actions can cause multiple samples to be displayed for one bar code:
– A bar code containing an asterisk was entered.
– Tubes have been repeatedly removed from and placed back on the GLP systems Track.
– Additional secondary tubes with an identical bar code have been generated on the
Aliquot Module.
6. Tap the sample to be removed.
7. On the Sample Detail screen, tap Remove.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
Section 5
172 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
8. When a confirmation message is displayed, tap OK.
In the Error text box on the Sample Detail screen, the sample is marked as removed.
Related information...
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
▪ Expert search tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM), page 173
▪ Remove a CAR with a sample, page 314
Expert search tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM)
The Expert search tab is used to enter detailed filter options when searching for samples.
Search area
Displays the search criteria for the sample.
Barcode
Displays a text box that is used to search by the bar code.
Sample no Displays a text box that is used to search by the sample number.
Entry from Displays a text box that is used to search for a sample on the track by
the search start date.
Entry to Displays a text box that is used to search for a sample on the track by
the search end date.
Error code Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by an error code.
Tube type Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by active tube types.
Priority Displays check boxes that are used to search by the priority:
• Emergency
• Normal
• Preferred
• High
• Low
Status Displays check boxes that are used to search by the current status of a
sample:
Active The Track Sample Manager (TSM) is
controlling and processing the sample.
Regularly removed The sample has been removed from an
output area for further manual processing.
Disposed The sample has been disposed from storage.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
173
Unknown TSM cannot detect the location of the
sample.
Target plan Displays options that are used for searching with or without a target
plan:
• With
• Any
• Without
Sample processing area
Displays the sample processing criteria.
Area
Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by a target area or a
processed area.
Area usage Displays the options Target and Processed that are used to determine
whether to search by the selected area as a target area or as a
processed area.
Processed from Displays the processing start time when the sample was processed.
Processed to Displays the processing end time when the sample was processed.
Aggregate by target Displays a check box that is used to search for the aggregate samples
by target area.
Current position area
Displays the current location of the sample.
CAR
Displays a check box that is used to search by the CAR.
Module Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by the module.
Area Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by the area.
Time in module/area Displays a text box that is used to search by the duration in minutes
and seconds that the sample has been in the module or area, with the
options Greater than or Less than.
Sector / Tray Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by the sector or tray of
an Archive Storage Unit.
Function button
Search
Displays a list of search results for samples.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
174 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
NOTE: When a sample is selected from the list of search results, the
Sample Detail screen is displayed.
Related information...
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
▪ Search result screen element descriptions (TSM), page 166
▪ Sample Detail screen element descriptions (TSM), page 167
▪ Sample History screen element descriptions (TSM), page 169
▪ Search for samples (TSM), page 171
▪ Remove a sample (TSM), page 172
List requested tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM)
The List requested tab displays an overview of all samples that have been manually requested
and displays the progress of a sample that has been manually requested. The list updates
automatically.
Elements
Number
Displays the number.
Barcode Displays the sample bar code number.
Date of entry Displays the entry date.
Status Displays the status.
Location Displays the current location.
Target area Displays the target area.
User Displays the user who requested the sample.
Count Displays the number of samples currently located in a Buffer Module.
User Displays a drop-down list that is used to filter the requested samples
by user.
NOTE: This element is available only to the administrator.
Function button
Update
Refreshes the list.
Related information...
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
Request to send a sample to an output area (TSM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
175
Perform this procedure to request to send a sample to an output area on the Track Sample
Manager (TSM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TSM), tap Samples.
2. On the Samples tab, tap the Search tab.
3. On the Search tab, enter the TSM sample number or the sample bar code.
NOTE: The sample bar code can be entered in the following ways:
– The bar code 0999.0999-9 can be entered as 0999.09999 if the exact bar code is
known.
– The bar code 0999.0999-9 can be entered as 0999.0999* if the last digit of the bar code
is unknown or if there are multiple samples on the track that end with this bar code. All
samples that have a bar code beginning with 0999.0999 are listed.
4. Tap Search or press the Enter key to display a list of search results.
5. If multiple samples are displayed for one bar code, select the sample based on its status.
NOTE: The following actions can cause multiple samples to be displayed for one bar code:
– A bar code containing an asterisk was entered.
– Tubes have been repeatedly removed from and placed back on the GLP systems Track.
– Additional secondary tubes with an identical bar code have been generated on the
Aliquot Module.
6. Under Request to, select the output area in the Output area drop-down list.
7. Tap Request.
Related information...
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
Buffered samples list tab (Samples) element descriptions (TSM)
The Buffered samples list tab displays a list of all samples that are currently on any Buffer
Module.
Elements
Buffer
Displays the Buffer Module on which the sample is located.
Target area Displays the route target of the sample after temporary storage.
Samples Displays the number of samples being stored temporarily.
Reason Displays the reason why the sample was put in temporary storage on
the Buffer Module.
Time since last check Displays the time of the last check.
Physical sample count Displays the physical sample count number.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
176 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Function button
Update Refreshes the list.
Related information...
▪ Samples tab (TSM), page 165
CARs tab (TSM)
On the CARs tab on the Track Sample Manager, the operator can perform the following
functions:
• Search for specific information about all CARs.
• View information about CARs on the track.
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (TSM), page 143
▪ CARs tab element descriptions (TSM), page 177
▪ Search tab (CARs) element descriptions (TSM), page 177
▪ Request to send a CAR to a maintenance lane (TSM), page 179
▪ Waiting queues tab element descriptions (TSM), page 179
▪ Circling tab element descriptions (TSM), page 180
▪ Maintenance tab element descriptions (TSM), page 180
CARs tab element descriptions (TSM)
The CARs tab displays all information about the CARs.
Elements
Search
Displays a tab that is used to search for CARs.
Waiting queues Displays a tab that lists all CARs at waiting points and in charge lanes.
Circling Displays a tab that lists all CARs currently circling on the track because
they are not able to reach their targets.
Maintenance Displays a tab that lists all CARs in the maintenance lane.
Related information...
▪ CARs tab (TSM), page 177
Search tab (CARs) element descriptions (TSM)
On the Search tab, the operator can search for CARs.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
177
Elements
CAR Displays a text box that is used to search by the serial number.
Segment Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the segment.
Target Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the target.
Last contact before Displays a box that is used to select an end date for searching for the
last contact with the CAR. To configure the month and year, tap the
Left Arrow or Right Arrow button, and then tap the day.
Loaded Displays a check box that is used to search by loaded CARs.
Empty Displays a check box that is used to search by empty CARs.
Moving Displays a check box that is used to search by moving CARs.
Charging Displays a check box that is used to search by charging CARs.
Waiting Displays a check box that is used to search by waiting CARs.
Serial no. Displays the serial number of the CAR.
Status Displays the status of the CAR:
• Charging
• In maintenance
• Moving
• Needs maintenance
• Removed
• Waiting
Battery Displays the lithium battery percentage of the CAR.
Target Displays the target of the CAR.
Min.left Displays the remaining minutes.
Last position Displays the last location of the CAR.
Sample Displays the sample loaded in the CAR. If a CAR is loaded with a
sample, the bar code is displayed. When the bar code is selected, the
sample data is displayed.
Error Displays the error code for the CAR.
Messages Displays a magnifying glass icon. Selecting the magnifying glass icon
displays all messages relating to the CAR.
Listed CARs Displays the number of CARs on the system.
Request to Displays a drop-down list that is used to select a maintenance lane.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
178 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Function buttons
Request Requests a CAR to send to a maintenance lane.
Remove Assigns a status of Removed to the selected CAR.
Search Displays a list of search results.
Related information...
▪ CARs tab (TSM), page 177
Request to send a CAR to a maintenance lane (TSM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to request to send a CAR to a maintenance lane. A CAR that is not
performing as expected can be sent to a maintenance lane for inspection.
1. On the Search tab, select a CAR to be sent to the maintenance lane.
2. In the Request to drop-down list, select a maintenance lane.
3. Tap Request.
Related information...
▪ CARs tab (TSM), page 177
Waiting queues tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Waiting queues tab displays a list of all CARs that are located at waiting points and in charge
lanes. CARs that require assistance are indicated with a bold, red font. Moving the cursor over
the number displays the reason for the problem.
Elements
Module
Displays the module.
Queue Displays the location of the queue.
Length Displays the length of the queue.
CARs in or before
queue
Displays the CAR numbers in or before the queue.
CARs approaching Displays the approaching CARs in the queue.
Function button
Update
Refreshes the screen.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
179
Related information...
▪ CARs tab (TSM), page 177
Circling tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Circling tab displays a list of all CARs currently circling on the track because they are not
able to reach their targets.
Elements
CAR count Displays the number of CARs.
Target area Displays the target area.
Target module Displays the target module.
Reason Displays the target module issue.
Function button
Update
Refreshes the screen.
Related information...
▪ CARs tab (TSM), page 177
Maintenance tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Maintenance tab displays a list of all CARs that are in the maintenance lane or on their way
to it.
Elements
CAR
Displays a text box that is used to enter the CAR number.
Filter Displays a text box that is used to filter information.
Serial no. Displays the serial number of the CAR.
Status Displays the status of the CAR:
Needs maintenance On the way
In maintenance Arrived
Target Displays the current target of the CAR. The target can also be an
intermediary stop if the CAR needs to be unloaded first.
Last Position Displays the last location of the CAR.
Maint. arrived Displays the arrival of the CAR in the maintenance lane.
Maint. count Displays the number of maintenance instances for the CAR.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
180 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Maint. last Displays the date of the last maintenance performed.
Error Displays the reason for the maintenance needed. A CAR error code or
an operator request for the CAR is displayed.
Messages Displays a magnifying glass icon. Selecting the magnifying glass icon
displays all messages relating to the CAR.
Listed CARs Displays the number of CARs that need maintenance.
Function buttons
Cancel request Cancels a request.
Remove arrived Removes a CAR from the maintenance lane.
Update Refreshes the screen.
Related information...
▪ CARs tab (TSM), page 177
Messages tab (TSM)
On the Messages tab of the Track Sample Manager, the administrator can view the following
information:
• Priority of informational messages
• Priority of warning messages
• Priority of error messages
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (TSM), page 143
▪ Messages tab element descriptions (TSM), page 181
▪ View the messages (TSM), page 183
Messages tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Messages tab displays message codes generated by the system.
Elements
Last 30 minutes
Refreshes all messages from the last 30 minutes. The start and end
dates cannot be edited.
Selected period A start date and end date can be selected. The date range is restricted
to 24 hours.
Messages to show Displays all message codes.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
181
Start Displays a box that is used to select a period start date and time. To
select the start date, tap the calendar inside the box. To configure the
month and year, tap the Left Arrow or Right Arrow button, and then
tap the day. This parameter is available only when Selected period is
selected.
End Displays a box that is used to select a period end date and time. To
select the end date, tap the calendar inside the box. To configure the
month and year, tap the Left Arrow or Right Arrow button, and then
tap the day. This parameter is available only when Selected period is
selected.
Hidden Displays a check box that is used to include hidden message codes.
Filter Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter
message codes.
Group Displayed as a check box. Groups the messages by default according to
their number or type. Only the latest message is displayed in the table.
The total number of messages for a specific number is indicated in the
Count column. The grouping is formed on the basis of all messages
displayed in the table.
Messages table area
Count
Displays a column when message grouping according to type is active.
The number of messages of the same type is indicated. Selecting
the Count column expands the messages group, displaying all older
messages of the group. Deselecting the Group check box displays all
messages, and the Count column is no longer displayed in the table.
ID Displays the message ID.
Time Displays the time the message was created.
Priority Displays the priority of the message:
Green Informational message
Yellow Warning message
Red Error message
Type Displays the message type with number and text.
Text Displays the detailed message description.
Co Identifies the related controller.
Sample Identifies the related sample.
CAR Identifies the related CAR.
Hidden messages Displays the number of hidden messages.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
182 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Function button
Update Refreshes the messages view.
Related information...
▪ Messages tab (TSM), page 181
View the messages (TSM)
User access level Administrator
Perform this procedure to view the messages on the Track Sample Manager (TSM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TSM), tap Messages.
2. On the Messages screen, tap Last 30 minutes in the drop-down list to refresh all messages
from the last 30 minutes.
3. To view the message from a selected period, perform the following steps:
a) Tap Selected period in the drop-down list.
b) Enter the start date and end date of the messages.
NOTE: The date range is restricted to 24 hours.
c) Tap Update to refresh the messages view.
4. To view all messages, tap Messages to show in the drop-down list.
Related information...
▪ Messages tab (TSM), page 181
Admin tab (TSM)
On the Admin tab of the Track Sample Manager, the administrator can access the following
information:
• User, timer, and parameter settings
• Data transfer
• User changes
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (TSM), page 143
▪ Admin tab element descriptions (TSM), page 184
▪ User tab element descriptions (TSM), page 184
▪ Timer tab element descriptions (TSM), page 185
▪ Parameter tab element descriptions (TSM), page 185
▪ Transfer tab element descriptions (TSM), page 188
▪ Tubes tab element descriptions (TSM), page 189
▪ Tube details screen element descriptions (TSM), page 190
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
183
▪ Monitoring tab element descriptions (TSM), page 191
▪ Create a monitoring display (TSM), page 195
▪ Distribution tab element descriptions (TSM), page 196
▪ Disciplines tab element descriptions (TSM), page 198
▪ Firmware tab element descriptions (TSM), page 199
▪ Change history tab element descriptions (TSM), page 199
Admin tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Admin tab displays the following screen elements.
Elements
User tab
Allows the administrator to view user accounts.
Timer tab Allows the administrator to configure disposal and restoration of
samples on the storage modules.
Parameter tab Allows the administrator to view and configure parameters for
samples, CARs, modules, error areas, and empty CAR limits.
Transfer tab Allows the administrator to download track logs.
Tubes tab Allows the administrator to view sample tube details.
Monitoring tab Allows the administrator to configure monitoring settings.
Distribution tab Allows the administrator to configure the distribution of empty and
loaded CARs.
Disciplines tab Allows the administrator to configure disciplines.
Firmware tab Allows the administrator to view information about the segment,
module, and CAR versions.
Change history tab Allows the administrator to view a summary table of the previous
actions performed by all users of the Track Sample Manager.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
User tab element descriptions (TSM)
On the User tab, the administrator can view user accounts.
User administration area
For each user, the administrator can view the following information:
Last name
Displays the last name of the user.
First name Displays the first name of the user.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
184 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Email Displays the email address of the user.
Phone Displays the phone number of the user.
Username Displays the configured username.
Role Identifies the access level for the user as Monitor, Operator, or
Administrator.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Timer tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Timer tab displays information about disposal and restoration of samples on the storage
modules.
Timer area
Displays the Archive disposal and Archive restore tabs, which display the archive disposal and
restore schedules. For each schedule, The Track Workflow Manager requests an archive to
dispose or restore samples. Both tabs display the following screen elements.
Day
Displays the day or range of days to dispose or restore samples.
Start Displays the start time of archive disposal or restoration.
Stop Displays the stop time of archive disposal or restoration.
Add/Remove Displays icons that are used to remove existing scheduled parameters
and add new scheduled parameters.
Function buttons
Cancel
Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Parameter tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Parameter tab displays an overview of parameters and allows the administrator to
configure them.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
185
Parameters area
Element
Filter Displays a text box that is used to search the parameters by keyword.
Sample tab
Displays parameters related to sample processing.
Description
Displays the following parameters:
• Progress timeout add on time for samples to be only archived
• Progress timeout for each target step of samples with the
priority HIGH
• Progress timeout for each target step of samples with the
priority LOW
• Progress timeout for each target step of samples with the
priority NORMAL
• Progress timeout percentage for when samples with priority
HIGH will be preferred
• Progress timeout percentage for when samples with priority
LOW will be preferred
• Progress timeout percentage for when samples with priority
NORMAL will be preferred
• Progress timeout percentage when samples discipline for pre
analytics will be removed
• Removal of sample from requested samples list after removal
from area
• Requested samples user interface update interval
• Sample barcode length maximum
• Sample barcode length minimum
• Time till samples move to alternative target
• Time until samples with the priority HIGH are buffered (after
loaded on CAR or last target)
• Time until samples with the priority LOW are buffered (after
loaded on CAR or last target)
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
Section 5
186 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
• Time until samples with the priority NORMAL are buffered (after
loaded on CAR or last target)
• Wait time for further sample target plan
• Wait time for sample target plan from routing engine
Value Displays the configured values for each parameter.
Unit Displays the unit of the parameter, if applicable.
CAR tab
Displays parameters related to sample CARs.
Description
Displays the following parameters:
• Charge level of CAR to go to charging lane
• Charge level of CAR to leave charging lane
Value Displays the configured values for each parameter. The value of the
parameter Charge level of CAR to go to charging lane cannot be
modified.
Unit Displays the unit of the parameter, if applicable.
Modules tab
Displays a parameter related to the modules.
Description
Displays the parameter Language setup for modules' displays.
Value Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the system language for
all modules.
Unit Displays the unit of the parameter, if applicable.
Error areas tab
Displays and allows the administrator to configure parameters related to the error areas.
Error code
Identifies the error scenario for which an error output area is
configured. Error codes are displayed as individual message code
numbers with short descriptions.
Error area Displays the output areas to which sample tubes are routed when the
error scenarios are encountered.
Add/Remove Displays icons that are used to remove existing error areas and add
new error areas.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
187
Empty CAR limits tab
In the Empty CAR limits tab, administrators can configure the limits for the number of empty
CARs to route to modules. If the defined threshold is reached for a module, these parameters
ensure that other modules still have empty CARs available.
Module Identifies the number of the module.
Limit Displays a text box that is used to enter the maximum percentage of
empty CARs that can be routed to the module.
Unit Displays the unit of the parameter, if applicable.
Function buttons
Cancel
Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Transfer tab element descriptions (TSM)
On the Transfer tab, the administrator can export log files and recover data.
Track logs area
Function button
Download
Downloads the zipped track logs.
NOTE: Downloading a file can result in a browser notification that
the download is blocked. Select to keep the download in the browser
download manager to retrieve it.
Data recovery with routing engine area
Function button
Send
Transfers Track Workflow Manager data for all known samples.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
Section 5
188 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Tubes tab element descriptions (TSM)
On the Tubes tab, the administrator can view the configuration of tube types.
Tubes tab
Filter area
All tubes Displays all tube type data without any filters.
US tubes Filters the data to only display tube types approved in the U.S.
EU tubes Filters the data to only display tubes approved in the European Union.
Active tubes Filters the data to only display tube types currently active on the track.
Tubes table area
Active
Displays a check box that is used to select the tube for use on the
system.
Tube type Displays a unique identifier of the tube type based on the vendor,
dimensions, form, and color.
Region Identifies the geographic regions in which the tube is approved.
Vendor Displays the manufacturer of the tube type.
Size Displays the dimensions of the tube.
TAC Learning Data Displays a ratio that compares the number of learned tube
assessments for the tube type against the total number of tube
assessments on the system.
Cap Displays a graphical representation of the cap.
Cap name Identifies the name of the cap type.
Fluid Identifies the type of fluid in the tube.
Cap color Displays a graphical representation of the cap that displays the color of
the cap.
Cap color name Identifies the name of the color of the cap.
Module tubes tab
Displays module-specific tube information for use on the Aliquot Module and the ScrewCapper
Module.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
189
Function buttons
Cancel Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Tube details screen element descriptions (TSM)
The Tube details screen displays additional information for a selected tube type. The Tube
details screen can be accessed from the Tubes tab on the Tubes tab by tapping a tube type row.
Tube details area
Tube type
Displays a unique identifier of the tube type based on the vendor,
dimensions, form, and color.
Weight Displays the weight of the sample tube in decigrams.
Diameter Displays the diameter of the sample tube in decimillimeters.
TAC data Displays a check box that identifies whether there is Tube Assessment
Center (TAC) data for the tube type.
Grip area
Displays parameters related to the surface area on a sample tube that can be gripped. The
following parameters are displayed:
• Low
• High
• Open
• Decap
• Decap offset
• Decap profile
Volume area
Total volume
Displays the total volume of the tube in microliters.
Liquid volume Displays the volume of the liquid in the tube in microliters.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
190 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Height area
Total Displays the total height of the tube and cap in decimillimeters.
Tube Displays the height of the tube without the cap in decimillimeters.
Module data area
Product code Displays the product code.
Bottle type Displays the bottle type.
TAC Learning area
Controller
Identifies the TAC module controller.
Quality Displays the quality of the TAC learning process.
Date Displays the date when the TAC learning process was performed.
Incompatible tubes area
Displays a list of the tubes types that cannot be active when the selected tube type is active.
NOTE: Not all tube types have incompatible tube types.
Function buttons
Close
Closes the Tube details screen.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Monitoring tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Monitoring tab enables the administrator to configure a monitoring display. An individual
monitoring view can be configured for each monitoring display.
Setup tab
Displays the settings for configuring the displayed information and the layout of a monitoring
display.
Name
Displays a text box used to enter or edit the unique name of a display.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
191
Orientation Displays a drop-down list that is used to select Horizontal or Vertical
mode. Horizontal orientation supports a resolution of 1920 pixels by
1080 pixels and vertical orientation supports a resolution of 1080
pixels by 1920 pixels.
Scaling Displays a drop-down list that is used to set the size of the display
content as Small, Medium, or Large.
View count Displays a drop-down list that is used to set the number of stacked
views as 1 view, 2 views, or 3 views.
Split view Displays a check box that enables the view count to be doubled by
splitting each stacked view.
View selection box: To configure a view, select the view in the box. The height of a view
can be changed through the view separator bar.
View Displays a graphical representation of the available views for the
monitoring display. The height of a selected split view can be adjusted
by dragging the separator bar.
View Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the view types.
All lists all modules and track segments. Use the Left Arrow and Right
Arrow buttons to transfer selected modules and track segments from
All to Selected to filter the list.
NOTE: The Areas not reachable and Track layout views do not have
this functionality.
NOTE: On the Messages view only, use the Left Arrow and Right
Arrow buttons to transfer message codes from All to Ignored.
Module status Displays the module status and combined
area status, and an optional combined status
of module-specific messages from the last 5
minutes.
Segment status Displays the segment status and combined
track element status, and optional combined
status of segment-specific messages from the
last 5 minutes.
Messages Displays informational, warning, and error
messages.
Traffic jam Displays information about traffic jams in a
red box, CARs that do not move or charge in
a yellow box, and full cycles in a yellow box.
Module supply Displays consumables levels on the modules.
Module waste Displays waste fill levels on the modules.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
192 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Area status Displays information about area fill levels in a
gray box.
Track element errors Displays the error counts associated with
track element identifiers from the past two
hours in a red box.
Track overview Displays schematics for Circling and buffered
samples, Preferred and error samples, and
CARs on the system, as well as the routing
engine connection status.
The Circling and buffered samples schematic
displays information about samples on CARs
that are unable to reach any module
(Circling samples), samples stored on the
Buffer Module for specified period (Buffered
for duration), and samples stored on the
Buffer Module that are unable to reach
their configured destinations (Buffered with
target issue).
The Preferred and error samples schematic
displays the number of samples preferred
to reach their destination based on their
priority and the number of samples routing
to error output areas.
The CARs schematic contains color-coded
information about loaded, empty, and
charging CARs.
Areas not reachable
Displays the names of five areas that are not
being reached by the most samples. Samples
with multiple target areas are included in the
sample count for each area.
Track layout Displays a schematic of the uploaded track
layout.
Archive temperature Displays temperature data for the selected
device controllers.
Height Displays the height of the selected view as a percentage of the stacked
view.
For problems only Displays a check box that is used to filter the list of all modules and
track segments for modules and track segments with a red or yellow
status.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
193
NOTE: This check box is available only for the Module status, Segment
status, Module supply, and Module waste views.
Show error state Displays a check box that is used to add a column showing message
status to the Module status and Segment status views.
NOTE: This check box is available only for the Module status and
Segment status views.
Level Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the level of the track
layout.
NOTE: This drop-down list is available only for the Track layout view.
Magnifying glass icons Display two icons that are used to zoom in and zoom out of the track
overview and layout schematics.
NOTE: These icons are available only on the Track overview and Track
layout views.
Display tab
Allows the user to configure the display monitors.
Elements
Hostname
Displays the host name of the monitor.
Display no. Displays the number of the display. No more than eight displays can be
configured.
Monitoring name Displays a drop-down list that is used to select a previously configured
monitoring view.
Language Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the language of the
display.
Add / Remove Displays icons that are used to remove existing monitors and add new
monitors.
Function buttons
Preview
Generates a preview of the monitoring display at a fixed resolution of
1920 pixels by 1080 pixels. The preview is automatically cleared after 2
minutes.
New Enables the addition of a view type.
Delete Deletes the view type.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
194 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Cancel Cancels the changes.
NOTE: This function button is available only on the Display tab.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Create a monitoring display (TSM)
User access level Administrator
Perform this procedure to create a monitoring display on the Track Sample Manager (TSM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TSM), tap Admin.
2. On the Admin tab, tap Monitoring.
3. On the Monitoring tab, tap New.
4. Enter the information for the new monitoring display.
a) In the Name text box, type a clear and descriptive name for the display.
b) In the Orientation drop-down list, tap an orientation.
c) In the Scaling drop-down list, tap the scaling preference.
d) In the View count drop-down list, tap a number of views.
NOTE: Tap the Split view check box to double the selected view count.
5. In the View drop-down list, tap a view type to configure.
All available modules and track segments for the selected view type are listed under All.
6. Use the Left Arrow and Right Arrow buttons to transfer selected modules and track
segments from All to Selected.
Multiple selections are allowed. Depending on the selected view type, additional options
are available:
– For Module status, Segment status, Module supply, and Module waste views, the For
problems only check box is available to filter the list under All for modules and track
segments with a red or yellow status.
– For Module status and Segment status views, the Show error state check box is
available to add a column showing message statuses.
– For the Track layout view, the Level drop-down list is available to select the level of the
track layout.
NOTE: For traffic jam monitoring, the system generates a CAR jam notification only when
two or more CARs are stopped in sequence.
7. If more than one view count was selected, repeat steps 5 (page 195) and 6 (page 195) for all
additional view types.
8. To save the new monitoring display, tap Save.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
195
IMPORTANT: All views must be configured before saving the new monitoring display.
9. In the list under the Setup tab, tap the new monitoring display name.
10. Tap Preview.
A preview of the monitoring display at a fixed resolution of 1920 pixels by 1080 pixels is
generated. The preview is automatically cleared after 2 minutes.
11. If necessary, resize the views by dragging the separator bar at the View element and tap
Save.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Distribution tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Distribution tab allows the user to configure the routing strategy for empty and loaded
CARs.
Routing of empty CARs area
Modules
Displays All
Distribution Displays a drop-down list that is used to determine the distribution
strategy for all empty CARs either based on Throughput or Uniform
distribution.
Queue length Not applicable for Routing of Empty CARs.
Fill level Not applicable for Routing of Empty CARs.
Statistics Not applicable for Routing of Empty CARs.
Add / Remove Not applicable for Routing of Empty CARs.
Routing of loaded CARs area
Modules
Navigates to the Module selection screen, which allows the
administrator to select or edit the modules in a distribution group.
Distribution Displays a drop-down list that is used to select one of the following
distribution strategies for loaded CARs.
Throughput CARs are routed to the next available target
as soon as possible based on processing
times.
Uniform distribution
(long-term)
CARs are routed to alternative targets in the
distribution group over a period of weeks
to maintain an even processing load across
similar modules.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
196 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Uniform distribution
(short-term)
CARs are regularly routed to alternative
targets in the distribution group to achieve
an even processing load across similar
modules.
Equal % fill level CARs are routed to the storage modules
in the distribution group in an order that
achieves equal fill level percentages across
similar modules.
Switch at % fill level CARs are routed to one module per area until
the module reaches the configured fill level
and another module is selected.
Queue length Displays a text box that is used to enter the optimal queue length
for the modules in a distribution group set to a long-term uniform
distribution mode.
NOTE: This parameter is available only when the distribution mode
Uniform distribution (long-term) is selected.
Fill level Displays a text box that is used to enter the fill level of a storage
module as the percentage that should be reached before another
similar module is selected.
NOTE: This parameter is available only when the distribution mode
Switch at % fill level is selected.
Statistics Displays an icon that navigates to the Uniform distribution overview
screen, which displays the following distribution statistics for the
modules in the distribution group:
• Module
• Point
• Sample count
• Target order
• Areas
• Order
NOTE: Statistics are available only for the distribution modes Uniform
distribution (long-term) and Uniform distribution (short-term). On
the Uniform distribution overview screen, Order is available only for
Uniform distribution (long-term).
Add / Remove
Displays icons that are used to remove existing distribution groups and
add new distribution groups.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
197
Function buttons
Cancel Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Disciplines tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Disciplines tab allows the administrator to configure disciplines on the system. Disciplines
are used to direct samples from common pre-analytical areas and common error areas to a
specific module.
A sample with no assigned discipline can be routed to any module. A sample assigned to a
discipline can be processed on modules hosting that discipline or on modules without assigned
disciplines.
Discipline configuration area
Selecting a predefined discipline displays the selected modules, input areas, and active tube
types configured for the discipline. Disciplines can be modified and created when the Track
Sample Manager (TSM) operation mode is Disconnected or Standby.
In the Modules, Input areas, and Active tube types areas, All lists all available modules. Use
the Left Arrow and Right Arrow buttons to add modules, input areas, and active tube types to
the selected discipline. Adding or removing modules from disciplines has no immediate impact
on defined sample disciplines or the routes of loaded CARs. Only changes to the target areas
of samples in any Buffer Module update immediately. All other changes impact future TSM
decisions.
Name
Displays a text box that is used to enter a new discipline name or to
edit an existing discipline name.
Function buttons
Create
Populates the lists of all available modules, input areas, and active
tube types, which can then be filtered and saved as a new discipline.
Delete Deletes the selected discipline.
NOTE: Disciplines cannot be deleted when the TSM operation mode is
Standby.
Cancel Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface Section 5
198 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Firmware tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Firmware tab displays information about the firmware releases used on the system.
Elements
Name Displays the name of the firmware.
Status Displays the installation status of the firmware.
Installation date Displays the installation date of the firmware.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Change history tab element descriptions (TSM)
The Change history tab displays a summary table of the previous actions performed by all users
of the Track Sample Manager.
Change history area
Start date
Displays a box that is used to select a search start date. To select the
search start date, tap the calendar inside the box. To configure the
month and year, tap the Left Arrow or Right Arrow button, and then
tap the day.
End date Displays a box that is used to select a search end date. To select the
search end date, tap the calendar inside the box. To configure the
month and year, tap the Left Arrow or Right Arrow button, and then
tap the day.
button The Previous Week button modifies the start and end dates to the
week prior to the selected values.
button The Next Week button modifies the start and end dates to the week
after the selected values.
Filter Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter the
change history.
Change history table area
Change date
Identifies the date of the change.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
199
Change user Identifies the user who made the change.
Menu Displays the tab or location of user activity.
Value Displays the module or segment controller.
Sub ID Identifies the parameter that changed within a specific area of the
screen.
Sub value Displays the associated value of the parameter.
Field Identifies the field in which the change was made.
Old value Displays the original content prior to the change.
New value Displays the changed content.
Related information...
▪ Admin tab (TSM), page 183
Operating instructions
Track Sample Manager user interface
Section 5
200 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Track Workflow Manager user interface
The Track Workflow Manager user interface receives sample orders from the laboratory
information system through the middleware, and provides target data and instructions for
samples to the Track Sample Manager.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
▪ Roles and permissions (TWM), page 201
▪ Main menu screen (TWM), page 202
Roles and permissions (TWM)
The Track Workflow Manager allows configuration for three types of user roles: service,
administrator, and operator.
NOTE: This operations manual describes the functions relevant to the operator and
administrator.
Table 20: Roles
Username Group Description
service Service Service technician
admin Administrator Local administrator
operator User Track operator
NOTE: The listed user roles are intended to differentiate access levels only. All users must be
trained operators.
Table 21: Permissions
Role Description
Service All functions and buttons are available and
enabled.
Continued on next page...
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
201
...Continued from previous page
Role Description
Administrator Nearly all functions and buttons are available and
enabled on the Run and Workflow screens and
including authorization to create new tests on the
Master data screen.
The following restrictions exist:
• JSON notification information is not displayed
on the Sample details screen (Run → Sample
search → Sample details).
• No authorization to edit the settings of users
with the service access level.
• No authorization to change values in the
Service tab:
– (Admin → Timer → Service)
– (Admin → Parameters → Service)
Operator Only the functions and buttons on the start menu
are available and enabled. A limited display of
sample details is available.
Related information...
▪ Track Workflow Manager user interface, page 201
Main menu screen (TWM)
From the Main menu screen (TWM), the operator can perform the following functions:
• Search for samples and sample details.
• View informational, warning, and error messages.
• View batch processes.
• View instrument and test statuses.
• Activate or deactivate one or more instruments or tests.
• View the connection status.
Related information...
▪ Track Workflow Manager user interface, page 201
▪ Main menu screen element descriptions (TWM), page 203
▪ Run screen (TWM), page 204
▪ Workflow screen (TWM), page 231
▪ Master data screen (TWM), page 246
▪ Admin screen (TWM), page 257
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
202 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Main menu screen element descriptions (TWM)
After the operator successfully logs on to the Track Workflow Manager (TWM), the Main menu
screen (TWM) is displayed with the following screen elements.
Elements
Language Displays the language selected.
User name Displays the operator logged on.
button The Log off button logs off from TWM.
Run button Navigates to the Run screen.
Workflow button Navigates to the Workflow screen.
Master data button Navigates to the Master data screen.
Admin button Navigates to the Admin screen.
Overview area
User
Displays the operator logged on.
TWM version Displays the TWM version.
Operation mode Displays the current operational status.
Laboratory time Displays the time and time zone settings.
Recovery backup
status
Displays the recovery backup status.
Working hours Displays the current working hours status of the laboratory
automation system (LAS):
Green The LAS is operating within working hours.
Newly loaded samples are being processed
normally.
Red The LAS is operating outside working hours.
Newly loaded routine samples will be
processed during the next working hours
cycle.
Sample cleanup
status
Displays the sample cleanup status.
If the sample cleanup status is red, the status displays the number of
samples not deleted. If the sample cleanup status does not change
back to green after a few days, contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
203
User history cleanup
status
Displays the user history cleanup status.
If the user history cleanup status is red, the status displays the
user history not deleted. If the user history cleanup status does not
change back to green after a few days, contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (TWM), page 202
▪ Log on to the Track Workflow Manager (TWM), page 130
Run screen (TWM)
On the Run screen of the Track Workflow Manager (TWM), the operator and administrator can
view the following information:
• Sample details, tests, and routing history
• Informational, warning, and error messages
• Settings for enabling or disabling one or more tests for batch testing
• Settings for starting or stopping batch processes
• Settings for enabling or disabling one or more analyzers
• Settings for enabling or disabling one or more tests
• TWM incoming and outgoing connection data
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (TWM), page 202
▪ Run screen element descriptions (TWM), page 204
▪ Sample search screen (TWM), page 205
▪ Messages screen (TWM), page 214
▪ Batch screen (TWM), page 216
▪ Instrument status screen (TWM), page 220
▪ Test status screen (TWM), page 225
▪ Connections screen (TWM), page 229
Run screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Run screen displays the following screen elements.
Elements
Sample search button
Navigates to the Sample search screen.
Messages button Navigates to the Messages screen.
Batch button Navigates to the Batch screen.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
204 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Instrument status
button
Navigates to the Instrument status screen.
Test status button Navigates to the Test status screen.
Connections button Navigates to the Connections screen.
Related information...
▪ Run screen (TWM), page 204
▪ Sample search screen element descriptions (TWM), page 205
▪ Sample details screen element descriptions (TWM), page 210
▪ Messages screen (TWM), page 214
▪ Instrument status screen (TWM), page 220
▪ Test status screen (TWM), page 225
▪ Connections screen (TWM), page 229
Sample search screen (TWM)
On the Sample search screen, the operator and administrator can search for samples based on
the following criteria:
• Sample details
• Tests and fluid types
• Sample location
Related information...
▪ Run screen (TWM), page 204
▪ Sample search screen element descriptions (TWM), page 205
▪ Sample search result screen element descriptions (TWM), page 207
▪ Select tests screen element descriptions (TWM), page 208
▪ Inactivate a sample (TWM), page 209
▪ Remove a sample (TWM), page 209
▪ Sample details screen element descriptions (TWM), page 210
▪ Search for samples and sample details (TWM), page 213
▪ View the samples to process (TWM), page 219
Sample search screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Sample search screen displays search criteria for samples.
Elements
Order ID
Displays a text box that is used to search by the order ID.
Sample ID Displays a text box that is used to search by the sample ID.
Sample status filter Displays the following options that are used to search by the sample
status:
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
205
• Any
• On-track samples without order
• On-track samples with pending tests
• On-track samples buffered by TSM
• Ordered samples without any on-track sample
Track entry time from Displays a text box that is used to search for a sample on the track by
the search start date.
Sample priority Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by the sample priority.
Track entry time to Displays a text box that is used to search for a sample on the track by
the search end date.
Sender / Patient Displays a text box that is used to search by the sender or patient
name.
Order time from Displays a text box that is used to search by the start order time.
Order time to Displays a text box that is used to search by the end order time.
Current area Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by the current area.
Current instrument Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by the current
instrument.
Sector/Rack Displays two drop-down lists that are used to select the sector in an
area and rack in a sector as search criteria. Sector refers to the Storage
Unit of an Archive.
Next Area Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by the next expected
areas.
Batch workflow Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by the batch workflow
and includes the options All and Open batch tests.
Test / Fluid type Displays the selected test and fluid type pairs that are used to search
for samples with the selected Test status.
Test status Displays a drop-down list that is used to search by the selected test
status for the selected Test / Fluid type.
Function buttons
Edit
Navigates to the Select tests screen.
Clear Clears all existing selections for Test / Fluid type.
Search Navigates to the Sample search result screen.
Related information...
▪ Sample search screen (TWM), page 205
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
206 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
▪ Run screen element descriptions (TWM), page 204
Sample search result screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Sample search result screen displays a list of search results.
Elements
Track entry Displays the time that the sample was placed on the track.
Sample ID / Alq Displays the sample ID or aliquot number.
Order ID Displays the order ID from the laboratory information system.
Sender Displays the sender.
Prio. Displays the priority of the sample.
Last area Displays the most recent area where the sample was located.
Current location Displays the current area, instrument, sector, rack, and position where
the sample is located.
Next area Displays the next area where the sample will be located.
Information Displays the most recent message for the sample.
Down/ Result/ Valid/
Total tests
Displays the number of downloaded, resulted, validated, and total
tests.
Request to Displays a drop-down list that allows the operator to request the
sample to an output area.
Count Displays the number of samples returned by the search query.
Function buttons
Request
Requests a sample to move to the selected output area. The sample
is moved to the output area after the current processing step is
completed.
Remove sample(s) Deletes from the database any manually removed samples and any
orders that consist exclusively of the manually removed samples.
NOTE: This function button is available only to the administrator. Use
this function button only for samples that are not physically on the
track, which includes storage modules. To return a removed sample
to the track, reload the sample tube in the correct input area of the
Input/Output Module.
Inactivate track
sample(s)
Informs the Track Workflow Manager (TWM) and middleware that a
sample has been manually removed from the track. The sample is
inactivated in TWM.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
207
NOTE: This function button is available only to the administrator. Use
this function button only for samples that are not physically on the
track, which includes storage modules. To return a removed sample
to the track, reload the sample tube in the correct input area of the
Input/Output Module.
Export Exports and downloads data to an Excel file.
NOTE: Downloading a file can result in a browser notification that
the download is blocked. Select to keep the download in the browser
download manager to retrieve it.
Close Closes the screen.
Related information...
▪ Sample search screen (TWM), page 205
Select tests screen element descriptions (TWM)
On the Select tests screen, the operator can select test and fluid type pairs to use when
performing a sample search. The Select tests screen can be accessed from the Sample search
screen by tapping the Edit button next to the Test / Fluid type field.
Elements
Filter
Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter tests.
Test codes only Displays a check box that is used to show only test codes. When this
parameter is selected and applied, the sample search is performed
only for test codes.
Code Displays the code of the test.
Description Displays a short description of the test.
Analysis Type Displays the type of analysis.
FluidType Displays the fluid types.
Function buttons
Cancel
Cancels the selections.
Ok Applies the selections.
Related information...
▪ Sample search screen (TWM), page 205
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
208 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Inactivate a sample (TWM)
User access level Administrator
Perform this procedure to inactivate a manually removed sample in the Track Workflow
Manager (TWM) database.
IMPORTANT: A sample that was manually removed from a storage module or Buffer Module
must be marked as inactive or removed. Consequently, inactive samples will resume routing
when placed back on the Input/Output Module. Removed samples can accept new middleware
orders or will proceed with no order actions when placed back on the Input/Output Module.
CAUTION: Do not remove samples from a storage module or Buffer Module. If samples are
removed from a storage module or Buffer Module, they must be inactivated or removed in
TWM before they are placed back in the Input/Output Module for appropriate routing.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Sample search.
3. On the Sample search screen, enter the sample ID (bar code) number of the manually
removed sample in the Sample ID text box.
NOTE: The sample bar code can be entered in the following ways:
– The bar code 0999.0999-9 can be entered as 0999.09999 if the exact bar code is
known.
– The bar code 0999.0999-9 can be entered as 0999.0999* if the last digit of the bar code
is unknown or if there are multiple samples on the track that end with this bar code. All
samples that have a bar code beginning with 0999.0999 are listed.
4. Tap Search or press the Enter key to display a list of search results.
5. Tap the sample to be inactivated.
6. Tap Inactivate track sample(s).
7. When a confirmation message is displayed, tap OK.
In the Information text box on the Sample details screen, the sample is marked as removed.
NOTE: If the sample is reloaded onto the track, it will become active again. Otherwise, the
inactivated sample will be deleted from the database during the next scheduled database
cleanup.
Related information...
▪ Sample search screen (TWM), page 205
Remove a sample (TWM)
User access level
Administrator
Perform this procedure to delete a manually removed sample from the Track Workflow
Manager (TWM) database.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
209
IMPORTANT: A sample that was manually removed from a storage module or Buffer Module
must be marked as inactive or removed. Consequently, inactive samples will resume routing
when placed back on the Input/Output Module. Removed samples can accept new middleware
orders or will proceed with no order actions when placed back on the Input/Output Module.
CAUTION: Do not remove samples from a storage module or Buffer Module. If samples are
removed from a storage module or Buffer Module, they must be inactivated or removed in
TWM before they are placed back in the Input/Output Module for appropriate routing.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Sample search.
3. On the Sample search screen, enter the sample ID (bar code) number of the manually
removed sample in the Sample ID text box.
NOTE: The sample bar code can be entered in the following ways:
– The bar code 0999.0999-9 can be entered as 0999.09999 if the exact bar code is
known.
– The bar code 0999.0999-9 can be entered as 0999.0999* if the last digit of the bar code
is unknown or if there are multiple samples on the track that end with this bar code. All
samples that have a bar code beginning with 0999.0999 are listed.
4. Tap Search or press the Enter key to display a list of search results.
5. Tap the sample to be deleted.
6. Tap Remove sample(s).
7. When a confirmation message is displayed, tap OK.
8. If a second confirmation message is displayed, tap OK to confirm that the sample can be
deleted.
NOTE: A second confirmation message is displayed only if the sample has pending tests that
have not yet routed for processing.
The sample is deleted from the TWM database.
Related information...
▪ Sample search screen (TWM), page 205
Sample details screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Sample details screen displays additional information for a selected sample.
Elements
Order ID
Displays the order ID.
Fluid type Displays the fluid type.
Centrifugation status Displays the centrifugation status.
Sample ID / Alq Displays the sample ID and aliquot number.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
210 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Tube type Displays the tube type.
Cap status Displays the cap status.
Current location Displays the current area, instrument, sector, rack, and position where
the sample is located.
Sample priority Displays the sample priority.
Order date Displays the order date and time.
Information Displays the sample information.
Tests tab
Displays the sample details for test information.
Test code
Displays a list of sample details by test code.
LIS Aliquot Barcode Displays the Aliquot SID if provided by the middleware.
Order action Displays a list of sample details by order action.
Order time Displays a list of sample details by order time.
Last disable time Displays a list of sample details by last disable time.
Download time Displays a list of sample details by download time.
Result time Displays a list of sample details by result time.
Validation time Displays a list of sample details by validation time.
Instrument Displays a list of sample details by instrument name.
Closed Displays a list of sample details by closed samples.
Routing history tab
Displays the sample details for routing history information.
Date
Displays the date and time.
TSM sample no. Displays the unique Track Sample Manager sample number.
Priority Displays the priority.
Message type Displays the message type.
Tests Displays the tests.
Areas Displays the areas.
Instruments Displays the instruments.
Details button Displays the following additional routing history information for the
selected sample:
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
211
• Sample ID
• Message date
• Message type
• Routing purpose
• Error
Sender tab
Displays the sample details for sender information.
NOTE: Information is displayed only if it has been sent by the middleware.
Production laboratory
Displays the production laboratory.
Requesting doctor Displays the requesting doctor.
Requesting laboratory Displays the requesting laboratory.
Attending doctor Displays the attending doctor.
Ward Displays the ward.
Admission ward Displays the admission ward.
Patient tab
Displays the sample details for patient information.
NOTE: Information is displayed only if it has been sent by the middleware.
Patient ID
Displays the patient ID.
Nature Displays the nature (human or animal).
First name Displays the first name.
Gender Displays the gender.
Middle name Displays the middle name.
Last name Displays the last name.
Date of birth Displays the date of birth.
Function buttons
Refresh
Refreshes the screen.
Close Closes the screen.
Related information...
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
212 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
▪ Sample search screen (TWM), page 205
▪ Run screen element descriptions (TWM), page 204
Search for samples and sample details (TWM)
User access level Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to search for samples and sample details on the Track Workflow
Manager (TWM). The Sample search screen and the Sample details screen contain information
about sample details, tests, and routing history.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Sample search.
3. On the Sample search screen, enter the sample ID (bar code) number in the Sample ID text
box.
NOTE: The sample bar code can be entered in the following ways:
– The bar code 999.999-9 can be entered as 099909999 if the last digit of the bar code is
known.
– The bar code 999.999 can be entered as 09990999* if the last digit of the bar code is
unknown or if all samples of the patient bar code that was entered are displayed.
4. Enter one or more of the following search criteria for the sample:
– Order ID
– Track entry time from
– Track entry time to
– Order time from
– Order time to
– Sample ID / Alq
– Sample priority
– Sender / Patient
– Current location
– Batch workflow
– Sample status filter:
• Any
• On-track samples without order
• On-track samples with pending tests
• On-track samples buffered by TSM
• Ordered samples without any on-track sample
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
213
NOTE: If the Any option is selected for the sample status filter, the sample ID must be
entered as well. If one of the other options is selected for the sample status filter, TWM
ignores all additional search criteria (for example, sample ID) and searches for samples
based on the selected option.
5. Tap Search.
6. In the list of samples found, tap a sample.
7. On the Sample details screen, view the following information:
– Order ID
– Sample ID or aliquot number
– Order date
– Fluid type
– Tube type
– Current area, instrument, sector, rack, and position
– Information
– Centrifugation status
– Cap status
– Sample priority
8. To view the test information, tap Tests.
9. To view the routing history information, perform the following steps:
a. Tap Routing history.
b. Tap the Details button in the appropriate row.
10. To view the sender information, tap Sender.
11. To view the patient information, tap Patient.
12. To return to the list of samples found, tap Close.
Related information...
▪ Sample search screen (TWM), page 205
Messages screen (TWM)
On the Messages screen, the operator and administrator can view informational, warning, and
error messages.
Related information...
▪ Run screen (TWM), page 204
▪ Messages screen element descriptions (TWM), page 215
▪ View the messages (TWM), page 216
▪ Run screen element descriptions (TWM), page 204
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
214 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Messages screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Messages screen displays message information.
Elements
Manual refresh Refreshes the messages manually. The start date and end date can be
selected. The date range is restricted to 24 hours.
Automatic refresh Refreshes all messages from the last 30 minutes automatically and
refreshes the messages continuously every 30 seconds. The start and
end dates cannot be edited.
Start Enter the start date of the message.
End Enter the end date of the message.
Filter Filters the messages displayed in the table by text to find all text lines
that match the search text entered. A mouse-over displays a pop-up
window with details on the filtered type and text columns.
Group Displayed as a check box. Groups the messages by default according to
their number or type. Only the latest message is displayed in the table.
The total number of messages for a specific number is indicated in the
Count column. The grouping is formed on the basis of all messages
displayed in the table.
Messages table area
Count
Displays a column when message grouping according to type is active.
The number of messages of the same type is indicated. Selecting
the Count column expands the messages group, displaying all older
messages of the group. Deselecting the Group check box displays all
messages, and the Count column is no longer displayed in the table.
ID Displays the message ID.
Time Displays the time the message was created
Priority Displays the priority of the message:
Green Informational message
Yellow Warning message
Red Error message
Type Displays the message type with number and text.
Text Displays the detailed message description.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
215
Instrument Displays this message when an instrument is linked. A magnifying glass
icon is displayed when the instrument is enabled or disabled. A mouse-
over displays a pop-up window with the name of the instrument.
Sample Displays this message when a sample is linked. A magnifying glass icon
is displayed if an error message occurs on the Track Sample Manager.
A mouse-over displays a pop-up window containing the sample ID or
bar code.
Order Displays this message when an order is linked. A magnifying glass
icon is displayed if the laboratory information system fails to process
a message. A mouse-over displays a pop-up window containing the
order ID.
Function button
Refresh
Refreshes the messages view.
Related information...
▪ Messages screen (TWM), page 214
View the messages (TWM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to view the messages on the Track Workflow Manager (TWM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Messages.
3. On the Messages screen, to refresh all messages from the last 30 minutes automatically, tap
Automatic refresh in the drop-down list.
4. To refresh the messages manually, perform the following steps:
a. Tap Manual refresh in the drop-down list.
b. Enter the start date and end date of the messages.
NOTE: The date range is restricted to 24 hours.
c. Tap Refresh to refresh the messages view.
Related information...
▪ Messages screen (TWM), page 214
Batch screen (TWM)
On the Batch screen, the operator and administrator can perform the following functions:
• View all defined batch tests.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
216 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
• View the current running status of all batch tests.
• Disable and enable one or more tests for batch testing.
• Stop and start batch processes.
Related information...
▪ Run screen (TWM), page 204
▪ Run Batch screen element descriptions (TWM), page 217
▪ View the samples to process (TWM), page 219
▪ Stop a batch process (TWM), page 219
▪ Start a batch process (TWM), page 220
Run Batch screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Run Batch screen displays an overview of all batch processes.
Element
Filter
Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter
batches.
Run Batch table area
Name
Displays the batch name.
Status Displays the current running status of the batch process:
Gray The batch process is not running.
Green The batch process is running.
Samples to process Displays the number of samples for which at least one test is not
yet in downloaded status. Tapping the number value in this column
navigates to the Sample search screen with samples filtered by the
batch workflow.
Name Displays the batch name.
NOTE: This element is available only after a batch is selected.
Waiting storage Displays the current position of the batch process.
NOTE: This element is available only after a batch is selected.
Run duration (hours) Displays a text box that is used to enter the intended run duration.
The time range is restricted to 12 hours. The Track Workflow Manager
automatically stops the batch process when the run duration expires.
If run duration is not configured, the operator must manually stop the
batch process.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
217
NOTE: This element is available only after a batch is selected.
Expired storage Displays a text box that is editable only by service or administrator
user access level.
NOTE: This element is available only after a batch is selected.
Batch tests table area
NOTE: This area is available only after a batch is selected.
Code Displays the short name of the specific test and a check box next to
the Code column header. This check box is used to disable or enable all
tests at one time.
Displays a check box for each test row.
Fluid type Displays the sample material code.
Filter Displays a text box that is used to search for individual analyses or
sample codes.
Areas table area
NOTE: This area is available only after a batch is selected.
Area
Displays the short name of the areas and instrument combinations and
a check box next to the Area column header. This check box is used to
deselect or select all instruments at one time.
Displays a check box for each area row.
Instrument Displays the instrument or instrument combination.
Count Displays the number of tests for the area or instrument combination.
Function buttons
Refresh
Refreshes the screen.
Run Starts a batch process.
NOTE: This function button is available after a nonrunning batch is
selected.
Stop Manually stops a batch process.
NOTE: This function button is available after a running batch is
selected.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
218 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ Batch screen (TWM), page 216
View the samples to process (TWM)
User access level Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to view the samples to process for a selected batch on the Track
Workflow Manager (TWM). The Sample search screen can be accessed directly from the Run
Batch screen to view the samples assigned to a batch process.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Batch.
3. On the Run batch screen, tap the number value in the Samples to process column in the
row of the selected batch.
The Sample search screen is displayed with a list of samples assigned only to the batch
workflow.
4. To return to the Run batch screen, tap Close.
Related information...
▪ Batch screen (TWM), page 216
▪ Sample search screen (TWM), page 205
Stop a batch process (TWM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to stop a running batch process on the Track Workflow Manager (TWM).
If a run duration was specified, the batch process automatically stops after the predefined time
period has elapsed.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Batch.
3. On the Run batch screen, tap between the Name and Status columns in the row of the
running batch to be stopped.
4. Tap Stop.
5. When a confirmation message is displayed, tap OK. If the batch tests are still processing, tap
Cancel and manually stop the batch at a later time.
If all tests in a batch process are stopped, the batch status turns from green to gray. If some
tests continue processing, the status remains green.
Related information...
▪ Batch screen (TWM), page 216
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
219
Start a batch process (TWM)
User access level Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to start a nonrunning batch process on the Track Workflow Manager
(TWM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Batch.
3. On the Run batch screen, tap between the Name and Status columns in the row of the
nonrunning batch to be run.
4. When the batch tests and areas are displayed, tap the check box next to the Code and Area
columns in the rows of the tests to be enabled.
NOTE: To enable all tests at one time, tap the appropriate check boxes next to the Code and
Area column headers.
5. Tap Run.
The batch process is now running and the status turns from gray to green.
Related information...
▪ Batch screen (TWM), page 216
Instrument status screen (TWM)
On the Instrument status screen, the operator and administrator can perform the following
functions:
• View the instrument status.
• Disable one or more instruments.
• Enable one or more instruments.
• Disable one or more tests of an instrument.
• Enable one or more tests of an instrument.
Related information...
▪ Run screen (TWM), page 204
▪ Instrument status screen element descriptions (TWM), page 221
▪ Tests of instrument screen element descriptions (TWM), page 221
▪ View the instrument status (TWM), page 222
▪ Disable an instrument (TWM), page 223
▪ Enable an instrument (TWM), page 223
▪ Disable the tests on the Instrument status screen (TWM), page 224
▪ Enable the tests on the Instrument status screen (TWM), page 224
▪ Run screen element descriptions (TWM), page 204
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
220 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Instrument status screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Instrument status screen displays status and test information for instruments.
Elements
Filter Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter
instruments.
Disabled instruments
only
Displays a check box that is used to view the disabled instruments
only.
With disabled tests
only
Displays a check box that is used to view the instruments with disabled
tests only.
Instrument statuses table area
TWM status
Displays a check box next to the TWM status column header. This
check box is used to disable or enable all instruments at one time or to
disable or enable all tests of an instrument at one time.
Displays a check box and Track Workflow Manager status for each
instrument row.
Name Displays the instrument name.
Type Displays the instrument type.
Areas Displays the areas associated with the instrument.
TSM status Displays the Track Sample Manager status.
Tests (disabled/all) Displays the number of disabled tests and the number of all tests.
Dis-/enable tests Displays an icon that is used to display the Tests of instrument screen
for the selected instrument.
Function buttons
Refresh
Refreshes the screen.
Cancel Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Instrument status screen (TWM), page 220
Tests of instrument screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Tests of instrument screen displays the following screen elements.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
221
Elements
Filter Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter tests.
Disabled tests only Displays a check box that is used to view the disabled tests only.
Batch tests only Displays a check box that is used to view the tests assigned to batch
processes only.
Tests of instrument table area
TWM status
Displays a check box next to the TWM status column header. This
check box is used to disable or enable all instruments at one time or to
disable or enable all tests of an instrument at one time.
Displays a check box and Track Workflow Manager status for each
instrument row.
Test code Displays the test code.
Type of analysis Displays the type of analysis.
Areas Displays the areas associated with the instrument.
Batch Process Displays the batch processes associated with the test.
NOTE: This element is available only when the Batch tests only option
is selected.
Function buttons
Cancel
Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Instrument status screen (TWM), page 220
View the instrument status (TWM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to view the instrument status on the Track Workflow Manager (TWM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Instrument status.
3. On the Instrument status screen, perform one of the following steps:
– Tap the Disabled instruments only check box to display the disabled instruments.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
222 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
– Tap the With disabled tests only check box to display the instruments with disabled
tests.
Related information...
▪ Instrument status screen (TWM), page 220
Disable an instrument (TWM)
User access level Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to disable an instrument on the Track Workflow Manager (TWM).
Individual analyzers or modules can be disabled so that they cannot be used as route targets.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Instrument status.
3. On the Instrument status screen, tap to clear the check box in the TWM status column and
in the row of the instrument to be disabled.
NOTE: To disable all instruments at one time, tap to clear the appropriate check box next to
the TWM status column header.
4. Tap Save.
The instrument is now disabled.
Related information...
▪ Instrument status screen (TWM), page 220
Enable an instrument (TWM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to enable an instrument on the Track Workflow Manager (TWM).
Individual analyzers or modules can be enabled so that they can be used as route targets.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Instrument status.
3. On the Instrument status screen, tap the check box in the TWM status column and in the
row of the instrument to be enabled.
NOTE: To enable all instruments at one time, tap the appropriate check box next to the
TWM status column header.
4. Tap Save.
The instrument is now enabled.
Related information...
▪ Instrument status screen (TWM), page 220
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
223
Disable the tests on the Instrument status screen (TWM)
User access level Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to disable the tests on the Instrument status screen of the Track
Workflow Manager (TWM). Individual tests of an analyzer or module can be disabled so that
they cannot be used as route targets.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Instrument status.
3. In the Dis-/enable tests column on the Instrument status screen, tap the appropriate
instrument for which one or more tests are to be disabled.
4. When the tests of the analyzer or module selected are displayed, tap to clear the check box
in the TWM status column and in the rows of the tests to be disabled.
NOTE: To disable all tests of an instrument at one time, tap to clear the appropriate check
box next to the TWM status column header.
5. Tap Save.
The tests are now disabled.
Related information...
▪ Instrument status screen (TWM), page 220
Enable the tests on the Instrument status screen (TWM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to enable the tests on the Instrument status screen of the Track
Workflow Manager (TWM). Individual tests of an analyzer or module can be enabled so that
they can be used as route targets.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Instrument status.
3. In the Dis-/enable tests column on the Instrument status screen, tap the appropriate
instrument for which one or more tests are to be enabled.
4. When the tests of the analyzer or module selected are displayed, tap the check box in the
TWM status column and in the rows of the tests to be enabled.
NOTE: To enable all tests of an instrument at one time, tap the appropriate check box next
to the TWM status column header.
5. Tap Save.
The tests are now enabled.
Related information...
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
224 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
▪ Instrument status screen (TWM), page 220
Test status screen (TWM)
On the Test status screen, the operator and administrator can perform the following functions:
• View the test status.
• Disable one or more tests by instrument.
• Enable one or more tests by instrument.
• Disable one or more tests by type of analysis.
• Enable one or more tests by type of analysis.
Related information...
▪ Run screen (TWM), page 204
▪ Test status screen element descriptions (TWM), page 225
▪ View the test status (TWM), page 227
▪ Disable the tests by instrument on the Test status screen (TWM), page 227
▪ Enable the tests by instrument on the Test status screen (TWM), page 227
▪ Disable the tests by type of analysis on the Test status screen (TWM), page 228
▪ Enable the tests by type of analysis on the Test status screen (TWM), page 228
▪ Run screen element descriptions (TWM), page 204
Test status screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Test status screen displays the test status by instrument and by type of analysis.
By instrument tab
Displays the Test status screen by instrument.
Filter
Displays a text box that is used to search for individual analyses if they
have been assigned a type of analysis.
Disabled tests only Displays a check box that is used to view the disabled tests only.
Batch tests only Displays a check box that is used to view the tests assigned to batch
processes only.
Test statuses by instrument table area
TWM status
Displays the status of the Track Workflow Manager.
Test code Displays the test code.
Test Displays the test name.
Batch Process Displays the batch processes associated with the test.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
225
NOTE: This element is available only when the Batch tests only option
is selected.
Instrument Displays the instrument name.
Areas Displays the areas associated with the test.
TWM status
(instrument)
Displays the status of the Track Workflow Manager by instrument.
TSM status
(instrument)
Displays the status of the Track Sample Manager by instrument.
Function buttons
Refresh
Refreshes the screen.
Cancel Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
By type of analysis tab
Displays the Test status screen by type of analysis.
Type of analysis
Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the type of analysis.
Filter Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter tests.
Batch tests only Displays a check box that is used to view the tests assigned to batch
processes only.
Test statuses by type of analysis table area
Test code
Displays the test code.
Test Displays the test name.
Instrument name Displays the analyzer status.
Areas Displays the areas associated with the instrument.
Batch Process Displays the batch processes associated with the test.
NOTE: This element is available only when the Batch tests only option
is selected.
Function buttons
Refresh
Refreshes the screen.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
226 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Cancel Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Test status screen (TWM), page 225
View the test status (TWM)
User access level Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to view the test status on the Track Workflow Manager (TWM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Test status.
3. On the Test status screen, perform one of the following steps:
– Tap the By instrument tab to display the instrument view.
– Tap the By type of analysis tab to display the analysis type view.
Related information...
▪ Test status screen (TWM), page 225
Disable the tests by instrument on the Test status screen (TWM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to disable the tests by instrument on the Test status screen of the Track
Workflow Manager (TWM). Individual tests of an analyzer or module can be disabled so that
they cannot be used as route targets.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Test status.
3. On the Test status screen, tap the By instrument tab to display the instrument view.
4. On the By instrument tab of the Test status screen, tap to clear the check box in the TWM
status column and in the row of the tests to be disabled.
5. Tap Save.
The tests are now disabled.
Related information...
▪ Test status screen (TWM), page 225
Enable the tests by instrument on the Test status screen (TWM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
227
Perform this procedure to enable the tests by instrument on the Test status screen of the Track
Workflow Manager (TWM). Individual tests of an analyzer or module can be enabled so that
they can be used as route targets.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Test status.
3. On the Test status screen, tap the By instrument tab to display the instrument view.
4. On the By instrument tab of the Test status screen, tap the check box in the TWM status
column and in the rows of the tests to be enabled.
5. Tap Save.
The tests are now enabled.
Related information...
▪ Test status screen (TWM), page 225
Disable the tests by type of analysis on the Test status screen (TWM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to disable the tests by type of analysis on the Test status screen of the
Track Workflow Manager (TWM). Individual tests of an analyzer or module can be disabled so
that they cannot be used as route targets.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Test status.
3. On the Test status screen, tap the By type of analysis tab to display the analysis type view.
4. On the By type of analysis tab of the Test status screen, tap the type of analysis in the Type
of analysis drop-down list.
NOTE: When the type of analysis is selected, all analyses of the corresponding type and
their associated instruments are displayed. To search for individual analyses, use the Filter
text box if they have been assigned a type of analysis.
5. Tap to clear the check box in the TWM status column and in the row of the tests to be
disabled.
6. Tap Save.
The tests are now disabled.
Related information...
▪ Test status screen (TWM), page 225
Enable the tests by type of analysis on the Test status screen (TWM)
User access level
Operator and administrator
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
228 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Perform this procedure to enable the tests by type of analysis on the Test status screen of the
Track Workflow Manager (TWM). Individual tests of an analyzer or module can be enabled so
that they can be used as route targets.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Test status.
3. On the Test status screen, tap the By type of analysis tab to display the analysis type view.
4. On the By type of analysis tab of the Test status screen, tap the type of analysis in the Type
of analysis drop-down list.
NOTE: When the type of analysis is selected, all analyses of the corresponding type and
their associated instruments are displayed. To search for individual analyses, use the Filter
text box if they have been assigned a type of analysis.
5. Tap the check box in the TWM status column and in the rows of the tests to be enabled.
6. Tap Save.
The tests are now enabled.
Related information...
▪ Test status screen (TWM), page 225
Connections screen (TWM)
On the Connections screen, the operator and administrator can view the incoming and outgoing
connections to the Track Workflow Manager.
Related information...
▪ Run screen (TWM), page 204
▪ Connections screen element descriptions (TWM), page 229
▪ View the connections to TWM, page 231
▪ Run screen element descriptions (TWM), page 204
Connections screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Connections screen displays connection information.
Connections table area
Interface name
Displays the interface name. Up to four middleware connections are
possible.
Enabled Displays a check box that is used to enable or disable any additional
outgoing middleware connections if multichannel communication is
supported by the interface. Connections to at least one laboratory
information system (LIS1) and to the Track Sample Manager (TSM) are
always enabled.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
229
NOTE: This functionality is available only to the administrator during
the operation mode of Disconnected.
Connection direction Displays the connection direction:
Incoming For middleware and TSM
Outgoing For middleware and TSM
Connection status Displays the connection status:
Green The interface is connected.
Red The interface is not connected.
Gray The interface is disabled.
Connection identifier Displays the connection identifier.
Protocol version Displays the protocol version.
Local IP with port Displays the local Internet protocol address.
Remote IP with port Displays the remote Internet protocol address.
Messages processed Displays the number of sent or received messages since the last
operation mode change to a status of Online.
Message ack time Displays the time in milliseconds when the last sent message was
acknowledged.
NOTE: This information is displayed only for outgoing connections.
Unsent messages Displays the number of unsent messages.
Move messages Allows for the reallocation of unsent messages from a disabled
and disconnected outgoing middleware connection to any enabled
outgoing middleware connection.
NOTE: This functionality is available only to the administrator during
the operation mode of Disconnected.
Clear messages Clears the buffered messages in queue.
NOTE: This functionality is available only to the administrator.
Operation mode Displays the current operational status as Online, Disconnected, or LIS
Data Recovery.
NOTE: The operation mode can be viewed by the operator, but is
editable only by the service or administrator user access level.
Function buttons
Refresh
Refreshes the screen.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
230 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ Connections screen (TWM), page 229
View the connections to TWM
User access level Operator and administrator
Perform this procedure to view the incoming and outgoing connections to the Track Workflow
Manager (TWM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Run.
2. On the Run screen, tap Connections to display information about the incoming and
outgoing connections.
3. On the Connections screen, view the connection statuses, which are displayed as green,
red, or gray:
Green
The interface is connected.
Red The interface is not connected.
Gray The interface is disabled.
Related information...
▪ Connections screen (TWM), page 229
Workflow screen (TWM)
On the Workflow screen of the Track Workflow Manager (TWM), the administrator can access
the following information:
• Definition of final actions
• Configuration of fluid types, tests, and areas
• Configuration of batch processes
• Configuration of error output areas
• Configuration of tube types
CAUTION: Risk of incorrect results. Inappropriate configurations in TWM can cause
sample processing errors, leading to incorrect results. Contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative for guidance on TWM
configuration and GLP systems Track automation workflow.
CAUTION: Risk of delay in sample processing. Inappropriate configurations in TWM can
have an impact on sample processing, leading to a delay in results. Contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative for guidance on
TWM configuration and GLP systems Track automation workflow.
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (TWM), page 202
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
231
▪ Workflow screen element descriptions (TWM), page 232
▪ Final actions screen (TWM), page 232
▪ Fluid types screen (TWM), page 234
▪ Tube types screen (TWM), page 237
▪ Tests screen (TWM), page 238
▪ Areas screen (TWM), page 241
▪ Batch screen (TWM), page 244
▪ Error output areas screen (TWM), page 246
Workflow screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Workflow overview screen displays the following screen elements.
Elements
Final actions button
Navigates to the Final actions screen.
Fluid types button Navigates to the Fluid types screen.
Tube Types button Navigates to the Tube Types screen.
Tests button Navigates to the Tests screen.
Areas button Navigates to the Areas screen.
Batch button Navigates to the Batch screen.
Error output areas
button
Navigates to the Error output areas screen.
Related information...
▪ Workflow screen (TWM), page 231
Final actions screen (TWM)
On the Final actions screen, the administrator can define final actions.
Related information...
▪ Workflow screen (TWM), page 231
▪ Final actions screen element descriptions (TWM), page 232
▪ Exceptions screen element descriptions (TWM), page 233
Final actions screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Final action screen displays the following screen elements.
Final actions table area
Seq.
Displays a text box that can be used to configure the sequence for
the final action. The Track Workflow Manager (TWM) prioritizes higher
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
232 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
sequence numbers if multiple final action options are available for a
sample.
Name Displays the name of the final action.
Final target area Displays a drop-down list that is used to select output and archive
areas that have been configured on the Areas screen.
Final cap status Displays a drop-down list that is used to select one of the following
statuses:
• Any
• Closed
• Open
Long wait Displays a check box that is used to identify no more than one final
action as a long-wait final action.
NOTE: This check box is available only if the selected Final target area
is an archive area.
Archive time (units) Displays a text box that is used to define archive time. Depending on
the previously configured unit, this value must not exceed 60 days,
1440 hours, or 86400 minutes.
NOTE: This parameter is available only if the selected Final target area
is an archive area.
Exceptions Displays an icon that is used to navigate the Exceptions screen.
Add / Remove Displays icons that are used to remove existing final actions and add
new final actions.
Function buttons
Cancel
Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Final actions screen (TWM), page 232
Exceptions screen element descriptions (TWM)
On the Exceptions screen, the administrator can configure specific archive durations based on
defined sample criteria. The Exceptions screen can be accessed from the Final actions screen by
tapping the icon in the Exceptions column.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
233
Elements
Condition field Displays a drop-down list that is used to select one of the following
conditions:
• Laboratory production
• Laboratory requesting
• Ward
• Ward admission
• Doctor requesting
• Doctor attending
Condition value
Displays a text box that is used to enter a user-defined value to trigger
the exception.
Action field Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the configuration
Archive time (units).
Action value Displays a text box that is used to enter a user-defined value for the
action.
Add / Remove Displays icons that are used to remove existing exceptions and add
new exceptions.
Function buttons
Cancel
Cancels the changes.
Confirm Confirms the changes.
Related information...
▪ Final actions screen (TWM), page 232
Fluid types screen (TWM)
On the Fluid types screen, the administrator can view the configuration of fluid types.
Related information...
▪ Workflow screen (TWM), page 231
▪ Fluid types screen element descriptions (TWM), page 234
▪ Fluid types details screen element descriptions (TWM), page 235
Fluid types screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Fluid types screen displays the following screen elements.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
234 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Fluid types table area
Code Displays the code of the fluid type.
Description Identifies the fluid type.
Centrifugation Identifies the centrifugation profile.
Cap status Identifies whether the tube type is Open, Closed, or Any.
Final action Identifies the final action to use for the fluid type.
Config. Displays a check box that identifies whether the fluid type is active.
Edit Displays an icon that is used to navigate to the Fluid type details
screen.
Related information...
▪ Fluid types screen (TWM), page 234
Fluid types details screen element descriptions (TWM)
On the Fluid type details screen, the administrator can configure fluid type parameters. The
Fluid type details screen can be accessed from the Fluid types screen by tapping a row or an Edit
icon.
General data area
Code
Displays the fluid type code.
Description Identifies the sample material.
Centrifuge if all tests
disabled
Displays a check box that is used to select whether to centrifuge the
sample if all remaining tests are disabled.
Aliquot mandatory, if
all tests disabled wait
expired
Displays a check box that is used to select whether to process the
aliquot tests on the sample if the wait has expired due to all remaining
tests being disabled.
Preconditions area
Centrifugation
Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the centrifugation
profile that will be used for samples of that fluid type.
Cap status Displays a drop-down list that is used to determine whether samples
containing the fluid type will have the cap status of Any, Closed, or
Open
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
235
No order actions area
Run preconditions Displays a check box that is used to select whether to process the
configured preconditions if the sample is loaded before orders are
received.
Order wait time (min) Displays a text box that is used to enter the time in minutes that TWM
will wait for orders to be received before performing the No order
action.
No order action Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the output area or
archive area to which to send the sample that has not yet received an
order when loaded.
Post on track test actions area
Apply post order wait
actions
Displays a drop-down list that is used to select one of the following
options to determine when the post-order wait will occur for off-track
tests or to configure the routing of a sample that includes on‑track
tests, off‑track tests, or aliquot tests:
• No waiting
• Before aliquoting
• After aliquoting
Post-order actions area
Wait cap status
Displays a drop-down list that is used to determine whether samples
containing the fluid type will have the cap status of Any, Closed, or
Open prior to the selected wait action.
Final action Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the configured final
action to use.
Wait Displays a drop-down list that is used to determine which of the
following wait actions to perform:
• No wait
• Wait unconditional
• Wait for resulted
• Wait for validated
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
236 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Wait time (min) Displays a text box that is used to enter the time in minutes that TWM
will wait after processing all ordered tests before performing the final
action.
NOTE: The wait time value must not exceed 1440 minutes. If the value
exceeds 540 minutes, the Wait cap status must be set to Closed.
Wait - incomplete
final action area
Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the output area or
archive area to which to send the sample that has not yet received the
required test status when the wait time expires.
Function buttons
Remove configuration
Removes the existing configuration for the fluid type.
Cancel Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Fluid types screen (TWM), page 234
Tube types screen (TWM)
On the Tube types screen, the administrator can view the configuration of tube types.
Related information...
▪ Workflow screen (TWM), page 231
▪ Tube types screen element descriptions (TWM), page 237
Tube types screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Tube types screen displays an overview of the configuration of tube types.
Tube Types area
Tube Type Identifier
Displays a unique identifier of the tube type based on the vendor,
dimensions, form, and color.
Vendor Identifies the vendor of the tube type.
Dimensions Displays the dimensions of the tube type.
Size Identifies whether the tube type is Large or Small.
Cap type Identifies whether the cap type is Push or Screw.
Cap status Identifies whether the tube type is Capped or Open.
Fluid type Displays the fluid type.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
237
Pre analytics wait
time
Displays additional wait times for select tube types before pre-
analytical processing steps.
Exceptions Displays an icon that is used to navigate to the Exceptions screen, on
which there is no available functionality.
Remove config. Displays a button that is used to remove the selected configuration.
Function buttons
Cancel This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Save This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Related information...
▪ Tube types screen (TWM), page 237
Tests screen (TWM)
On the Tests screen, the administrator can access the configuration of tests.
Related information...
▪ Workflow screen (TWM), page 231
▪ Tests screen element descriptions (TWM), page 238
▪ Configure a test (TWM), page 241
Tests screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Tests screen displays an overview of the configuration of tests.
Elements
Filter
Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter tests.
Tests table area
Seq.
Displays a text box that can be used to configure the sequence for the
test. The Track Workflow Manager (TWM) prioritizes higher sequence
numbers.
Code Displays the code of the test.
Descr. Displays a short description of the test.
T. of A. Displays the type of analysis.
Fl. Ty. Displays the fluid types.
Config. Displays a check box that is used to identify whether the test is
configured.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
238 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Analytical / sort test definition area
Code Displays the code of the test.
Description Displays a short description of the test.
Type of analysis Displays the type of analysis.
Fluid types Displays the fluid types.
Preconditions tab
Use area 'Test not
available'
Displays a check box that is used to specify whether to route the tube
to the Test not available output area if the test is unavailable on the
track.
Upgrade sample
priority
Displays a check box that is used to upgrade the sample priority to
HIGH if a middleware order with this test is received for the sample.
Pre-analytics wait
time after draw
time / system entry
(min)
Displays a text box that is used to enter additional wait times in
minutes for select tests before pre-analytical processing steps.
Aliquot volume (μl) Displays a text box that is used to enter the volume of sample material
in microliters to aspirate from a primary tube to dispense into a
secondary tube.
Warm-up time Displays a check box that is used to specify whether to send a stored
sample to a Buffer Module to wait for the configured warm-up period.
Ignore wait before off
track tests
Displays a check box that is used to specify whether to ignore the
Apply post order wait actions configuration.
Post actions tab
Wait
Displays a drop-down list that is used to select one of the following
wait actions:
• No wait
• Wait unconditional
• Wait for resulted
• Wait for validated
Wait time (min) Displays a text box that is used to enter the wait time in minutes that
TWM will wait after processing the test.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
239
Wait - incomplete
final action area
Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the output area or
archive area to which to send the sample that has not yet received the
required test status when the wait time expires.
Delay wait until post
order
Displays a check box that is used to delay the wait action until after all
on-track tests are sampled at the analyzer.
Post order final action Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the configured final
action to use for the test.
Exceptions tab
Condition field Displays a drop-down list that is used to specify one of the conditions
that will apply the exception:
• Laboratory production
• Laboratory requesting
• Ward
• Doctor requesting
• Doctor attending
• Ward admission
Condition value
Displays a text box that is used to enter a user-defined value to trigger
the exception.
Action field Displays a drop-down list that is used to select one of the following
configurations:
• Sequence number
• Pre analytics wait time
Action value Displays a text box that is used to enter a user-defined value for the
action.
Add / Remove Displays icons that are used to remove existing exceptions and add
new exceptions.
Function buttons
Cancel Seq.
Cancels the changes made in the Seq. column.
Save Seq. Saves the changes made in the Seq. column.
Remove configuration Removes the selected configuration.
NOTE: This function button is available only when a test is selected.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
240 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Cancel Cancels the changes.
NOTE: This function button is available only when a test is selected.
Save Saves the changes.
NOTE: This function button is available only when a test is selected.
Related information...
▪ Tests screen (TWM), page 238
Configure a test (TWM)
User access level
Administrator
Perform this procedure to configure a test on the Track Workflow Manager (TWM).
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Workflow.
2. On the Workflow screen, tap Tests.
3. Select a test to open the test definition area.
4. Depending on the test type, enter the relevant information:
a) To configure an analytical or sort test, define and select the relevant values in the
Preconditions, Post actions, and Exceptions tabs.
b) To configure a buffer test, define the buffer wait time.
c) To configure an error test, select an option from the Ignore and interrupt wait times
drop-down list.
5. To save the test configuration, tap Save.
Related information...
▪ Tests screen (TWM), page 238
Areas screen (TWM)
On the Areas screen, the administrator can access the configuration of areas.
Related information...
▪ Workflow screen (TWM), page 231
▪ Areas screen element descriptions (TWM), page 241
▪ Area details screen element descriptions (TWM), page 242
▪ Copy area configuration screen element descriptions (TWM), page 243
▪ Assign a test to an area (TWM), page 243
Areas screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Areas screen displays an overview of the configuration of areas.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
241
Elements
Filter Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter areas.
Areas table area
Seq. Displays a text box that can be used to configure the sequence for
the area. The Track Workflow Manager prioritizes higher sequence
numbers.
Name Displays the area name.
Instrument Displays the instrument.
Instrument type Identifies the instrument type.
On track Displays a check box that identifies whether the area is present on the
system.
Config Displays a check box that identifies whether the area is configured.
Tests Displays the number of tests configured for the area.
Type of analysis Identifies the type of analysis.
Duplicate Displays an icon that navigates to the Copy area configuration screen.
Edit Displays an icon that navigates to the Area details screen.
Remove config.
button
Removes the configuration for the selected area.
Function buttons
Cancel seq.
This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Save seq. This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Related information...
▪ Areas screen (TWM), page 241
Area details screen element descriptions (TWM)
On the Area details screen, the administrator can configure an area. The Area details screen
can be accessed from the Areas screen by tapping a row or an Edit icon. Depending on the
instrument associated with the selected area, the available configuration options may vary.
Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative for more
information.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
242 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Areas area
Name Displays the area name.
Instrument Displays the instrument.
Instrument type Identifies the instrument type.
Function buttons
Remove configuration This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Cancel Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Areas screen (TWM), page 241
Copy area configuration screen element descriptions (TWM)
On the Copy area configuration screen, the administrator can duplicate an area configuration.
Elements
From
Displays the name of the area whose configuration is to be copied.
To Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the area to which to
apply the configuration.
Function buttons
Cancel
Cancels the selections.
Copy Applies the selections.
Related information...
▪ Areas screen (TWM), page 241
Assign a test to an area (TWM)
User access level
Administrator
Perform this procedure to assign a test an area on the Track Workflow Manager (TWM).
NOTE: No more than 3000 tests can be assigned to an area. If this limit is exceeded, the
area configuration cannot be saved and a prompt to reduce the number of assigned tests is
displayed.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
243
NOTE: Buffer tests are automatically assigned to a buffer area.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Workflow.
2. On the Workflow screen, tap Areas.
3. Select an area to open the Areas area.
4. Open the Test selection tab.
5. Select tests by fluid types and use the Left Arrow and Right Arrow buttons to transfer the
selected tests from Instrument tests to Area tests.
6. To save the test selection, tap Save.
Related information...
▪ Areas screen (TWM), page 241
Batch screen (TWM)
On the Batch screen, the administrator can access the configuration of batch processes.
Related information...
▪ Workflow screen (TWM), page 231
▪ Batch screen element descriptions (TWM), page 244
Batch screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Batch screen displays an overview of the configuration of batch processes.
Elements
Filter
Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter
batches.
Batch processing table area
Name
Displays the batch name.
Tests Displays the number of tests for the batch processes.
Status Displays the current running status of the batch process:
Gray The batch process is not running.
Green The batch process is running.
Add / Remove Displays icons that are used to remove existing batch processes and
add new batch processes.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
244 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Batch details area
NOTE: This area is available only when an existing batch is selected or a new batch is being
added.
Name Displays a text box that is used to enter the batch name.
Centrifuge before
waiting
Displays a check box that is used to determine whether to centrifuge
samples prior to routing to the Waiting storage selection when the
batch process is not running.
Waiting storage Displays a drop-down list that is used to select an output or archive
area to which tubes will be routed when the batch process is not
running. Samples in output areas must be reloaded manually in
the correct input area of the Input/Output Module when the batch
process starts.
Expired storage Displays a drop-down list that is used to select an output area to
which tubes will be routed when the tube maximum storage time is
exceeded.
All tests and Batch tests table areas
All tests lists all tests that are assigned to an instrument configured for batch download. Batch
tests are the tests configured for the selected batch process.
Use the Left Arrow and Right Arrow buttons to transfer selected tests between All tests and
Batch tests.
NOTE: These areas are available only when an existing batch is selected or a new batch is being
added.
Code
Displays the name of the test and a check box next to the column
header, which selects all tests in the list.
Displays a check box for each test row. This check box is used to
deselect or select multiple tests at one time.
Fluid type Displays the fluid type.
Function buttons
Cancel
Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Batch screen (TWM), page 244
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
245
Error output areas screen (TWM)
On the Error output areas screen, the administrator can view the configuration of error output
areas.
Related information...
▪ Workflow screen (TWM), page 231
▪ Error output areas screen element descriptions (TWM), page 246
Error output areas screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Error output areas screen displays an overview of the configuration of error output areas.
Error output areas table area
Error codes
Identifies the error scenarios for which an error output area is
configured as All other errors, Test not available, or as individual
message code numbers with short descriptions.
Error output area Displays the output areas to which sample tubes are routed when the
error scenarios are encountered.
Add / Remove The buttons in this column are unavailable on this screen.
Function buttons
Cancel
This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Save This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Related information...
▪ Error output areas screen (TWM), page 246
Master data screen (TWM)
On the Master data screen of the Track Workflow Manager (TWM), the administrator can access
the following information:
• Fluid types
• Tube types
• Types of analysis
• Tests
• Instruments
• Aliquots
• Centrifugation
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
246 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
CAUTION: Risk of incorrect results. Inappropriate configurations in TWM can cause
sample processing errors, leading to incorrect results. Contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative for guidance on TWM
configuration and GLP systems Track automation workflow.
CAUTION: Risk of delay in sample processing. Inappropriate configurations in TWM can
have an impact on sample processing, leading to a delay in results. Contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative for guidance on
TWM configuration and GLP systems Track automation workflow.
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (TWM), page 202
▪ Fluid types screen (TWM), page 247
▪ Tube types screen (TWM), page 248
▪ Types of analysis screen (TWM), page 248
▪ Tests screen (TWM), page 249
▪ Instruments screen (TWM), page 251
▪ Aliquots screen (TWM), page 254
▪ Centrifugation screen (TWM), page 257
Fluid types screen (TWM)
On the Fluid types screen, the administrator can view the fluid types.
Related information...
▪ Master data screen (TWM), page 246
▪ Fluid types screen element descriptions (TWM), page 247
Fluid types screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Fluid types screen displays an overview of fluid types.
Fluid types table area
Code
Displays the code of the fluid type.
Description Displays a short description of the fluid type.
Add / Remove The buttons in this column are unavailable on this screen.
Function buttons
Cancel
This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Save This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Related information...
▪ Fluid types screen (TWM), page 247
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
247
Tube types screen (TWM)
On the Tube types screen, the administrator can view information about tube types.
Related information...
▪ Master data screen (TWM), page 246
▪ Tube types screen element descriptions (TWM), page 248
Tube types screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Tube types screen displays an overview of tube types.
Tube types area
Tube type identifier
Displays a unique identifier of the tube type based on the vendor,
dimensions, form, and color.
Vendor Identifies the vendor of the tube type.
Dimensions Displays the dimensions of the tube type.
Size Identifies whether the tube type is Large or Small.
Cap type Identifies whether the cap type is Push or Screw.
Cap status Identifies whether the tube type is Capped or Open.
Fluid type Displays a drop-down list that is used to select existing fluid types or
Unknown Fluid Type.
Cut-off weight (g/10) Displays a text box that is used to enter the minimum allowed weight
of the tube in decigrams.
Add / Remove Displays icons that are used to remove existing tube types and add
new tube types.
Function buttons
Cancel
This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Save This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Related information...
▪ Tube types screen (TWM), page 248
Types of analysis screen (TWM)
On the Types of analysis screen, the administrator can view information about analysis types.
Related information...
▪ Master data screen (TWM), page 246
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
248 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
▪ Types of analysis screen element descriptions (TWM), page 249
Types of analysis screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Types of analysis screen displays an overview of analysis types.
Types of analysis table area
Type Displays the name of the analysis.
Description Displays a short description of the analysis type.
Add / Remove The buttons in this column are unavailable on this screen.
Function buttons
Cancel
This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Save This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Related information...
▪ Types of analysis screen (TWM), page 248
Tests screen (TWM)
On the Tests screen, the administrator can access information about tests.
Related information...
▪ Master data screen (TWM), page 246
▪ Tests screen element descriptions (TWM), page 249
▪ Create a new test (TWM), page 250
Tests screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Tests screen displays an overview of test parameters.
Elements
Filter
Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter tests.
Import button Enables the selection of an Excel file to import test codes.
NOTE: Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative for more information.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
249
Tests table area
Code Displays the name of the test.
Description Displays a short description of the test.
Test type Identifies the test as Analytical / sort test, Buffer test, or Error test.
Add / Remove Displays icons that are used to remove existing tests and add new
tests.
Tests details area
NOTE: This area is available only after an existing test is selected or a new test is being added.
Code
Displays a text box that is used to enter or edit the name of the test.
Description Displays a text box that is used to enter or edit the short description of
the test.
Analytical / sort test
option
Allows the administrator to view or configure whether the test is for
routing samples to analyzers and output areas.
Buffer test option Allows the administrator to view or configure whether the test is for
routing samples to a Buffer Module.
Error test option Allows the administrator to view or configure whether the test is for
routing samples to error output areas.
Types of analysis Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the type of analysis.
Fluid types Displays a drop-down list that is used to select the associated fluid
type.
Add / Remove Displays icons that are used to remove existing associated fluid types
and add new associated fluid types.
Function buttons
Cancel
Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Tests screen (TWM), page 249
Create a new test (TWM)
User access level
Administrator
Perform this procedure to create a new test on the Track Workflow Manager (TWM).
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
250 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
NOTE: The total number of test codes must not exceed 10,000.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Master data.
2. On the Master data screen, tap Tests.
3. In the Add / Remove column of the Tests table area, tap the Plus button.
4. In the details of the new test, enter the Code and Description of the new test
5. Select the test type.
6. Select the Type of analysis.
NOTE: This parameter is optional.
7. If the new test is of the type Analytical / sort test, select the fluid types.
8. To save the new test, tap Save.
Related information...
▪ Tests screen (TWM), page 249
Instruments screen (TWM)
On the Instruments screen, the administrator can view and edit information about instruments.
Related information...
▪ Master data screen (TWM), page 246
▪ Instruments screen element descriptions (TWM), page 251
▪ Instrument details screen element descriptions (TWM), page 252
▪ Assign a test to an instrument (TWM), page 254
Instruments screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Instruments screen displays an overview of instruments.
Elements
Filter
Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter
instruments.
Instruments table area
Name
Displays the instrument name.
Type Identifies the instrument type from the following list:
• Aliquoter
• Archive
• Buffer
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
251
• Centrifuge
• DTS Analyzer
• Decapper
• Input
• Output
• RBM Analyzer
• Recapper
• Remover
• ScrewCapper
On track
Displays a check box that identifies whether the instrument is on the
system.
Batch download Displays a check box that identifies whether the instrument works in
download mode with the middleware.
Areas Displays the number of areas to which the instrument is assigned.
Type of analysis Identifies the analysis types.
Tests Displays the number of tests assigned to the instrument.
Duplicate This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Edit Displays an icon that is used to navigate to the Instrument details
screen.
Add / Remove The buttons in this column are unavailable on this screen.
Related information...
▪ Instruments screen (TWM), page 251
Instrument details screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Instrument details screen displays additional information for a selected instrument.
Instrument definition area
Name
Displays the instrument name.
Type Identifies the instrument type.
On track Displays a check box that identifies whether the instrument is on the
system.
Usable in instrument
groups
Displays a check box that identifies whether the instrument is part of
an instrument group.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
252 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Batch download Displays a check box that identifies whether the instrument works in
download mode with the middleware.
Areas table area
Areas Displays the areas to which the instrument is assigned.
Move This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Add / Remove The buttons in this column are unavailable on this screen.
Test setup area
Elements
Filter
Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter tests.
All tests and Instruments tests areas
All tests lists all analytical or sort tests and Instruments tests are the tests assigned to the
instrument. Use the Left Arrow and Right Arrow buttons to transfer selected tests between All
tests and Instrument tests.
Code
Displays the short name of the test and a check box next to the column
header, which selects all tests in the list.
Displays a check box for each test row. This check box is used to
deselect or select multiple tests at one time.
Description Identifies the test.
Type of analysis Identifies the analysis type.
Fluid type Identifies the fluid type.
Function buttons
Cancel
Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Instruments screen (TWM), page 251
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
253
Assign a test to an instrument (TWM)
User access level Administrator
Perform this procedure to assign a test to an instrument on the Track Workflow Manager
(TWM).
NOTE: No more than 3000 tests can be assigned to an instrument. If this limit is exceeded, the
instrument configuration cannot be saved and a prompt to reduce the number of assigned tests
is displayed.
NOTE: Buffer tests are automatically assigned to a Buffer Module.
1. On the Main menu screen (TWM), tap Master data.
2. On the Master data screen, tap Instruments.
3. Select an instrument of the type DTS Analyzer, Output, or Buffer to navigate to the
Instrument details screen.
4. In the Test setup area, select tests by fluid types and use the Left Arrow and Right Arrow
buttons to transfer the selected tests from All tests to Instrument tests.
5. To save the test selection, tap Save.
Related information...
▪ Instruments screen (TWM), page 251
Aliquots screen (TWM)
On the Aliquots screen, the administrator can view information about aliquot templates.
Related information...
▪ Master data screen (TWM), page 246
▪ Aliquots screen element descriptions (TWM), page 254
▪ Test custom sample ID screen element descriptions (TWM), page 256
Aliquots screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Aliquots screen displays an overview of the aliquot templates.
Aliquot templates table area
Name
Displays the aliquot template name.
Add / Remove The buttons in this column are unavailable on this screen.
Aliquot template details area
NOTE: This area is viewable only after an aliquot template is selected.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
254 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Template name Displays the aliquot template name.
Label layout Identifies the label layout of the aliquot template.
Aliquot sample ID Identifies the bar code type to be used for the secondary sample tube,
Use parent sample ID or Use custom sample ID.
If Use custom sample ID is selected, the following additional
information is displayed.
Action Displays one of the following actions for
modifying the parent sample ID for the
secondary sample bar code:
• Add prefix
• Add suffix
• Insert characters
• Replace characters
• Delete characters
Position Displays the number of characters on which
the action is performed.
Value Displays the value for the action.
Add / Remove The buttons in this column are unavailable
on this screen.
Text 1 Displays text to be passed to the Aliquot Module for printing on the
secondary sample tube label.
Text 2 Displays text to be passed to the Aliquot Module for printing on the
secondary sample tube label.
Text 3 Displays text to be passed to the Aliquot Module for printing on the
secondary sample tube label.
Text 4 Displays text to be passed to the Aliquot Module for printing on the
secondary sample tube label.
Text 5 Displays text to be passed to the Aliquot Module for printing on the
secondary sample tube label.
Text 6 Displays text to be passed to the Aliquot Module for printing on the
secondary sample tube label.
Function buttons
Insert text variables
This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
255
NOTE: This function button is viewable only after an aliquot template
is selected.
Test custom sample
ID
Navigates to the Test custom sample ID screen.
NOTE: This function button is available only if the selected aliquot
template is configured to use custom sample ID as the bar code type.
Cancel This function button is unavailable on this screen.
NOTE: This function button is viewable only after an aliquot template
is selected.
Save This function button is unavailable on this screen.
NOTE: This function button is viewable only after an aliquot template
is selected.
Related information...
▪ Aliquots screen (TWM), page 254
Test custom sample ID screen element descriptions (TWM)
On the Test custom sample ID screen, the administrator can provide an example parent bar
code value and aliquot number value to demonstrate the configured aliquot sample ID actions
and values. The Test custom sample ID screen can be accessed from the Aliquots screen by
tapping the Test custom sample ID button only if the selected aliquot template is configured to
use custom sample ID as the bar code type.
Elements
Parent sample ID
Displays the example parent sample ID to demonstrate the custom
sample ID.
Aliquot number Displays the example aliquot number to demonstrate the custom
sample ID.
Demonstration area
Action
Displays the configured aliquot sample ID action.
Position Displays the configured aliquot sample ID position.
Value Displays the configured aliquot sample ID value.
Result Displays the custom sample ID.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
256 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Function buttons
Start Demonstrate the custom sample ID.
Close Closes the Test custom sample ID screen.
Related information...
▪ Aliquots screen (TWM), page 254
Centrifugation screen (TWM)
On the Centrifugation screen, the administrator can view information about centrifugation
profiles.
Related information...
▪ Master data screen (TWM), page 246
▪ Centrifugation screen element descriptions (TWM), page 257
Centrifugation screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Centrifugation screen displays an overview of centrifugation profiles.
Centrifugation profiles table area
Profile name
Displays the name of the centrifugation profile.
Description Provides a short description of the centrifugation profile.
Track default Displays a check box that identifies the default centrifugation profile.
Add / Remove The buttons in this column are unavailable on this screen.
Function buttons
Cancel
This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Save This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Related information...
▪ Centrifugation screen (TWM), page 257
Admin screen (TWM)
On the Admin screen of the Track Workflow Manager, the administrator can view the following
information:
• User, timer, and parameter settings
• Log export
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
257
• User changes
Related information...
▪ Main menu screen (TWM), page 202
▪ User screen (TWM), page 258
▪ Timer screen (TWM), page 258
▪ Parameter screen (TWM), page 259
▪ Transfer screen (TWM), page 260
▪ User changes screen (TWM), page 261
User screen (TWM)
On the User screen, the administrator can view information about users.
Related information...
▪ Admin screen (TWM), page 257
▪ User screen element descriptions (TWM), page 258
User screen element descriptions (TWM)
The User screen displays information about users.
User details area
NOTE: This area is available only after a user is selected.
Last name
Displays the name of the user.
First name Displays the first name of the user.
Email Displays the email address of the user.
Phone Displays the phone number of the user.
Username Displays the configured username.
Role Identifies the access level for the user as Operator or Administrator.
Related information...
▪ User screen (TWM), page 258
Timer screen (TWM)
On the Timer screen, the administrator can view information about routing and database
cleanup.
Related information...
▪ Admin screen (TWM), page 257
▪ Timer screen element descriptions (TWM), page 259
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
258 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Timer screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Timer screen displays configuration information for timer schedules of Track Workflow
Manager (TWM) operations.
This information is editable only by the service user access level.
Service tab
Name Displays the name of the TWM process.
Active Displays a check box that identifies whether the process is set to run.
Day Displays the defined time or frequency of the process in days.
Hour Displays the defined time or frequency of the process in hours.
Minute Displays the defined time or frequency of the process in minutes.
Second Displays the defined time or frequency of the process in seconds.
Function buttons
Cancel
This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Save This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Related information...
▪ Timer screen (TWM), page 258
Parameter screen (TWM)
On the Parameter screen, the administrator can view and configure the parameters of the
system.
Related information...
▪ Admin screen (TWM), page 257
▪ Parameter screen element descriptions (TWM), page 259
Parameter screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Parameter screen displays an overview of parameters.
Administrators can configure parameters for Operation mode and Working hours. The Service
tab is viewable but not editable.
Admin tab
Description
Displays the name of the parameter.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
259
Value Displays the configurable value of the parameter.
Unit Displays the unit of the parameter, if applicable.
Function buttons
Cancel Cancels the changes.
Save Saves the changes.
Related information...
▪ Parameter screen (TWM), page 259
Transfer screen (TWM)
On the Transfer screen, the administrator can export log files.
Related information...
▪ Admin screen (TWM), page 257
▪ Transfer screen element descriptions (TWM), page 260
Transfer screen element descriptions (TWM)
The Transfer screen displays the installed translation and configuration files.
Log files area
Start date
Displays a box that is used to select a search start date. To select the
search start date, tap the calendar inside the box. To configure the
month and year, tap the Left Arrow or Right Arrow button, and then
tap the day.
End date Displays a box that is used to select a search end date. To select the
search end date, tap the calendar inside the box. To configure the
month and year, tap the Left Arrow or Right Arrow button, and then
tap the day.
Database Displays a check box that is used to request a database dump.
Download button Downloads the zipped log files.
NOTE: Downloading a file can result in a browser notification that
the download is blocked. Select to keep the download in the browser
download manager to retrieve it.
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface Section 5
260 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Translation area
File Displays the file name of the translated Track Workflow Manager user
interface and messages.
Date Displays the date that the translation file was installed.
User Displays the user who installed the translation file.
Download button This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Install button This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Configuration area
Workflow
This check box is unavailable on this screen.
Master data This check box is unavailable on this screen.
Admin This check box is unavailable on this screen.
File Displays the configuration file name.
Date Displays the date that the configuration file was installed.
User Displays the user who installed the configuration file.
Download button This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Install button This function button is unavailable on this screen.
Related information...
▪ Transfer screen (TWM), page 260
User changes screen (TWM)
On the User changes screen, the administrator can view information about the previous actions
performed by all users of the Track Workflow Manager.
Related information...
▪ Admin screen (TWM), page 257
▪ User changes screen element descriptions (TWM), page 261
User changes screen element descriptions (TWM)
The User changes screen displays a summary table of the previous actions performed by all
users of the Track Workflow Manager.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
261
Change history area
Start date Displays a box that is used to select a search start date. To select the
search start date, tap the calendar inside the box. To configure the
month and year, tap the Left Arrow or Right Arrow button, and then
tap the day.
End date Displays a box that is used to select a search end date. To select the
search end date, tap the calendar inside the box. To configure the
month and year, tap the Left Arrow or Right Arrow button, and then
tap the day.
button The Previous Week button modifies the start and end dates to the
week prior to the selected values.
button The Next Week button modifies the start and end dates to the week
after the selected values.
Filter Displays a text box that is used to enter the expression to filter the
change history.
User changes table area
Change date
Identifies the date of the change.
Change user Identifies the user who made the change.
Menu Displays the tab or location of user activity.
Value Displays the associated value of the parameter.
Sub ID Identifies the parameter that changed within a specific area of the
screen.
Sub value Displays the associated value of the parameter.
Field Identifies the field in which the change was made.
Old value Displays the original content prior to the change.
New value Displays the changed content.
Related information...
▪ User changes screen (TWM), page 261
Operating instructions
Track Workflow Manager user interface
Section 5
262 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Input/Output Module procedures
The module-specific function selection for the Input/Output Module is displayed on the
Main menu screen (IOM). The operator selects the corresponding function and follows the
instructions. Ensure that the module covers are closed and locked before operating the module.
Related information...
▪ Operating instructions, page 123
▪ Power on the module, page 263
▪ Power off the module, page 264
▪ Cycle power to the module, page 265
▪ Place the module online, page 266
▪ Place the module offline, page 267
▪ Pause the module, page 267
▪ Deactivate pause mode, page 268
▪ Open and close the front and rear module covers, page 268
▪ Load samples into FlexRacks, page 271
▪ Unload samples from FlexRacks, page 273
▪ Load analyzer-specific racks, page 274
▪ Unload analyzer-specific racks, page 277
▪ Shut down the module by using the rear module switch, page 280
Power on the module
Prerequisite
• The module is connected to the power supply.
• The On/Off push button is illuminated blinking green.
• Front and rear module covers must be closed and locked.
Required module
status
Off for more than 1 minute
Perform this procedure to power on the module.
CAUTION: Risk of impact during module initialization. During initialization, the drawers
on the front side of the module open and close automatically. Injuries may occur if the
distance between the operator and module is insufficient. Maintain a sufficient distance
to the module during initialization and keep the area clear of objects.
CAUTION: Do not reach into drawers. Injury can occur when accessing the module
interior while the module is powered on. Do not access the drawers while they are
opening or closing. Only load the drawers when they are fully open. The drawer push
button blinks when it is unsafe to access the drawer. Never reach into the module
through the drawers.
1. Press and hold the On/Off push button for a minimum of 3 seconds.
The On/Off push button blinks green at a higher rate and the module starts.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
263
The Start screen is displayed. The Start button [1] turns from gray to green when the
module is ready for initialization.
Figure 34: Start screen
2. Tap the Start button [1] to initialize the module.
A screen with a rotating animation is displayed. After the module is initialized, the Main
menu screen (IOM) is displayed.
The On/Off push button is illuminated steady green.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
▪ Main menu screen (IOM), page 88
▪ Start the GLP systems Track, page 124
▪ Replace the robot gripper fingers, page 323
Power off the module
Prerequisite
• The On/Off push button is illuminated steady green.
• The module has completed all processing and no samples are
present on the module.
Required module
status
On
Perform this procedure to power off the module.
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
Section 5
264 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
1. Press and hold the On/Off push button for a minimum of 3 seconds.
2. Wait for the module to power off.
The On/Off push button is illuminated blinking green.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
▪ Shut down the GLP systems Track, page 125
Cycle power to the module
Prerequisite The module has completed all processing and no samples are present
on the module.
Perform this procedure to cycle power to the module to reestablish communication among the
system components or to troubleshoot the module.
1. To power off the module, press and hold the On/Off push button for a minimum of
3 seconds.
2. Wait for the module to power off.
3. After the module is powered off, wait for a minimum of 1 minute.
4. To power on the module, press and hold the On/Off push button for a minimum of
3 seconds.
The On/Off push button blinks green at a higher rate and the module starts.
The Start screen is displayed. The Start button [1] turns from gray to green when the
module is ready for initialization.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
265
Figure 35: Start screen
5. Tap the Start button [1] to initialize the module.
A screen with a rotating animation is displayed. After the module is initialized, the Main
menu screen (IOM) is displayed.
NOTE: Drawers configured for manual rack identification will remain open after
initialization. To close the drawers, complete the manual rack identification workflow.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
▪ Delete an area, page 96
Place the module online
Prerequisite
The Online/Offline push button is illuminated steady yellow and the
arrow area of the Online/Offline button is gray.
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this procedure to place the module online.
1. Briefly press the Online/Offline push button or tap the gray arrow area of the Online/
Offline button on the touchscreen user interface.
2. Wait for the module to transition to a status of Online.
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
Section 5
266 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
The Online/Offline push button is illuminated steady green and the arrow area of the Online/
Offline button is green.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
▪ Delete an area, page 96
▪ Create an area type, page 93
▪ Configure a new area, page 94
▪ Edit properties of an area, page 95
▪ Open and close the front and rear module covers, page 268
Place the module offline
Prerequisite
The Online/Offline push button is illuminated steady green and the
arrow area of the Online/Offline button is green.
Required module
status
Online
Perform this procedure to place the module offline. All processes running in the module stop.
CARs are no longer routed to the module.
NOTE: Samples in the module are not processed until the module is transitioned back to a status
of Online.
CAUTION: Moving parts. The operator may be injured by moving parts inside the
module even after placing the module offline. Be aware of moving parts. Do not reach
into the paths of moving parts.
1. Press and hold the Online/Offline push button for a minimum of 3 seconds or tap the green
arrow area of the Online/Offline button on the touchscreen user interface.
2. Wait for the module to transition to a status of Offline.
The Online/Offline push button is illuminated steady yellow and the arrow area of the Online/
Offline button is gray.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
▪ Delete an area, page 96
Pause the module
Prerequisite
The Online/Offline push button is illuminated steady green and the
arrow area of the Online/Offline button is green.
Required module
status
Online
Section 5
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
267
Perform this procedure to pause the module. When the module is paused, all processing of new
samples stops. No new samples in CARs route to the module. Empty CARs continue to route to
the module for sample tubes that have completed processing in the module. The Track Sample
Manager indicates that the module status is Online.
1. Briefly press the Online/Offline push button or tap the gray area of the Online/Offline
button on the touchscreen user interface.
2. Wait for the module to transition to a status of Pause.
The Online/Offline push button is illuminated blinking green and the arrow area of the Online/
Offline button is blinking green.
NOTE: If the module is paused for longer than 5 minutes, the module automatically transitions
to a status of Offline.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
Deactivate pause mode
Prerequisite
The Online/Offline push button is illuminated blinking green and the
arrow area of the Online/Offline button is blinking green.
Required module
status
Pause
Perform this procedure to deactivate pause mode on the module.
1. Briefly press the Online/Offline push button or tap the gray area of the Online/Offline
button on the touchscreen user interface.
2. Wait for the module to transition to a status of Online.
The Online/Offline push button is illuminated steady green and the arrow area of the Online/
Offline button is green.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
Open and close the front and rear module covers
Required materials
Key
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this procedure to open and close the front and rear module covers.
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
Section 5
268 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
CAUTION: Overhead obstruction. Operators may hit their heads on open module
covers.
• Be aware that injury can occur when module covers are opened and closed.
• Protect the head when working on modules with open module covers.
• Frequently observe the functionality of the opening mechanism. Regular inspection
of the covers is necessary during maintenance to ensure proper operation.
CAUTION: Mind or watch your hands. The front and rear module covers can be opened
and closed only by a trained operator. Finger pinches can occur between two adjacent
modules if module covers are closed by holding their sides. Use caution when opening
and closing the front and rear module covers.
1. At the lower end of the front or rear module cover, insert the key [1] into the lock [2].
NOTE: Images of the rear module cover and the module flap are not shown.
Figure 36: Front module cover lock
2. While turning the key [1] counterclockwise a quarter turn, begin lifting the front module
cover [3] or rear module cover.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
269
Figure 37: Key
3. Remove the key [1] from the lock [2].
4. Fully lift open the front module cover [3] or rear module cover.
Figure 38: Front module cover opened
5. To close the front module cover [3] or rear module cover, carefully pull down the cover.
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
Section 5
270 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
6. Press lightly on the cover until it is secured.
7. Place the module online.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
▪ Place the module online, page 266
▪ Track overview, page 39
▪ Clean the monitor, page 318
▪ Clean the module covers, page 318
▪ Clean the robot gripper, page 319
▪ Clean the AccessPoint, page 322
▪ Clean the sample barcode reader, page 322
▪ Replace the robot gripper fingers, page 323
Load samples into FlexRacks
Prerequisite
Become familiar with technical data for sample tubes and sample
barcode labels.
Required module
status
Online
Perform this procedure to load sample tubes into FlexRacks in a drawer.
CAUTION: Biological RISKS. This activity or area may expose the operator to potentially
infectious material.
CAUTION: Do not reach into drawers. Injury can occur when accessing the module
interior while the module is powered on. Do not access the drawers while they are
opening or closing. Only load the drawers when they are fully open. The drawer push
button blinks when it is unsafe to access the drawer. Never reach into the module
through the drawers.
CAUTION: Incorrectly loaded samples may constitute a health hazard for patients.
The input area can be configured in different ways, which may increase the risk of
samples being loaded incorrectly. Samples loaded in the wrong area can cause delayed
or incorrect results and can cause highly sensitive analyzers to malfunction. Only allow
trained personnel to operate the laboratory automation system (LAS). Ensure that
samples are loaded into the defined area for the sample type (for example, centrifuged,
uncentrifuged, capped, or uncapped) on the LAS.
CAUTION: Risk of cross contamination. The placement of 16 mm x 100 mm sample
tubes next to each other in FlexRacks can cause robot gripper errors. These errors
can cause cross contamination of sample matter, resulting in delayed or incorrect
results. For any affected samples, the results should be assessed separately by trained
personnel. When loading 16 mm x 100 mm sample tubes into FlexRacks, place the tubes
apart from each other. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
Section 5
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
271
service representative if help is needed to integrate this option into the laboratory
workflow.
CAUTION: Risk of infection due to contamination. The placement of 16 mm x 100 mm
sample tubes next to each other in FlexRacks can cause robot gripper errors. Spilled
sample matter from the sample tubes may cause infections due to contact with non-
intact skin or mucous membranes. Wear personal protective equipment while operating
the LAS. Avoid direct contact with the sample matter. Follow all disinfection instructions
specified by the laboratory for contaminated areas. When loading 16 mm x 100 mm
sample tubes into FlexRacks, place the tubes apart from each other. Contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative if help is needed to
integrate this option into the laboratory workflow.
Figure 39: Sample tubes in FlexRacks in the drawers
1. To open the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button
on the touchscreen user interface.
CAUTION:
A minimum clearance between the module and the operator is required
to avoid injury when opening the drawer.
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures Section 5
272 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
IMPORTANT: Do not pull on the drawer handle to open the drawer. Pulling on the drawer
handle causes an error status for the drawer and does not fully open the drawer.
2. Verify that each sample has a barcode label.
3. Load the sample tubes in a straight, upright position in the correct area according to tube
type, capped, uncapped, centrifuged, or uncentrifuged.
IMPORTANT: Samples loaded in the wrong area can cause delayed or incorrect results.
4. Ensure that the sample tubes are seated correctly in the FlexRacks.
5. To close the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button on
the touchscreen user interface.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
▪ Sample tube technical data, page 116
▪ Sample and rack barcode label technical data, page 113
▪ Replace a FlexRack, page 325
Unload samples from FlexRacks
Required module
status
Online
Perform this procedure to unload sample tubes from FlexRacks in a drawer.
CAUTION: Biological RISKS. This activity or area may expose the operator to potentially
infectious material.
CAUTION: Do not reach into drawers. Injury can occur when accessing the module
interior while the module is powered on. Do not access the drawers while they are
opening or closing. Only load the drawers when they are fully open. The drawer push
button blinks when it is unsafe to access the drawer. Never reach into the module
through the drawers.
1. To open the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button
on the touchscreen user interface.
CAUTION: A minimum clearance between the module and the operator is required
to avoid injury when opening the drawer.
IMPORTANT: Do not pull on the drawer handle to open the drawer. Pulling on the drawer
handle causes an error status for the drawer and does not fully open the drawer.
2. Unload all sample tubes from FlexRacks in the output area.
3. To close the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button on
the touchscreen user interface.
Related information...
Section 5
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
273
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
▪ Replace a FlexRack, page 325
Load analyzer-specific racks
Prerequisite Become familiar with technical data for sample tubes and sample
barcode labels.
Required module
status
Online
Perform this procedure to load an analyzer-specific rack in a drawer.
CAUTION: Biological RISKS. This activity or area may expose the operator to potentially
infectious material.
CAUTION: Do not reach into drawers. Injury can occur when accessing the module
interior while the module is powered on. Do not access the drawers while they are
opening or closing. Only load the drawers when they are fully open. The drawer push
button blinks when it is unsafe to access the drawer. Never reach into the module
through the drawers.
CAUTION: Incorrectly loaded samples may constitute a health hazard for patients.
The input area can be configured in different ways, which may increase the risk of
samples being loaded incorrectly. Samples loaded in the wrong area can cause delayed
or incorrect results and can cause highly sensitive analyzers to malfunction. Only allow
trained personnel to operate the laboratory automation system (LAS). Ensure that
samples are loaded into the defined area for the sample type (for example, centrifuged,
uncentrifuged, capped, or uncapped) on the LAS.
1. To open the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button
on the touchscreen user interface.
CAUTION: A minimum clearance between the module and the operator is required
to avoid injury when opening the drawer.
IMPORTANT: Do not pull on the drawer handle to open the drawer. Pulling on the drawer
handle causes an error status for the drawer and does not fully open the drawer.
2. Load the analyzer-specific rack into the RackPort. Ensure that the rack is fully seated and in
the appropriate orientation.
3. Lock the analyzer-specific rack into position in the RackPort.
NOTE: The following figure shows an example of how to lock analyzer-specific racks into
a RackPort. The locking mechanism may be different for other RackPorts with analyzer-
specific racks.
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
Section 5
274 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Figure 40: Locking empty analyzer-specific racks
4. If loading an input rack, ensure that sample tubes are loaded from right to left. Loading the
samples tubes from the opposite direction creates a risk of samples not being detected.
IMPORTANT: Samples loaded in the wrong area can cause delayed or incorrect results.
Ensure that the tube sizes are appropriate for the rack being used.
5. If unloading an output area, ensure that all sample tubes are removed from all positions
and perform one of the following steps:
– Load empty analyzer-specific racks into all output positions in the RackPort.
– Leave all rack positions empty.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
275
Figure 41: Empty analyzer-specific racks loaded in all output positions
IMPORTANT: If any analyzer-specific racks are loaded into a RackPort for output, all
analyzer-specific rack positions must be filled. [1]
CAUTION: Risk of infection due to contamination. Empty analyzer-specific rack
positions in output areas of a RackPort can cause spilled sample matter. Spilled
sample matter from the sample tubes may cause infections due to contact
with non-intact skin or mucous membranes. Wear personal protective equipment
while operating the laboratory automation system. Avoid direct contact with the
sample matter. Follow all disinfection instructions specified by the laboratory for
contaminated areas.
CAUTION: Risk of delayed analysis due to loss of sample. Empty analyzer-specific
rack positions in output areas of a RackPort can cause spilled sample matter.
Spilled sample matter can cause contamination and severe injuries to the operator.
Inadequate sample volume in sample tubes causes delays in diagnosis and
treatment of patients.
6. To close the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button on
the touchscreen user interface.
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
Section 5
276 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
▪ Sample tube technical data, page 116
▪ Sample and rack barcode label technical data, page 113
Unload analyzer-specific racks
Prerequisite Become familiar with technical data for sample tubes and sample
barcode labels.
Required module
status
Online
Perform this procedure to unload an analyzer-specific rack from a drawer.
CAUTION: Biological RISKS. This activity or area may expose the operator to potentially
infectious material.
CAUTION: Do not reach into drawers. Injury can occur when accessing the module
interior while the module is powered on. Do not access the drawers while they are
opening or closing. Only load the drawers when they are fully open. The drawer push
button blinks when it is unsafe to access the drawer. Never reach into the module
through the drawers.
1. To open the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button
on the touchscreen user interface.
CAUTION: A minimum clearance between the module and the operator is required
to avoid injury when opening the drawer.
IMPORTANT: Do not pull on the drawer handle to open the drawer. Pulling on the drawer
handle causes an error status for the drawer and does not fully open the drawer.
2. Unlock the analyzer-specific rack in the RackPort.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
277
Figure 42: Unlocking empty analyzer-specific racks
3. Unload the analyzer-specific rack from the RackPort.
4. If unloading an output area, perform one of the following steps:
– Load empty analyzer-specific racks into all output positions in the RackPort.
– Leave all rack positions empty.
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
Section 5
278 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Figure 43: Empty analyzer-specific racks loaded in all output positions
IMPORTANT: If any analyzer-specific racks are loaded into a RackPort for output, all
analyzer-specific rack positions must be filled. [1]
CAUTION: Risk of infection due to contamination. Empty analyzer-specific rack
positions in output areas of a RackPort can cause spilled sample matter. Spilled
sample matter from the sample tubes may cause infections due to contact
with non-intact skin or mucous membranes. Wear personal protective equipment
while operating the laboratory automation system. Avoid direct contact with the
sample matter. Follow all disinfection instructions specified by the laboratory for
contaminated areas.
CAUTION: Risk of delayed analysis due to loss of sample. Empty analyzer-specific
rack positions in output areas of a RackPort can cause spilled sample matter.
Spilled sample matter can cause contamination and severe injuries to the operator.
Inadequate sample volume in sample tubes causes delays in diagnosis and
treatment of patients.
5. Lock the empty analyzer-specific racks into position in the RackPort.
Section 5
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
279
6. To close the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button on
the touchscreen user interface.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
▪ Sample tube technical data, page 116
▪ Sample and rack barcode label technical data, page 113
Shut down the module by using the rear module switch
Perform this procedure to power off the module by using the rear module switch.
CAUTION: Possibility of electric shock. Activities or areas on the module may expose
the operator to electrical shock if procedural controls or engineering controls are not
observed.
1. Locate the rear module switches in the track side casing cutout on the rear of the module.
2. Move the leftmost switch [1] to the Off position to turn off the power.
Figure 44: Rear module switches
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
Section 5
280 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module procedures, page 263
Section 5
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
281
Operating instructions
Input/Output Module procedures Section 5
This page is intentionally left blank.
282 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
6. CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
Introduction
The GLP systems Track does not require calibration.
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
283
Calibration procedures Section 6
This page is intentionally left blank.
284 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
7. OPERATIONAL PRECAUTIONS AND
LIMITATIONS
Introduction
For optimal operator safety and accurate test results, comply with operational requirements,
precautions, and limitations. Operators must be trained before they are allowed to operate the
system. Failure to comply can affect system performance, and may cause damage to the system
or may adversely affect test results.
Related information...
▪ Covers, hoods, and sensors, page 286
▪ Requirements for handling the specimens, page 287
▪ General safety information, page 10
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
285
Covers, hoods, and sensors
Electronic sensors should not be circumvented or removed from operation. The following
components are fitted on the laboratory automation system:
• Contact sensors on the module covers, doors, and drawers
• Photoelectric sensors on the module drawers
• Covers on the modules and hoods on the track elements
NOTE: Some modules have additional components. For more information, refer to the
appropriate manual.
Related information...
▪ Operational precautions and limitations, page 285
▪ Input/Output Module design and function, page 51
▪ Control systems, page 59
Operational precautions and limitations
Covers, hoods, and sensors
Section 7
286 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Requirements for handling the specimens
Consider all specimens as potentially infectious. In addition, consider all system surfaces or
components that have come in contact with specimens as potentially infectious.
CAUTION: Biological RISKS. This activity or area may expose the operator to potentially
infectious material.
Related information...
▪ Operational precautions and limitations, page 285
Section 7
Operational precautions and limitations
Requirements for handling the specimens
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
287
Operational precautions and limitations
Requirements for handling the specimens Section 7
This page is intentionally left blank.
288 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
8. HAZARDS
Introduction
To minimize the potential for harm to personnel and damage to the laboratory environment,
comply with the hazard and safety information.
This section contains supplemental information. Do not use the supplemental information
to supersede workplace safety requirements. Review any significant differences between the
supplemental information and the workplace safety requirements with management or a
workplace safety representative.
Related information...
▪ Operator responsibility, page 290
▪ Safety icons, page 291
▪ Biological hazards, page 293
▪ Physical hazards, page 295
▪ Basic safety, page 296
▪ CAR safety, page 299
▪ Laser safety, page 300
▪ Spill cleanup, page 301
▪ Requirements for decontamination, page 302
▪ Input/Output Module safety, page 303
▪ General safety information, page 10
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
289
Operator responsibility
Use the system only according to its designed purpose. Operators must be trained before
operating the system. Failure to comply with safe-use instructions may cause personal injury,
harm the environment, damage the system, or adversely affect test results.
Only spare parts and consumables approved by the manufacturer must be used. Any other use
shall be deemed improper use. The manufacturer accepts no liability for improper use.
Related information...
▪ Hazards, page 289
Hazards
Operator responsibility Section 8
290 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Safety icons
Safety icons are used on the system and in the system documentation to identify potentially
dangerous conditions. Become familiar with these icons to know each type of potential hazard.
Table 22: Safety icons and descriptions
Icon Description
CAUTION: Biological RISKS
Identifies an activity or an area where the operator may be exposed to potentially
infectious material.
CAUTION: Class 2 Laser radiation when open. Avoid eye exposure to light. Do not
stare into the beam.
Warns against the direct viewing of the beam or reflections from the beam.
CAUTION: Hot Surface
Identifies an activity or an area where the operator may be exposed to hot
surfaces.
CAUTION: Mind or watch your hands
Identifies an activity or an area where the operator may be exposed to the risk of
hand injuries.
CAUTION: Overhead obstruction
Identifies an activity or an area where the operator may be exposed to overhead
obstructions.
CAUTION: Possibility of electric shock
Indicates the possibility of electric shock if procedural controls or engineering
controls are not observed.
CAUTION: Sharp Element
Identifies an activity or an area where the operator may be exposed to sharp
elements.
CAUTION: Latex
This product contains dry natural rubber.
CAUTION
When used in this manual, this icon is accompanied by a description of the hazard
and a related-information reference to safety content in this section. Examples
include the following condition:
CAUTION: Moving Parts
Identifies an activity or an area where the operator may be exposed to moving
parts.
Continued on next page...
Section 8
Hazards
Safety icons
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
291
...Continued from previous page
Icon Description
CAUTION: Power off mains disconnect switch from electrical supply
Indicates that the mains disconnect switch must be powered off from the electrical
supply for the maintenance of electrical equipment when a malfunction occurs or
when left unattended. If more than one disconnect switch is provided, power off
all switches to disconnect from electrical supply.
CAUTION: Do not reach inside
Identifies an activity or an area where the operator may be exposed to injury.
CAUTION: Protective conductor terminal
Identifies an area where a terminal is connected to an external conductor or the
terminal of a ground electrode.
Observe operations manual
Indicates that the operations manual must be read.
WEEE: Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
Indicates that the item needs to be disposed of in a separate waste collection for
electrical and electronic equipment and must not be disposed of in the general
waste.
Related information...
▪ Hazards, page 289
Hazards
Safety icons
Section 8
292 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Biological hazards
Exposure to potentially infectious materials may occur when the following activities are
performed:
• Handling of specimens
• Spill cleanup
• Waste handling and disposal
• System relocation
• Maintenance procedures
• Decontamination procedures
• Component replacement procedures
Comply with the precautions to help minimize the impact of this exposure.
Related information...
▪ Hazards, page 289
▪ Precautions, page 293
▪ Sensitizers, page 294
Precautions
Consider as potentially infectious all system surfaces, components, and consumables that have
come in contact with human-sourced materials. No known test method can offer complete
assurance that products derived from human-sourced materials do not transmit infection.
It is recommended that all potentially infectious materials are handled according to the OSHA
Standard on Bloodborne Pathogens
1
. Use Biosafety Level 2
2
or appropriate regional, national,
and institutional biosafety practices
3,4
for materials that contain, are suspected of containing, or
are contaminated with infectious agents. Precautions include the following actions:
• When handling human-sourced materials or contaminated system components:
– Wear gloves, a lab coat, and protective eyewear.
– Do not eat, drink, smoke, apply cosmetics, or handle contact lenses.
• Do not pipette by mouth.
• Clean spills of potentially infectious materials and contaminated system components with a
detergent. Then mist or wipe the surface with 0.5% sodium hypochlorite solution. Let the
disinfectant remain on the surface for a minimum of 10 minutes of contact time.
• Decontaminate and dispose of all samples, reagents, and other potentially contaminated
materials in accordance with local, state, and national regulations.
Immediately clean an affected area if any exposure to biohazardous or potentially infectious
materials occurs:
Section 8
Hazards
Biological hazards
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
293
Eyes Rinse with water for 15 minutes.
Mouth Rinse with water.
Skin Wash the affected area with soap and water. Apply alcohol, povidone
iodine, chlorhexidine, or another antiseptic.
Puncture wound Let the wound bleed freely. Wash the affected area with soap and
water.
Seek medical attention as soon as possible for appropriate follow-up.
Bibliography references
1. US Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 29 CFR Part
1910.1030, Bloodborne pathogens.
2. US Department of Health and Human Services. Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical
Laboratories. 6th ed. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office; June 2020.
3. World Health Organization. Laboratory Biosafety Manual. 4th ed. Geneva: World Health
Organization; 2020.
4. Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI). Protection of Laboratory Workers From
Occupationally Acquired Infections; Approved Guideline--Fourth Edition. CLSI Document
M29-A4. Wayne, PA: CLSI; 2014.
Related information...
▪ Biological hazards, page 293
Sensitizers
Some products contain low levels of ingredients that are reported to be sensitizers. Sensitizers
can stimulate allergic reactions in some people. The allergic reactions may occur with the first
exposure or only after repeated exposures. Dry natural rubber (latex) is present in certain
components of this product and may cause reactions in people who are sensitive.
Related information...
▪ Biological hazards, page 293
Hazards
Biological hazards
Section 8
294 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Physical hazards
Use safe practices to avoid injury when any exposure to potential physical hazards occurs.
Related information...
▪ Hazards, page 289
▪ Tripping hazards, page 295
Tripping hazards
The GLP systems Track is equipped with power cords and several computer cables. To avoid a
tripping hazard, ensure that the cords and cables in high-traffic areas are routed safely.
Related information...
▪ Physical hazards, page 295
Section 8
Hazards
Physical hazards
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
295
Basic safety
The following hazard information and safety instructions are applicable to operation of the
laboratory automation system (LAS).
CAUTION: Device generates magnetic fields. Any person with a pacemaker or other
similar implanted devices should exercise caution during operation of the LAS.
CAUTION: Radio-frequency identification (RFID) devices. The operator should not
change or modify RFID devices without approval by the party responsible for
compliance. This action could void the operator's authority to operate the equipment.
CAUTION: Radio frequency exposure. The operator should be at least 20 cm from all
RFID devices.
CAUTION: Mind or watch your hands. The front and rear module covers can be opened
only with the key and only by a trained operator. Before opening the module cover
and reaching into the module, place the module offline. This action prevents the robot
from moving after its initiated movement is completed. If the module is online when the
module cover is opened, the robot slows down but does not stop. Keep away from the
moving robot and close the module covers as soon as possible.
CAUTION: Do not reach inside. The module covers can be opened only with the key
when the module is offline. Never reach into the module when it is online. Exposure to
potentially harmful crushing by the robots can occur.
CAUTION: Possibility of electric shock. Activities or areas on the track may expose
the operator or service personnel to high voltage if procedural or engineering controls
are not followed. High voltage cables and electrical components are located in the
correspondingly identified areas. Inappropriate handling poses a health hazard and can
damage the components.
• Only allow trained service personnel and electricians to work in these areas.
• Interrupt the supply voltage before working in these areas.
CAUTION: Risk of contamination and injury. During operation of the LAS, sample tubes
and components may be damaged due to failure to comply with safe-use instructions.
Spilled sample matter may cause infections due to contact with non-intact skin or
mucous membranes.
• Wear personal protective equipment while operating the LAS. Avoid direct contact
with the sample matter.
• Follow all hygiene regulations applicable to laboratory work.
• Only allow trained personnel to operate the LAS.
CAUTION: Contamination hazards and misdiagnosis. During operation of the LAS,
sample tubes and components may be damaged due to failure to comply with safe-use
instructions. Sample matter leaks may cause cross contamination with other sample
matter and a subsequent misdiagnosis.
• Follow all disinfection instructions specified by the laboratory.
Hazards
Basic safety Section 8
296 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
• For any affected samples, have the test result assessed separately by trained
personnel.
CAUTION: Incorrect results caused by manual intervention on the LAS. Manual
intervention or exchanging of samples can cause incorrect assignment of test results
and incorrect patient diagnoses.
• Do not exchange samples in CARs on the LAS.
• Only allow trained personnel to operate the LAS.
• Only use the specified input and output areas to intervene on the LAS.
CAUTION: Incorrect results may constitute a health hazard. Sample contamination can
occur if a robotic arm drops an open sample tube. Sample contamination can cause
delayed or incorrect results, or incorrect patient diagnoses.
• Only allow trained personnel to operate the LAS.
• Specifically assess the situation each time after a fault has occurred.
CAUTION: Delayed analysis due to power failure. In the case of a power failure, the
samples (including emergency samples) remain inside the LAS and must be removed
manually as required.
• Only allow trained personnel to remove the samples manually.
• If a sample is held by a robot gripper, manually remove the sample.
• Observe the LAS for any remaining emergency samples and remove them manually.
• Follow the information in the operations manuals for the modules.
CAUTION: Overhead obstruction. Operators may hit their heads on open module
covers.
• Be aware that injury can occur when module covers are opened and closed.
• Protect the head when working on modules with open module covers.
• Frequently observe the functionality of the opening mechanism. Regular inspection
of the covers is necessary during maintenance to ensure proper operation.
NOTE: If the power supply is interrupted, the current status of the modules is saved and the
modules are powered off automatically. The data is also saved. As soon as the power supply has
been restored, the modules must be initialized manually.
NOTE: For optimal system performance, comply with the following general requirements of the
system:
• Perform frequent visual inspections of the entire LAS.
• Adhere to the LAS maintenance schedule.
• Do not use transmitters, such as mobile phones, in the immediate vicinity of the LAS.
• Do not place objects on the module covers and track hoods.
• Confirm that faulty samples are directed into an error area.
Section 8
Hazards
Basic safety
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
297
• Only use approved customer-replaceable components on the LAS.
• Only use Abbott consumables. All consumables are intended for single-use only.
• Follow all necessary precautions to provide electrostatic discharge protection.
• For information related to Article 33 of the EU REACH regulation (EC
1907/2006, Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals),
go to pmis.abbott.com. For website logon issues, contact Abbott Laboratories at
[email protected]. Follow all necessary precautions to provide electrostatic
discharge protection.
• To view the China RoHS 2 Hazardous Substance tables, in accordance with the People’s
Republic of China Electronic Industry Standard SJ/T 11364, go to corelaboratory.abbott/
registration-ous (select Resources > Other Reference Documents > China RoHS Hazardous
Substance Tables).
Related information...
▪ Hazards, page 289
▪ Sample tube technical data, page 116
▪ Spill cleanup, page 301
Hazards
Basic safety
Section 8
298 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
CAR safety
The following hazard information and safety instructions are applicable to CARs. No safety
indications are attached to the CARs.
CAUTION: Rechargeable lithium battery fire and explosion hazards. The CARs contain
lithium-ion batteries. Charging deep-discharged batteries or inappropriately handling
batteries results in a risk of fire and explosion.
• Do not repair or replace CAR batteries.
• Do not store CARs where they could be impacted by mechanical force. Treat the
CARs as fragile to ensure the plastic material contains no openings or cracks. If
the plastic is cracked, dispose of the CAR according to local regulations for lithium
battery disposal.
• Regularly maintain the CARs.
• Do not charge a CAR if it fails to respond to an activation attempt. Failure to
respond indicates a deep-discharged lithium battery.
• Store CARs in a cool, dry environment away from any heat source, such as heaters,
lamps, or direct sunlight.
• Do not store any defective CARs.
• Ensure that any defective CARs are immediately repaired or disposed of in an
appropriate manner.
• Do not dispose of CARs in a fire or heater. Adhere to local regulations for lithium
battery disposal.
Related information...
▪ Hazards, page 289
▪ CAR disposal, page 316
Section 8
Hazards
CAR safety
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
299
Laser safety
The GLP systems Track is a CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT.
CAUTION: Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedure other than
those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
Some modules contain embedded Class 2 laser barcode readers. Refer to the supplemental and
interface manuals for module-specific information about Class 2 lasers.
Although momentary exposure to a Class 2 laser (1 mW maximum power, 650 nm wavelength
with a pulse duration of 91 μs) is not known to be harmful due to the blink reflex, failure to
follow appropriate procedures may result in a hazardous situation.
• Do not look into the aperture.
• Do not stare directly into the beam.
• Do not place any objects into the beam.
• Do not remove any protective covers or beam blocks.
Only an Abbott Laboratories service representative or an authorized service representative
should service the laser. The protective covers should only be removed by an Abbott
Laboratories service representative or an authorized service representative. The barcode reader
is not serviceable and should be replaced only by an Abbott Laboratories service representative
or an authorized service representative.
Figure 45: Manufacturer laser certification label for the Input/Output Module (IOM)
Legend:
1. Manufacturer laser certification label: Located near the ratings label on the IOM. This label contains the
following text:
Complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 except for conformance with IEC 60825-1 Ed. 3., as
described in Laser Notice No. 56, dated May 8, 2019. en This Laser Product conforms to IEC 60825-1
(2014).
Related information...
▪ Hazards, page 289
Hazards
Laser safety
Section 8
300 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Spill cleanup
Clean spills according to established biosafety practices and follow instructions in the Safety
Data Sheets. In general, safe work practices for spill cleanup include the following requirements:
1. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment, such as gloves, a lab coat, and eyewear.
2. Absorb the spill with an absorbent material.
3. Wipe the spill area with a detergent.
4. Wipe the spill area with 0.5% sodium hypochlorite solution. Let the disinfectant remain on
the surface for a minimum of 10 minutes of contact time.
5. Dispose of all absorbent material and wipes according to local, state, and national
regulations.
Related information...
▪ Hazards, page 289
▪ Basic safety, page 296
Section 8
Hazards
Spill cleanup
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
301
Requirements for decontamination
Sodium hypochlorite and other disinfectants are typically hazardous chemicals that react
with many chemicals, materials, and living tissues. To reduce the potential for exposure to
disinfectants, comply with the following general precautions:
• Obtain and review the manufacturer's safety information before using any disinfectant.
• Wear appropriate personal protective equipment (such as gloves, a lab coat, and eyewear)
when performing decontamination activities.
Related information...
▪ Hazards, page 289
Hazards
Requirements for decontamination
Section 8
302 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Input/Output Module safety
Follow all safety information in this manual. The laboratory staff may perform procedures that
are included in this manual. Procedures not included in this manual may only be performed by
an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative. For example, if
sample matter flows below an active or a passive lane element, service intervention is required.
CAUTION: Biological RISKS. This activity or area may expose the operator to potentially
infectious material.
CAUTION: Risk of infection. The operator may be exposed to potentially infectious
materials, such as patient samples, through contact with non-intact skin or mucous
membranes. Wear personal protective equipment while operating the laboratory
automation system.
CAUTION: To prevent operator injury, the module status must be transitioned to Offline
before the module interior is accessed.
CAUTION: Moving parts. The operator may be injured by moving parts inside the
module.
• Do not reach into the module while the module covers are closed.
• Be aware of moving parts while the module covers are open.
• Keep the module covers closed and locked during operation.
CAUTION: Incorrectly loaded samples may constitute a health hazard for patients.
The input area can be configured in different ways, which may increase the risk of
samples being loaded incorrectly. Samples loaded in the wrong area can cause delayed
or incorrect results and can cause highly sensitive analyzers to malfunction. Only allow
trained personnel to operate the laboratory automation system (LAS). Ensure that
samples are loaded into the defined area for the sample type (for example, centrifuged,
uncentrifuged, capped, or uncapped) on the LAS.
CAUTION: Overhead obstruction. Operators may hit their heads on open module
covers.
• Be aware that injury can occur when module covers are opened and closed.
• Protect the head when working on modules with open module covers.
• Frequently observe the functionality of the opening mechanism. Regular inspection
of the covers is necessary during maintenance to ensure proper operation.
CAUTION: Risk of cross contamination. The placement of 16 mm x 100 mm sample
tubes next to each other in FlexRacks can cause robot gripper errors. These errors
can cause cross contamination of sample matter, resulting in delayed or incorrect
results. For any affected samples, the results should be assessed separately by trained
personnel. When loading 16 mm x 100 mm sample tubes into FlexRacks, place the tubes
apart from each other. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative if help is needed to integrate this option into the laboratory
workflow.
Section 8
Hazards
Input/Output Module safety
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
303
CAUTION: Risk of infection due to contamination. The placement of 16 mm x 100 mm
sample tubes next to each other in FlexRacks can cause robot gripper errors. Spilled
sample matter from the sample tubes may cause infections due to contact with non-
intact skin or mucous membranes. Wear personal protective equipment while operating
the LAS. Avoid direct contact with the sample matter. Follow all disinfection instructions
specified by the laboratory for contaminated areas. When loading 16 mm x 100 mm
sample tubes into FlexRacks, place the tubes apart from each other. Contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative if help is needed to
integrate this option into the laboratory workflow.
NOTE: Only use sample tubes that are approved for the LAS.
Related information...
▪ Hazards, page 289
▪ Sample tube technical data, page 116
Hazards
Input/Output Module safety
Section 8
304 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
9. SERVICE, MAINTENANCE, AND
DIAGNOSTICS
Introduction
The appropriate service, maintenance, and diagnostics of the system are some of the most
important aspects of a complete quality assurance program. A thorough service, maintenance,
and diagnostic program:
• Minimizes downtime.
• Maintains records for inspection and accreditation.
• Maintains system performance to provide optimal test results.
NOTE: Only approved customer-replaceable components must be used.
Related information...
▪ Maintenance, page 306
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
305
Maintenance
Some system components may need to be cleaned because of normal use from daily system
operations or because of spills.
IMPORTANT: Incorrect cleaning procedures may cause sample contamination. Inappropriate
cleaning agents may cause damage to the laboratory automation system (LAS). Only allow
trained personnel to clean the LAS. Only use the recommended cleaning agents.
The appropriate maintenance of the LAS is important for optimal performance. The laboratory
has a responsibility to develop and manage LAS maintenance checklists that meet laboratory
needs and requirements.
CAUTION: Risk of infection. The operator may be exposed to potentially infectious
materials, such as patient samples, through contact with non-intact skin or mucous
membranes. Wear personal protective equipment while operating the LAS.
Follow all safety information in this manual. The laboratory staff may perform procedures that
are included in this manual. Procedures not included in this manual may only be performed by
an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service representative. For example, if
sample matter flows below an active or a passive lane element, service intervention is required.
Related information...
▪ Service, maintenance, and diagnostics, page 305
▪ Component replacement, page 306
▪ Track maintenance, page 307
▪ CAR maintenance, page 309
▪ Input/Output Module maintenance, page 316
Component replacement
Some system components may need to be replaced because of normal wear from daily system
operation.
The laboratory has a responsibility to maintain an adequate supply of replacement parts. To
order replacement parts, contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
When replacing components, comply with the following general safety precautions:
• Dispose of replaced components and materials that are used during component
replacement (for example, lint-free cloths) according to local, state, and national
regulations.
• If drips or leaks occur, clean up the liquid and decontaminate according to local, state, and
national regulations.
Related information...
▪ Maintenance, page 306
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
Section 9
306 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Track maintenance
A daily visual inspection of the track is recommended. Sample matter found on the track may
indicate mechanical malfunctions.
Maintenance procedures should be performed only when no samples are present on the track
to prevent contamination of samples.
CAUTION: Risk of deformed lane element. Do not use a dishwasher to clean the lane
elements as it may cause deformities. Only use a laboratory-grade surface disinfectant
or a mild, nongreasing cleaning agent to clean the lane elements.
The following checks are required on the track to maintain optimal system performance.
Table 23: Track maintenance checks
Check Activity Interval
Inspect the cross switch controllers for
dust.
Perform Clean the lane elements
(page 308) if necessary.
Daily
Verify that no foreign objects are
present on the cross switch controllers.
Remove any foreign objects. Daily
Verify that the track hoods are closed
and locked.
Perform Open and close the track hoods
(page 132) to close the track hoods if
necessary.
Daily
Verify that no recaps are present on the
track.
Remove any recaps. Daily
Verify that there are no observed
problems.
Resolve any observed problems as
needed. See Track observed problems
(page 423).
Daily
Inspect the lane elements for dust. Perform Clean the lane elements
(page 308) or Clean the guiding slot
(page 309) if necessary.
Weekly
Related information...
▪ Maintenance, page 306
▪ Weekly maintenance procedure, page 307
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 308
Weekly maintenance procedure
A weekly maintenance procedure is required on the track.
Related information...
▪ Track maintenance, page 307
▪ Clean the track hoods, page 308
Section 9
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
307
Clean the track hoods
Prerequisite Ensure the track hoods are closed and locked.
Required materials
• Antistatic plastic cleaner
• Lint-free cloth
Perform this weekly procedure to clean the track hoods.
1. Dampen a lint-free cloth with an antistatic plastic cleaner.
2. Wipe the entire surface area of the track hoods.
3. Let the track hoods air-dry to allow an antistatic film to form.
Related information...
▪ Weekly maintenance procedure, page 307
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
As-needed maintenance procedures
As-needed maintenance procedures are required on the track.
Related information...
▪ Track maintenance, page 307
▪ Clean the lane elements, page 308
▪ Clean the guiding slot, page 309
Clean the lane elements
Required materials
• Handheld vacuum cleaner (recommended)
• Laboratory-grade surface disinfectant
• Lint-free cloth
Perform this as-needed procedure to clean the lane elements.
1. Open the track hood.
2. Remove dust from the lane elements with the handheld vacuum cleaner.
3. Dampen a lint-free cloth with a surface disinfectant.
4. Carefully wipe the lane elements to remove any remaining dust.
5. Close the track hood.
NOTE: If fluid flows below an active or a passive lane element, contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service representative.
Related information...
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
Section 9
308 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 308
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
Clean the guiding slot
Required materials Extra thin cotton swab or soft brush
Perform this as-needed procedure to clean the guiding slot.
1. Open the track hood.
2. Carefully remove any dust from the guiding slot with an extra thin cotton swab or a soft
brush.
3. Close the track hood.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 308
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
CAR maintenance
A daily visual inspection of the CARs is recommended.
Maintenance procedures should be performed only when the CARs are empty.
CAUTION: Material damage due to incorrect cleaning. Incorrect cleaning may damage
the electronics in the CAR. Regularly clean and maintain the CARs. Only use the
recommended cleaning agents. Keep liquid or moisture from entering the CARs.
The following checks are required on the CARs to maintain optimal system performance.
Table 24: CAR maintenance checks
Check Activity Interval
Verify that there are no observed
problems.
Resolve any observed problems as
needed. See CAR observed problems
(page 425).
Daily
Verify that the guiding pin and front
underseal are not worn.
Perform Replace the front underseal of a
CAR (page 315) if necessary.
Weekly
Verify that the sliders are not worn. Perform Replace the front underseal of a
CAR (page 315) if necessary.
Weekly
Inspect the drive wheel for dust. Perform Clean the drive wheel and the
wheel arch (page 313) if necessary.
Weekly
Inspect the drive wheel for
malfunctions.
Contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service
representative if necessary.
Weekly
Continued on next page...
Section 9
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
309
...Continued from previous page
Check Activity Interval
Verify that the sample holder is not
defective.
Contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service
representative if necessary.
Biweekly
Verify the tension at the sample holder. Contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service
representative if necessary.
Monthly
Verify that the serial number is affixed
to the CAR.
Contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service
representative if necessary.
Monthly
Figure 46: Slider wear on the front underseal of the CAR
Legend:
1. Slider is intact.
2. Slider is still in working condition.
3. Slider is worn and permanent magnet is visible.
4. Guiding pin is intact.
5. Guiding pin is still in working condition.
6. Guiding pin is worn.
Related information...
▪ Maintenance, page 306
▪ Weekly maintenance procedure, page 310
▪ Monthly maintenance procedure, page 311
▪ Quarterly maintenance procedure, page 312
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 312
▪ CAR design and function, page 44
Weekly maintenance procedure
A weekly maintenance procedure is required on the CARs.
Related information...
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
Section 9
310 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
▪ CAR maintenance, page 309
▪ Clean the sensors, page 311
Clean the sensors
Required materials Lint-free brush or cloth
Perform this weekly procedure to clean the collision sensors and drive operation sensor on a
CAR.
1. Open the track hood.
2. Remove the CAR from the track and turn it off.
3. Carefully remove any dust from the three collision sensors with a lint-free brush or cloth.
4. Carefully remove any dust from the drive operation sensor with a lint-free brush or cloth.
5. Turn on the CAR and place it back on the track in front of an active lane element.
6. Close the track hood.
Related information...
▪ Weekly maintenance procedure, page 310
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
Monthly maintenance procedure
A monthly maintenance procedure is required on the CARs.
Related information...
▪ CAR maintenance, page 309
▪ Clean the housing, page 311
Clean the housing
Required materials
• Laboratory-grade surface disinfectant
• Lint-free cloth
Perform this monthly procedure to clean the housing on a CAR.
1. Open the track hood.
2. Remove the CAR from the track and turn it off.
3. Dampen a lint-free cloth with a surface disinfectant.
4. Carefully wipe the housing to remove any dust.
5. Turn on the CAR and place it back on the track in front of an active lane element.
6. Close the track hood.
Related information...
Section 9
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
311
▪ Monthly maintenance procedure, page 311
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
Quarterly maintenance procedure
A quarterly maintenance procedure is required on the CARs.
Related information...
▪ CAR maintenance, page 309
▪ Clean the charging contacts, page 312
Clean the charging contacts
Required materials
• Cotton swabs
• 99% isopropanol
Perform this quarterly procedure to clean the charging contacts on a CAR.
1. Open the track hood.
2. Remove the CAR from the track and turn it off.
3. Wet a cotton swab with 99% isopropanol.
4. Carefully remove any dust from the charging contacts.
5. Turn on the CAR and place it back on the track in front of an active lane element.
6. Close the track hood.
Related information...
▪ Quarterly maintenance procedure, page 312
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
As-needed maintenance procedures
As-needed maintenance procedures are required on the CARs.
Related information...
▪ CAR maintenance, page 309
▪ Clean the sample holder, page 312
▪ Clean the drive wheel and the wheel arch, page 313
▪ CAR replacement, page 313
▪ CAR disposal, page 316
Clean the sample holder
Required materials
• Laboratory-grade surface disinfectant
• Lint-free cloth
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance Section 9
312 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Perform this as-needed procedure to clean the sample holder on a CAR.
1. Open the track hood.
2. Remove the CAR from the track and turn it off.
3. Dampen a lint-free cloth with a surface disinfectant.
4. Carefully wipe the sample holder to remove any dust.
5. Turn on the CAR and place it back on the track in front of an active lane element.
6. Close the track hood.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 312
▪ CAR design and function, page 44
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
Clean the drive wheel and the wheel arch
Required materials
• Laboratory-grade surface disinfectant
• Lint-free cloth
Perform this as-needed procedure to clean the drive wheel and the wheel arch on a CAR.
1. Open the track hood.
2. Remove the CAR from the track and turn it off.
3. Dampen a lint-free cloth with a surface disinfectant.
4. Carefully wipe the drive wheel and the wheel arch to remove any dust.
5. Turn on the CAR and place it back on the track in front of an active lane element.
6. Close the track hood.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 312
▪ CAR design and function, page 44
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
CAR replacement
Defective CARs are located either in the maintenance lane or charge lane or on the track. If a
CAR is no longer functional or if it has a deep-discharged or hot lithium battery, the CAR must be
replaced.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 312
▪ Remove a CAR without a sample, page 314
▪ Remove a CAR with a sample, page 314
Section 9
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
313
▪ Replace the front underseal of a CAR, page 315
Remove a CAR without a sample
Prerequisite
• A defective CAR is in the maintenance lane, in the charge lane, or
on the track.
• A new CAR is available.
Perform this as-needed procedure to remove a CAR that does not carry a sample.
NOTE: Send the defective CAR to an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative for repair and inspection.
1. Open the track hood.
2. Remove the defective CAR from the track.
3. Turn off the defective CAR by using the On/Off switch.
4. Turn on the new CAR by using the On/Off switch.
5. Place the new CAR back on the track in front of an active lane element.
6. Close the track hood.
Related information...
▪ CAR replacement, page 313
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
Remove a CAR with a sample
Prerequisite
• A defective CAR and its sample are on the track.
• A new CAR is available.
Perform this as-needed procedure to remove a CAR that carries a sample.
NOTE: Send the defective CAR to an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative for repair and inspection.
1. Open the track hood.
2. Remove the defective CAR with the sample from the track.
3. Remove the sample from the defective CAR.
4. Turn off the defective CAR by using the On/Off switch.
5. Turn on the new CAR by using the On/Off switch.
6. Place the new CAR back on the track in front of an active lane element.
7. Close the track hood.
8. On the Track Sample Manager (TSM), remove the sample from the database.
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
Section 9
314 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
9. Load the sample into the appropriate input area.
Related information...
▪ CAR replacement, page 313
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
▪ Remove a sample (TSM), page 172
Replace the front underseal of a CAR
Perform this as-needed procedure to replace the front underseal of a CAR.
The front underseal of the CAR requires replacement if the permanent magnet on the bottom
side is visible, the position of the CAR is skewed, or the guiding pin is worn.
1. Open the track hood.
2. Remove the CAR from the track and turn it off.
3. Push the front underseal [1] forward and remove it.
Figure 47: Front underseal
4. Insert the new front underseal [1] and push it back until it engages.
5. Turn on the CAR and place it back on the track in front of an active lane element.
Section 9
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
315
6. Close the track hood.
Related information...
▪ CAR replacement, page 313
▪ Open and close the track hoods, page 132
CAR disposal
The CARs may only be disposed of by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
CAUTION: Risk of environmental damage. Environmental damage may occur due to
incorrect disposal of the CARs. Dispose of the CARs in accordance with local, state, and
national regulations. Do not dispose of the CARs in domestic waste. Follow the disposal
instructions.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 312
▪ CAR safety, page 299
Input/Output Module maintenance
Before maintenance procedures are performed, the module must be transitioned to the
required module status.
Maintenance procedures should be performed only when all samples have completed
processing on the module to prevent contamination of samples.
CAUTION: Overhead obstruction. Operators may hit their heads on open module
covers.
• Be aware that injury can occur when module covers are opened and closed.
• Protect the head when working on modules with open module covers.
• Frequently observe the functionality of the opening mechanism. Regular inspection
of the covers is necessary during maintenance to ensure proper operation.
NOTE:
Do not immerse RackPorts with a radio-frequency identification (RFID) tag in water. Do
not use a dishwasher to clean RackPorts with an RFID tag.
Dust can cause system malfunctions. The following checks are required on the module to
maintain optimal system performance.
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
Section 9
316 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Table 25: Input/Output Module maintenance checks
Check Activity Interval
Inspect the module for dust. Carefully remove any dust as needed.
If necessary, perform the following
procedures:
• Clean the monitor (page 318)
• Clean the sample barcode reader
(page 322)
• Clean the handheld barcode reader
(page 323)
• Clean the AccessPoint (page 322)
• Clean the robot gripper (page 319)
• Clean the RackPorts (page 319)
• Clean the drawers (page 321)
Daily
Verify that there are no observed
problems.
Resolve any observed problems as
needed. See Input/Output Module
observed problems (page 433) and Track
Sample Manager observed problems
(page 430).
Daily
Inspect the AccessPoints for
contamination.
Perform Clean the AccessPoint
(page 322) if necessary.
Daily
Verify that the robot gripper fingers are
not worn, damaged, or dirty.
Perform Clean the robot gripper
(page 319) or Replace the robot gripper
fingers (page 323) if necessary.
Daily
Verify that the FlexRacks are clean and
undamaged.
Perform Clean the FlexRacks (page 320)
or Replace a FlexRack (page 325) if
necessary.
Daily
Verify that no foreign objects are
present on the module.
Remove any foreign objects. Daily
Verify that the module covers are closed
and locked.
Perform Open and close the front and
rear module covers (page 268) to close
the module covers if necessary.
Daily
Verify that the module covers remain in
position when opened.
Contact an Abbott Laboratories
representative or an authorized service
representative if necessary.
Daily
Related information...
▪ Maintenance, page 306
▪ Weekly maintenance procedures, page 317
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 318
Weekly maintenance procedures
Weekly maintenance procedures are required on the Input/Output Module.
Related information...
Section 9
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
317
▪ Input/Output Module maintenance, page 316
▪ Clean the monitor, page 318
▪ Clean the module covers, page 318
Clean the monitor
Prerequisite Ensure the module covers are closed and locked.
Required materials
• Laboratory-grade surface disinfectant
• Lint-free cloth
Required module
status
Off
Perform this weekly procedure to clean the monitor.
1. Dampen a lint-free cloth with a surface disinfectant.
2. Carefully wipe the entire surface area of the monitor to remove any dust.
3. Wait until the monitor is dry to power on the module.
Related information...
▪ Weekly maintenance procedures, page 317
▪ Open and close the front and rear module covers, page 268
Clean the module covers
Prerequisite
Ensure the module covers are closed and locked.
Required materials
• Antistatic plastic cleaner
• Lint-free cloth
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this weekly procedure to clean the module covers.
1. Dampen a lint-free cloth with an antistatic plastic cleaner.
2. Wipe the entire surface area of the module cover.
3. Let the module cover air-dry to allow an antistatic film to form.
Related information...
▪ Weekly maintenance procedures, page 317
▪ Open and close the front and rear module covers, page 268
As-needed maintenance procedures
As-needed maintenance procedures are required on the Input/Output Module.
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
Section 9
318 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module maintenance, page 316
▪ Clean the robot gripper, page 319
▪ Clean the RackPorts, page 319
▪ Clean the FlexRacks, page 320
▪ Clean the drawers, page 321
▪ Clean the AccessPoint, page 322
▪ Clean the sample barcode reader, page 322
▪ Clean the handheld barcode reader, page 323
▪ Replace the robot gripper fingers, page 323
▪ Replace a FlexRack, page 325
Clean the robot gripper
Required materials
• Laboratory-grade surface disinfectant
• Lint-free cloth
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this as-needed procedure to clean the robot gripper.
1. Open the module cover.
2. Dampen a lint-free cloth with a surface disinfectant.
3. Carefully wipe the robot gripper to remove any dust.
4. Close the module cover.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 318
▪ Open and close the front and rear module covers, page 268
Clean the RackPorts
Required materials
• Laboratory-grade surface disinfectant
• Lint-free cloth
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this as-needed procedure to clean the RackPorts.
1. To open the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button
on the touchscreen user interface.
CAUTION:
A minimum clearance between the module and the operator is required
to avoid injury when opening the drawer.
Section 9
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
319
IMPORTANT: Do not pull on the drawer handle to open the drawer. Pulling on the drawer
handle causes an error status for the drawer and does not fully open the drawer.
2. Unload the samples from the FlexRacks.
3. Remove the FlexRacks from the RackPort.
4. Remove the RackPort from the drawer and place it on a flat surface.
NOTE: Each RackPort is configured for its specific drawer. Observe the drawer of each
RackPort to ensure reinstallation in the same drawer.
5. Dampen a lint-free cloth with a surface disinfectant.
6. Carefully wipe the RackPort to remove any dust.
7. Reinstall the RackPort in the drawer.
8. Return the FlexRacks to the RackPort.
9. Reload the samples into the FlexRacks.
10. To close the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button on
the touchscreen user interface.
11. Repeat steps 1 (page 319) through 10 (page 320) for each drawer.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 318
Clean the FlexRacks
Required materials
• Laboratory-grade surface disinfectant
• Lint-free cloth
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this as-needed procedure to clean the FlexRacks.
1. To open the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button
on the touchscreen user interface.
CAUTION: A minimum clearance between the module and the operator is required
to avoid injury when opening the drawer.
IMPORTANT: Do not pull on the drawer handle to open the drawer. Pulling on the drawer
handle causes an error status for the drawer and does not fully open the drawer.
2. Unload the samples from the FlexRacks.
3. Remove the FlexRacks from the RackPort.
4. Dampen a lint-free cloth with a surface disinfectant.
5. Carefully wipe each FlexRack to remove any dust.
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
Section 9
320 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
6. Return the FlexRacks to the RackPort.
7. Reload the samples for the input area into the FlexRacks.
8. To close the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button on
the touchscreen user interface.
9. Repeat steps 1 (page 320) through 8 (page 321) for each drawer.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 318
Clean the drawers
Required materials
• Handheld vacuum cleaner (recommended)
• Laboratory-grade surface disinfectant
• Lint-free cloth
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this as-needed procedure to clean the drawers.
1. To open the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button
on the touchscreen user interface.
CAUTION: A minimum clearance between the module and the operator is required
to avoid injury when opening the drawer.
IMPORTANT: Do not pull on the drawer handle to open the drawer. Pulling on the drawer
handle causes an error status for the drawer and does not fully open the drawer.
2. Unload the samples from the FlexRacks.
3. Remove the RackPort from the drawer and place it on a flat surface.
NOTE: Each RackPort is configured for its specific drawer. Observe the drawer of each
RackPort to ensure reinstallation in the same drawer.
4. Vacuum the drawer.
5. Dampen a lint-free cloth with a surface disinfectant.
6. Carefully wipe the drawer to remove any dust.
7. Reinstall the RackPort in the drawer.
8. Reload the samples for the input area into the FlexRacks.
9. To close the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button on
the touchscreen user interface.
10. Repeat steps 1 (page 321) through 9 (page 321) for each drawer.
Section 9
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
321
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 318
Clean the AccessPoint
Required materials
• Laboratory-grade surface disinfectant
• Lint-free cloth
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this as-needed procedure to clean the AccessPoint on the module.
1. Open the module cover.
2. Dampen a lint-free cloth with a surface disinfectant.
3. Carefully wipe the AccessPoint to remove any dust.
4. Repeat steps 2 (page 322) and 3 (page 322) if the module has more than one AccessPoint.
5. Close the module cover.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 318
▪ Open and close the front and rear module covers, page 268
Clean the sample barcode reader
Required materials
• Gentle, antistatic glass cleaner
• Lint-free cloth
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this as-needed procedure to clean the sample barcode reader at the lower end of the
robot.
1. Open the module cover.
2. Dampen a lint-free cloth with a gentle, antistatic glass cleaner.
3. Carefully wipe the sample barcode reader to remove any dust.
4. Ensure that the orientation of the sample barcode reader is not changed so that no errors
occur when barcodes are read.
5. Close the module cover.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 318
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
Section 9
322 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
▪ Open and close the front and rear module covers, page 268
Clean the handheld barcode reader
Required materials
• One of the following approved cleaners:
– 70% isopropyl alcohol
– 0.5% sodium hypochlorite solution
– 3% hydrogen peroxide solution
• Lint-free cloth
• Lens tissue
• Soft, nonabrasive cloth
Required module
status
Offline
Perform this as-needed procedure to clean the handheld barcode reader.
1. Dampen a lint-free cloth with one of the approved cleaners.
2. Wipe the entire surface area of the handheld barcode reader except the scan window.
IMPORTANT: Do not apply liquid directly to the handheld barcode reader and ensure that
liquid does not pool around any areas.
3. Dampen a lens tissue with one of the approved cleaners.
4. Carefully wipe the surface area of the scan window.
IMPORTANT: Do not spray liquid directly on the scan window.
5. Dry the scan window immediately with a soft, non-abrasive cloth to prevent streaking.
6. Let the handheld barcode reader air-dry before use.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 318
Replace the robot gripper fingers
Prerequisite
Remove all samples from the module to prevent sample
contamination.
Required materials Tx6 Torx screwdriver
Required module
status
Off
Perform this as-needed procedure to replace the robot gripper fingers on the module. Replace
all four robot gripper fingers at the same time.
Section 9
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
323
CAUTION: Overhead obstruction. Operators may hit their heads on open module
covers.
• Be aware that injury can occur when module covers are opened and closed.
• Protect the head when working on modules with open module covers.
• Frequently observe the functionality of the opening mechanism. Regular inspection
of the covers is necessary during maintenance to ensure proper operation.
NOTE: Inspect all four robot gripper fingers and replace any defective robot gripper fingers
and their screws. The robot gripper fingers can only be installed in one position by design. The
procedure for replacing the robot gripper fingers is identical for all four fingers.
1. Open the module cover.
2. Move the robot to an accessible position.
3. Loosen both screws [2] on the robot gripper finger [1] with the Tx6 Torx screwdriver.
Figure 48: Robot gripper fingers and screws
4. Remove the screws [2].
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
Section 9
324 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
5. Remove the robot gripper finger [1] from the bracket.
6. Insert a new robot gripper finger [1] into the bracket so that the robot gripper finger tooth
points inward.
7. Insert new screws [2] into the new robot gripper finger [1].
8. Tighten the screws [2] with the Tx6 Torx screwdriver.
9. Close the module cover.
10. Power on the module.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 318
▪ Open and close the front and rear module covers, page 268
▪ Power on the module, page 263
Replace a FlexRack
Required module
status
Online
Perform this as-needed procedure to replace a FlexRack on the module.
CAUTION: Biological RISKS. This activity or area may expose the operator to potentially
infectious material.
CAUTION: Do not reach into drawers. Injury can occur when accessing the module
interior while the module is powered on. Do not access the drawers while they are
opening or closing. Only load the drawers when they are fully open. The drawer push
button blinks when it is unsafe to access the drawer. Never reach into the module
through the drawers.
1. To open the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button
on the touchscreen user interface.
CAUTION: A minimum clearance between the module and the operator is required
to avoid injury when opening the drawer.
IMPORTANT: Do not pull on the drawer handle to open the drawer. Pulling on the drawer
handle causes an error status for the drawer and does not fully open the drawer.
2. Unload the samples from the damaged FlexRack.
3. Load the samples into a new FlexRack [1].
Section 9
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
325
Figure 49: FlexRack with magnets
4. Remove the damaged FlexRack by pulling it up from the RackPort [3].
5. Insert the new FlexRack [1] on the RackPort [3].
NOTE: Magnets [2] are used to secure the new FlexRack [1] on the RackPort [3].
6. To close the drawer, press the drawer push button or tap the Open/Close drawer button on
the touchscreen user interface.
Related information...
▪ As-needed maintenance procedures, page 318
▪ Load samples into FlexRacks, page 271
▪ Unload samples from FlexRacks, page 273
Service, maintenance, and diagnostics
Maintenance
Section 9
326 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
10. TROUBLESHOOTING
Introduction
Problems with the GLP systems Track are characterized by symptoms. Troubleshooting tools,
references, and suggested techniques help to trace the symptom to one or more root causes.
After determining the root cause, perform the corrective actions to resolve the problem.
Before troubleshooting is performed for system errors, the module status must be Offline.
The laboratory staff may perform procedures that are included in this manual. Procedures not
included in this manual may only be performed by an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
NOTE: Corrective actions may involve hazardous activity. Use caution to minimize operator
exposure and to prevent personal injury or system damage.
CAUTION: Risk of infection. The operator may be exposed to potentially infectious
materials, such as patient samples, through contact with non-intact skin or mucous
membranes. Wear personal protective equipment while operating the laboratory
automation system.
Related information...
▪ Message codes, page 328
▪ Observed problems, page 423
▪ Start the GLP systems Track, page 124
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
327
Message codes
Message codes are displayed on the Track Sample Manager, Track Workflow Manager, and
Input/Output Module user interfaces when errors occur. The TSM software itself does not
generate error codes.
Message codes provide information about conditions or errors of system operation. If a
message code cannot be resolved, contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ Troubleshooting, page 327
▪ Message code screen (IOM), page 328
▪ Message codes (0-9999), page 329
▪ Message codes (10000-19999), page 332
▪ Message codes (20000-29999), page 333
▪ Message codes (30000-39999), page 357
▪ Message codes (70000-79999), page 358
▪ Message codes (80000-89999), page 389
Message code screen (IOM)
The Message code screen (IOM) displays the following screen elements.
Figure 50: Message code screen
Legend:
1. Warning symbol: Indicates that an error has occurred.
Troubleshooting
Message codes
Section 10
328 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
2. Message code: Displays the message code number.
3. Date and time: Displays the date and time that the message code was generated.
4. Information text: Displays the message code description.
5. Next button: Navigates to the Solutions screen.
Related information...
▪ Message codes, page 328
▪ Acknowledge a message code, page 329
Acknowledge a message code
Perform this procedure to acknowledge an error message on the module.
1. On the Message code screen, tap the Next button
.
2. On the Solutions screen, select the appropriate option by tapping it.
3. Tap the Next button to confirm the selection.
Related information...
▪ Message code screen (IOM), page 328
Message codes (0-9999)
This section includes message codes from 0 through 9999.
Related information...
▪ Message codes, page 328
Message code: 100
System error.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Ignore error message.
Message code: 105
Module Controller is out of memory.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
329
Message code: 106
Invalid data structure.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Ignore error message.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
• Switch module to offline status.
Message code: 107
Unknown message type received.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Ignore error message.
• Switch module to offline status.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
Message code: 108
Data protocol version is not matching.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Ignore error message.
• Switch module to offline status.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
Message code: 109
Checksum error.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Ignore error message.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
• Switch module to offline status.
Message code: 800
Number of actuator failures exceeds threshold.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
330 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 9000
No controller signal
No heartbeat signal at track element (0) in segment controller "(1)".
0 = Track element
1 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 9002
Controller offline.
The controller is currently offline.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 9003
Controller identification verification failed.
The controller could not be identified.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 9004
Controller configuration failed.
The controller could not be configured.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
331
Message codes (10000-19999)
This section includes message codes from 10000 through 19999.
Related information...
▪ Message codes, page 328
Message code: 10003
CAR did not leave track element within the allotted time.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Locate the CAR and remove it from the track.
2. Toggle the On/Off switch at the rear of the CAR
and place the CAR back on the track in front of an
active lane element for further processing.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 10050
CAR not charging.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Locate the CAR and remove it from the track.
2. Toggle the On/Off switch at the rear of the CAR
and place the CAR back on the track in front of an
active lane element for further processing.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 15015
AccessPoint might require reconfiguration.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
332 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message codes (20000-29999)
This section includes message codes from 20000 through 29999.
Related information...
▪ Message codes, page 328
Message code: 20151
Invalid robot (0) target position.
0 = Robot type
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
Message code: 20200
AccessPoint connection problem.
Details Solutions
AccessPoint heartbeat lost. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
• Disable component until next restart.
Message code: 20201
AccessPoint does not respond.
Details Solutions
AccessPoint did not confirm release of CAR (0).
0 = CAR ID
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• The CAR (0) is gone or has been removed.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
• Disable component until next restart.
Message code: 20203
AccessPoint hardware failure.
Details Solutions
The AccessPoint has reported a hardware problem. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
• Disable component until next restart.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
333
Message code: 20204
The AccessPoint restarted unexpectedly.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Please check if module operation is safe and
confirm.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
• Disable component until next restart.
Message code: 20205
AccessPoint initialization timeout.
Details Solutions
The AccessPoint did not complete initialization in the
expected time.
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
• Disable component until next restart.
Message code: 20206
RFID read problems.
Details Solutions
The AccessPoint reported RFID read problems. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
• Disable component until next restart.
Message code: 20207
CARs could not be caught.
Details Solutions
The AccessPoint was not able to catch some CARs.
Check the catch position.
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
• Disable component until next restart.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
334 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 20209
AccessPoint catch position too tight.
Details Solutions
The AccessPoint reports that the catch position is too
tight. Please adjust it.
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
• Continue operation and ignore the error until the
next restart.
• Disable component until next restart.
Message code: 20210
The AccessPoint lost too many CARs.
Details Solutions
Check the AccessPoint settings or replace the
AccessPoint.
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Disable component until next restart.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
Message code: 20211
AccessPoint did not respond.
Details Solutions
The AccessPoint did not respond to a CAR ID request. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
• Disable component until next restart.
Message code: 20300
CAR lost during sample transport.
Details Solutions
The CAR used for sample transport left unexpectedly
from AccessPoint. CAR with ID: (0).
0 = CAR ID
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• As necessary, remove tube from the gripper.
Please confirm that the tube is removed by
pressing the gripper release button.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
335
Message code: 20900
Area configuration error.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Ignore error message.
Message code: 20901
Teach positions not valid.
Details Solutions
Robot (0).
0 = Robot type
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Check the teach-in positions.
Message code: 20903
Area configuration invalidated due to RackPort change.
Details Solutions
New RackPort ID: (0).
0 = RackPort ID
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Keep Areas.
• Delete the Areas of the affected Component.
• Ignore error message.
Message code: 20904
RackPort type configuration does not match RackPort type used.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Ignore error message.
Message code: 20905
RackPort type undefined. No RackPort type programmed in RFID.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Show dialog to select RackPortType for
Component.
• Ignore error message.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
336 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 20906
Invalid grip position specified.
Details Solutions
Lowest possible gripHeight for this module is (0).
Chosen gripHeight is (1) and gripHeightHigh is (2).
0 = Lowest possible grip height
1 = Selected grip height
2 = High grip height
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Ignore error message.
Lowest possible gripHeight for this module is (0).
Chosen gripHeight is (1).
0 = Lowest possible grip height
1 = Selected grip height
Message code: 20911
Unexpected position detected.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Check the orientation of the robot axes.
Message code: 20912
Wrong firmware detected for a component.
Details Solutions
FW version (0) is detected. FW version (1) is needed.
0 = Current FW version
1 = Supported FW version
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Component was updated. Please reinitialize.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
Message code: 21000
Robot initialization error.
Details Solutions
Axis: (0).
0 = Robot axis
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
337
Message code: 21001
Robot invalid parameter detected.
Details Solutions
Parameter: (1).
1 = Parameter name
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Ignore error message.
Message code: 21002
Robot invalid position detected.
Details Solutions
Axis: (0).
0 = Robot axis
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Remove error status flag from Robot.
Message code: 21003
Invalid robot PICCOLA controller CAN ID.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Change robot status to defect.
Message code: 21004
Robot crash detected.
Details Solutions
Axis: (0).
0 = Robot axis
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Change robot status to defect.
Message code: 21005
Robot hardware error.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Remove error status flag from Robot.
Message code: 21006
Robot is unresponsive.
Details Solutions
Axis: (0).
0 = Robot axis
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
338 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 21008
Missing sensor signal at robot.
Details Solutions
Axis: (0).
0 = Robot axis
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
Message code: 21011
No sample is detected at the gripper.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize component. Confirm remaining
sample(s) at position has been removed.
• Confirm remaining sample(s) at position has been
removed.
Message code: 21012
Sample is detected at the gripper.
Details Solutions
Please also check the surrounding processing area to
ensure no potential contamination.
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• The tube was removed from gripper by pressing
the grippers release button.
Message code: 21013
Unknown robot command.
Details Solutions
Command: (1).
1 = Robot command
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Change robot status to defect.
Message code: 21014
Robot PICCOLA communication error.
Details Solutions
Program: (1).
1 = Program version
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
339
Message code: 21016
Invalid firmware version for PICCOLA controller.
Details Solutions
Firmware: (1).
1 = Firmware version
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Change robot status to defect.
Message code: 21017
Invalid PICCOLA chipset.
Details Solutions
Chipset: (1).
1 = Chipset number
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Change robot status to defect.
Message code: 21019
Robot end position not detected.
Details Solutions
Axis: (0).
0 = Robot axis
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
Message code: 21021
The robot has reported the loss of a sample.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• As necessary, remove tube from the gripper.
Please confirm that the tube is removed by
pressing the gripper release button.
Message code: 21022
No cap found. Please check gripper for contamination.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• As necessary, remove tube from the gripper.
Please confirm that the tube is removed by
pressing the gripper release button.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
340 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 21023
Robot axis length out of tolerance.
Details Solutions
Check the axis length and belt tension. Axis: (0).
0 = Robot axis
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Change robot status to defect.
Message code: 21034
Robot temperature out of range.
Details Solutions
Temperature: (1).
1 = Temperature value
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Change robot status to defect.
Message code: 21036
Robot power error.
Details Solutions
Status: (1).
1 = Robot status
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Change robot status to defect.
Message code: 21050
Unknown error (1).
1 = Error code
Details Solutions
Axis: (0).
0 = Robot axis
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
Message code: 21060
Barcode reading error.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Remove error status flag from Robot.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
341
Message code: 23000
Requested dialog file for ID (0) could not be found.
0 = Dialog ID number
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
Message code: 23001
No dialog options found.
Details Solutions
Could not find dialog options for dialog (1).
1 = Dialog ID number
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
Message code: 23002
Unknown dialog type for dialog ID (0) received by the display.
0 = Dialog ID number
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
Message code: 23003
Invalid dialog ID (0) received by the display.
0 = Dialog ID number
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
Message code: 23004
Unknown display dialog error for dialog ID (0) occurred.
0 = Dialog ID number
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Error cannot be repaired. Stop module and call
service.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
342 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 23100
Could not send removal message for drawer (0), area (1) to TSM.
0 = Drawer number
1 = Area number
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Ignore error message.
Message code: 25000
Error during initialization of drawer (0).
0 = Drawer number
Details Solutions
Originated from error (1).
1 = Drawer hardware error code
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Disable the component.
Message code: 25002
Hardware error with drawer (0).
0 = Drawer number
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Disable the component.
Message code: 25003
Drawer (0) jammed.
0 = Drawer number
Details Solutions
Drawer status (1) at position (2).
1 = Drawer status
2 = Drawer position
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Disable the component.
• Ignore error message.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
343
Message code: 25010
Execution of drawer command failed.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Use Drawer in manual mode.
• Disable the component.
Message code: 25014
Timeout error for drawer (0).
0 = Drawer number
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Use Drawer in manual mode.
• Disable the component.
Message code: 25015
Drawer (0) initialization timeout.
0 = Drawer number
Details Solutions
Drawer status (1) at position (2).
1 = Drawer status
2 = Drawer position
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
• Use Drawer in manual mode.
• Disable the component.
Message code: 25016
Drawer (0) home sensor error.
0 = Drawer number
Details Solutions
Drawer status (1) at position (2).
1 = Drawer status
2 = Drawer position
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Disable the component.
• Ignore error message.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
344 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 25017
Drawer (0) motor encoder error.
0 = Drawer number
Details Solutions
Drawer status (1) at position (2).
1 = Drawer status
2 = Drawer position
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Use Drawer in manual mode.
• Disable the component.
• Ignore error message.
Message code: 25018
Drawer (0) full. Available position not found.
0 = Drawer number
Details Solutions
Drawer status (1) at position (2).
1 = Drawer status
2 = Drawer position
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Use Drawer in manual mode.
• Disable the component.
• Ignore error message.
Message code: 25019
Drawer (0) motor current error.
0 = Drawer number
Details Solutions
Drawer status (1) at position (2).
1 = Drawer status
2 = Drawer position
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Use Drawer in manual mode.
• Disable the component.
• Ignore error message.
Message code: 25028
Drawer (0) incorrect motor wiring.
0 = Drawer number
Details Solutions
Drawer status (1) at position (2).
1 = Drawer status
2 = Drawer position
Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Use Drawer in manual mode.
• Disable the component.
• Ignore error message.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
345
Message code: 25032
RackPort type of drawer (0) invalid.
0 = Drawer number
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Drawer has no RackPort, use without Rackport.
• Show dialog to select RackPort Type for
Component.
Message code: 25104
Drawer RFID reader error.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
Message code: 25105
Drawer RFID tag error.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Reset and initialize the component again.
Message code: 25106
Light barrier dark value too high.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Disable the component.
Message code: 25107
Light barrier bright value too low.
Details Solutions
Not applicable. Please select one of the offered solutions below.
• Disable the component.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
346 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 28100
CAR without sample
Sample (1) (barcode "(2)") expected on CAR (0) but not found.
0 = CAR
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Search for the sample and locate the last known
position to recover the sample.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 28101
Sample number unknown
Module does not recognize sample (0) (barcode "(1)"). "(1)"
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 28102
Sample not at expected position
Sample (0) (barcode "(1)") expected in rack "(2)" at position (3) but not found.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
2 = Rack
3 = Position
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
347
Message code: 28104
Barcode validation failed
Sample entry: Barcode verification failed for sample (0) (barcode "(1)") at module "(3)". Barcode read:
"(2)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
2 = Sample barcode
3 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Verify that the placement of the sample bar code
is correct and meets requirements.
2. Ensure that the bar code reader is functioning.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 28105
Barcode validation failed
Sample exit: Barcode verification failed for sample (0) (barcode "(1)") at module "(3)". Barcode read:
"(2)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
2 = Sample barcode
3 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Verify that the placement of the sample bar code
is correct and meets requirements.
2. Ensure that the bar code reader is functioning.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 28108
Unknown sample in module
Unknown sample with barcode "(0)" in module.
0 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
348 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 28109
Sample destroyed by mistake
Sample with barcode "(2)" found at the position of sample (0) (barcode "(1)"). Sample disposed of to
area (3).
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
2 = Sample barcode
3 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 28110
Sample removed from module
Module (2) failed to pick up sample (0) (barcode "(1)"). Sample was removed manually from module.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
2 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 28111
Different sample inventory detected
Sample inventory of module "(0)" and TSM different.
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 28112
Decapping failed
Decapper "(0)" reported error for sample (1) (barcode "(2)").
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
349
Message code: 28113
Centrifugation failed
Centrifuge "(0)" reported error for sample (1) (barcode "(2)").
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 28114
Analysis failed
Analyzer error (0): Analyzer (1) reported error for sample (2) (barcode "(3)").
0 = Error code
1 = Controller name
2 = TSM sample number
3 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Verify that the sample is present.
2. Ensure that the module is functioning.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 28116
Aliquoting failed
Failed to create aliquot (2) from primary sample (1) on CAR (0). Error code: (3).
0 = CAR
1 = TSM sample number
2 = TSM sample number
3 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Verify that the sample is present.
2. Ensure that the module is functioning.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
350 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 28117
Aliquoting failed
Failed to aliquot primary sample (1) on CAR (0). Error code: (2).
0 = CAR
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Verify that the sample is present.
2. Ensure that the module is functioning.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 28118
Aliquot labeling failed
Failed to create label for aliquot (2) from parent sample (1) on CAR (0).
0 = CAR
1 = TSM sample number
2 = TSM sample number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Verify that the sample is present.
2. Ensure that the Aliquot Module and printer are
functioning.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 28119
Aliquot tube type not supported
Failed to create aliquot from parent sample (1) on CAR (0). Reason: Tube type (2) not supported.
0 = CAR
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Tube type
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
351
Message code: 28120
Consumable supply low
Insufficient consumable supply (0).
0 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Observe the inventory of required consumables
for modules.
2. Refill the consumables if necessary.
Message code: 28122
Recapping failed
Recapper "(0)" reported error for sample (1) (barcode "(2)").
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 28124
Decapping failed
Remover "(0)" reported error for sample (1) (barcode "(2)").
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 28126
Label layout for aliquot not loaded
Label layout (2) not loaded for aliquot of parent sample (1) on CAR (0).
0 = CAR
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Aliquot label layout
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
352 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 28127
Unknown sample in module
Module "(1)" does not recognize sample "(0)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
353
Message code: 28128
Questionable Analysis Result
Analyzer (1) reported suspicious analysis result for sample (2) ("(3)"). Scanned barcode "(0)". Please
check.
0 = Sample barcode
1 = Controller name
2 = TSM sample number
3 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
• The AccessPoint released the CAR unexpectedly.
• The sample identified at the AccessPoint during
aspiration did not match the sample identified
before aspiration.
• Identification failure occurred for the CAR ID and
sample ID.
• The AccessPoint reset unexpectedly.
• Power loss occurred at the AccessPoint.
1. Locate the sample ID at the AccessPoint.
2. Compare the sample ID at the AccessPoint with
the sample bar code in the message text (see
variable 3).
3. If the sample ID at the AccessPoint is the same as
the sample bar code in the message text, follow
the recovery steps for module error 22600 on the
module touchscreen user interface.
4. If the sample ID at the AccessPoint is not the
same as the sample bar code in the message
text, perform the following steps for the sample
with the sample bar code in the message text to
prevent erroneous results from being reported:
a. On the Alinity ci-series where the error
occurred, delete all the results for the
sample by following the steps on the module
touchscreen user interface.
b. On the middleware and host laboratory
information system (LIS), perform the steps
needed to prevent the release of results for
the sample.
NOTE: Contact the middleware and host LIS
vendor for more information. Follow the
laboratory guidelines if any results were
released for the sample.
c. Rerun all the tests ordered for the sample on
the middleware and host LIS.
d. Reload the sample.
Troubleshooting
Message codes
Section 10
354 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 28129
Barcode validation failed during disposal
Sample disposal: Barcode verification failed for sample (0) (barcode "(1)") at module "(3)". Barcode read:
"(2)". Sample remains in "(4)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
2 = Sample barcode
3 = Controller name
4 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
355
Message code: 28130
Potential cross-contamination of sample
Potential cross-contamination of sample (0) with barcode "(1)" at "(3)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
3 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
• The AccessPoint released the CAR unexpectedly.
• The sample identified at the AccessPoint during
aspiration did not match the sample identified
before aspiration.
• Identification failure occurred for the CAR ID and
sample ID.
• The AccessPoint reset unexpectedly.
• Power loss occurred at the AccessPoint.
NOTE: The Alinity i processing module has no potential
for cross-contamination because the module washes
the probe between sample aspirations. Perform the
following steps only for the Alinity c processing
module:
1. Locate the sample IDs of the samples that are
present at the local queue of the specified
AccessPoint.
2. If sample (1) is present at the local queue but is
not at the aspiration point, follow the recovery
steps for module error 22600 on the module
touchscreen user interface.
3. If sample (1) is not present at the aspiration point
or is not present at the local queue, perform the
following steps to prevent erroneous results from
being reported:
a. Cancel the current orders on the host
laboratory information system for the
specified sample ID.
b. Do not release any complete or partial
results that were generated for the sample
after the error occurred. Follow the
laboratory guidelines if any results were
released for the potentially contaminated
sample.
c. Follow the recovery steps on the module
touchscreen user interface to release the
sample to an error output area.
d. Dispose of the sample in accordance with
local, state, and national regulations.
Troubleshooting
Message codes
Section 10
356 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 28131
Duplicate sample number detected
Sample (1) already at module "(2)". Barcode: "(0)".
0 = Sample barcode
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 28132
Incompatible grip heights
Sample (1) / (0) could not be taken from CAR due to invalid grip height.
0 = Sample barcode
1 = TSM sample number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 28133
Incompatible sample properties.
Sample (1)/(0) cannot be processed at "(2)" due to incompatible sample properties.
0 = Sample barcode
1= TSM sample number
2 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message codes (30000-39999)
This section includes message codes from 30000 through 39999.
Related information...
▪ Message codes, page 328
▪ Track Sample Manager observed problems, page 430
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
357
Message code: 30001
Tube-type recognition failed
TAC "(1)" failed to determine the tube type of sample (2) (barcode "(3)"). Mismatch of (0)%.
0 = Number
1 = Controller name
2 = TSM sample number
3 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 30002
Failed to save tube image
TAC LEARN at "(0)" failed for sample (1) (barcode "(2)").
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message codes (70000-79999)
This section includes message codes from 70000 through 79999.
Related information...
▪ Message codes, page 328
Message code: 70000
All other errors
Never sent as message. Instead, it is just used to configure the general error area.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
358 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70001
No barcode
Module "(0)" reported a sample without a barcode. Default barcode "(2)" assigned to sample (1). "(2)"
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Verify that the position of the sample bar code is
correct.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 70002
No general error area
General error area has not been defined.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70003
Unknown controller
Unknown controller connected. ID: (0), connected as (1).
0 = Controller ID
1 = Controller ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70004
Invalid controller product code
Controller (0) connected as (1) reported invalid product code. Expected: (2); reported: (3).
0 = Controller ID
1 = TCP/IP port of segment or module controller
2 = Product code
3 = Product code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
359
Message code: 70005
Invalid element product code
Controller (0) reported invalid product codes. Tuple (element ID, expected product code, reported
product code): (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Element ID, expected product code, reported product code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70006
Unknown elements
Controller "(0)" reported unknown elements. Tuples (element ID and product code): (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Element ID, expected product code, reported product code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70007
Elements not found
Missing elements in init. message of controller "(0)": (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Element ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70008
Controller connected
Controller "(0)" connected.
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 70009
Routing Engine connected
Routing Engine connected.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
360 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70010
Maximum archive fill level reached
Area "(0)" reached maximum fill level of (1)%.
0 = Area
1 = Number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70011
Waste bin full
At least one module controller's "(0)" waste bin is full: (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Waste area: number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Empty the waste bin at the appropriate module.
Message code: 70012
Last waste bin almost full
Last waste bin (0) in module controller "(1)" has reached critical fill level: (2)%
0 = Waste bin
1 = Controller name
2 = Number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70013
All waste bins full
All waste bins in module "(0)" full.
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
361
Message code: 70015
Mandatory error area removed
Following mandatory error areas of module controller "(0)" are removed: (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70016
Optional error area removed
Following optional error areas of module controller "(0)" are removed: (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Area type
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70017
Unknown error code
Error not processed. Reason: Error code (0) unknown. (1) argument(s): (2)
0 = Error code
1 = Number
2 = Arguments
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70018
Unexpected CAR loading
CAR (0) load change detected. Unloaded at (1), loaded at (2).
0 = CAR
1 = Track element
2 = Track element
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
362 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70019
Unexpected CAR unloading
CAR (0) load change detected: Loaded at: (1), unloaded at (2).
0 = CAR
1 = Track element
2 = Track element
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70021
Area type not supported
Module "(0)" reported invalid area types: (1). Alternative: Assignment area type / AccessPoint type
invalid.
0 = Controller name
1 = Area name, area type
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70022
Area type cannot be changed
Area types of module "(0)" cannot be changed. Reason: Areas not empty. Tuples (area name, old area
type and new area type): (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Area, old area type and new area type
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70023
Controller initialization error
Initialization of controller "(0)" has failed with the following errors: (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Reinitialize the module.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
363
Message code: 70026
Invalid barcode length
Reported barcode length "(0)" is outside of valid interval [(1), (2)].
0 = Sample barcode
1 = Minimum barcode length
2 = Maximum barcode length
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Verify that the sample bar code meets
requirements.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 70029
Samples cannot reach error area
Failed to target error area "(1)" for (0) samples with error code (2). Timeout of (3) minutes exceeded. If
no samples are on the track, search the target area and remove the samples in the TSM.
0 = Number
1 = Area
2 = Error code
3 = Number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The error area at the module is empty.
If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
Message code: 70031
Message parsing error
Failed to parse a message from controller "(0)"; see log for more details.
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
364 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70032
Areas added
Areas (1) added to module "(0)".
0 = Controller name
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 70033
Areas removed
Areas (1) removed from module "(0)".
0 = Controller name
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 70034
Controller ID changing not supported
Controller "(0)" reported ID change to (1) within the same connection. This is not yet supported.
0 = Controller name
1 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Restart the module.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 70035
Area type cannot be changed
The area type of module "(0)" cannot be changed. Reason: The following modules are still connected: (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Controller ID, controller name, status
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
365
Message code: 70036
Area cannot be removed
Areas (1) of module "(0)" cannot be removed. Reason: Areas still contain samples.
0 = Controller name
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70037
Too many loaded state errors
CAR (0) has reported the wrong loading state (1) time(s) within (2) hour(s).
0 = CAR
1 = Number
2 = Number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Locate the CAR and remove it from the track for
maintenance.
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Message code: 70038
Unexpected CAR on maintenance lane
A switch has misrouted CAR (0) to the maintenance lane.
0 = CAR
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Remove the CAR from the maintenance lane and
place it back on the track in front of an active lane
element for further processing.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
366 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70039
CAR requires maintenance
CAR (0) requires maintenance and is being routed to maintenance lane (1).
0 = CAR
1 = Maintenance point ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Remove the CAR from the maintenance lane.
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Message code: 70040
Failed to send RE message
Failed to send message to RE. Reason: (0)
0 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70041
Failed to resolve RE host
IP address for RE hostname "(0)" could not be resolved.
0 = RE host name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70042
Controller renamed
Controller "(0)" (name "(1)") renamed to (2).
0 = Controller ID
1 = Controller name
2 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
367
Message code: 70043
Area full
Area "(0)" in module "(1)" is full.
0 = Area
1 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The output area or error area at the module is empty.
Message code: 70044
Error area zero capacity
Error area "(0)" in module "(1)" at zero capacity.
0 = Area
1 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70045
Area fill-level threshold reached
Area "(0)" in module "(1)" has reached the fill-level threshold (2).
0 = Area
1 = Controller name
2 = Number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An area at the module is empty.
Message code: 70046
Correct BUFFER area name.
Module controller "(0)" has reported the invalid BUFFER name "(1)". Expected BUFFER area name is
BUFFER.
0 = Controller name
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
368 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70047
Unexpected CAR unloading
CAR (0) load detected: Loaded at (1), unloaded at (2).
0 = CAR
1 = AccessPoint ID
2 = AccessPoint ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70048
CAR loaded twice
Sample (0) has been loaded on CAR (1), which has supposedly already been loaded with sample (2).
0 = TSM sample number
1 = CAR
2 = TSM sample number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70050
Error areas cannot be found
The following error areas cannot be found in any module, but have been configured as the destination
for samples in the TSM: (0)
0 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70051
Error areas inactive
The following error areas are inactive, but have been configured as the destination for samples in the
TSM: (0)
0 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Ensure that the module sample drawer is closed.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
369
Message code: 70052
Modules with error areas offline
All modules with error area(s) (0) offline.
0 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Ensure that the module is online.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 70053
Error areas have no capacity
No capacity available for error areas (0).
0 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70054
Unexpected status change
Controller (0) reported status change from status (1) to status (2).
0 = Controller name
1 = Status
2 = Status
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 70062
No secondary node IDs
Module controller "(0)" did not report secondary node IDs for the following areas: (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
370 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70063
Invalid secondary node IDs
Module controller "(0)" reported invalid secondary node IDs for the following areas: (1).
0 = Controller name
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70070
Sample potentially decapped
Missing processing response for sample (0) (barcode "(1)") at Decapper "(2)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
2 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70072
Instruction timed out
Target step canceled for calibration sample (1) (barcode "(2)") at module "(3)". Reason: Missing
response for more than (0) minutes. Target steps for calibration samples are not reattempted.
0 = Number
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
3 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70073
Target area unavailable
The destination for calibration sample (0) (barcode "(1)") could not be reached. Calibration samples
cannot be buffered.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
371
Message code: 70074
Invalid RE error code
TSM cannot process the error from the Routing Engine due to an invalid error code. Invalid error code of
(0). (1) argument(s): (2)
0 = Error code
1 = Number
2 = Arguments
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70075
Invalid track error code
Controller "(3)" reported an invalid error code (0) with (1) arguments: (2)
0 = Error code
1 = Number
2 = Arguments
3 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70076
Invalid track element product code
Invalid product code of track element (0) in segment "(3)". Expected: (1); reported: (2)
0 = Track element
1 = Product code
2 = Product code
3 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
372 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70077
Consumables low
Consumables level (0) in module controller "(1)" has reached a critical fill level: (2)%
0 = Area
1 = Controller name
2 = Number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Observe the inventory of required consumables
for modules.
2. Refill the consumables if necessary.
Message code: 70078
Consumables empty
Consumables (0) in module controller "(1)" are empty.
0 = Consumable name
1 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Refill the required consumables for modules.
Message code: 70079
Aliquot CAR started unexpectedly
CAR with aliquot sample (0) (barcode "(1)") started unexpectedly at Aliquot Module "(2)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
2 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70080
Incompatible area requirements
Area "(1)" cannot be created for module "(0)". Reason: Area exists at another module with different
sample requirements.
0 = Controller name
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
373
Message code: 70082
TAC classification data not found
Missing classification data for recognizing tube type (0) at TAC (1).
0 = Tube type
1 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70083
TAC area not found
Sample (0) (barcode "(1)") entered at input (2) cannot be routed to a TAC, because there no active TAC
area.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample barcode
2 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70084
Tube type not active
Tube type (0) of sample (1) (barcode "(2)" from (3)) not active.
0 = Tube type
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
3 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70085
No TAC response
Tube recognition response from TAC (0) not found for sample (1) (barcode "(2)").
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
374 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70086
Area type cannot be changed
Area types of module "(0)" cannot be changed: Areas are still configured as target for error codes.
Tuples (area name, old area type and new area type): (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Area, old area type and new area type
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70087
Target area type changed
The type of current or future target area "(0)" of sample (1) (barcode "(2)") changed at module "(3)".
0 = Area
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
3 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70088
Areas not found
Module "(0)" does not report the following mandatory areas: (1).
0 = Controller name
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70089
Invalid area type
Module "(0)" reported invalid area types. Tuples (area, expected type, reported type): (1).
0 = Controller name
1 = Area, expected type, reported type
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
375
Message code: 70090
No Aliquot tube types
Aliquot Module "(0)" is set to inactive. Reason: Missing tube type mapping of SCREW and PUSH to active
tube types.
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70091
Incorrect area diameter ranges
Module "(0)" reported invalid diameter ranges for an area. They must be descending and non-
overlapping. The module reported the following ranges: (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Area and ranges
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70092
Sample may have incorrect cap
Missing result message from Recapper "(0)" for sample (1) (barcode "(2)").
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70093
No cap removal result
Missing result message from cap remover "(0)" for (1) (barcode "(2)").
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
376 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70096
Sample warning message not supported
Analysis for sample (1) (barcode "(2)") contains warning code (0), but the RE could not be informed,
because it does not yet support sample warning messages.
0 = Error code
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Informational message.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 70097
Unknown sample warning
The analysis for sample (1) (barcode "(2)") contains the invalid warning code (0).
0 = Error code
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Informational message.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 70098
Data recovery failed
Data recovery failed: Invalid message content or message processing failed. Technical details: (0)
0 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70099
Data recovery failed
Data recovery failed: Module reported an invalid total sample number.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
377
Message code: 70100
Failed to process sample processing result
Failed to evaluate a processing result from "(0)" for sample (1) (barcode "(2)"). Possible reasons: Results
message received too late or did not contain required information.
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70101
Target areas with different disciplines
Module "(0)" does not belong to the same discipline as the other modules of the following areas: (1). For
output, archive, centrifuge and analyzer areas, all modules of that area must be assigned to the same
discipline.
0 = Controller name
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70102
Invalid cap status
Area (0) at module (1) cannot be approached. Reason: Cap status (2) not supported. Supported: (3)
0 = Area
1 = Controller name
2 = Cap status
3 = Cap status
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Locate the sample and observe the cap status.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
378 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70103
No tube type
Target (0) cannot be approached. Reason: Sample tube type is unknown. It is required at module (1).
0 = Area
1 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70104
No bottle type
Target (0) cannot be approached. Reason: No bottle type defined for module (1). Bottle type for the
combination tube type (2) and product code (3) not found.
0 = Area
1 = Controller name
2 = Tube type
3 = Product code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70105
No Aliquot tube type
Aliquot #(0) cannot be created. Reason: Tube type not found.
0 = Aliquot number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70106
Failed to determine sample weight
A sample cannot be centrifuged because there are no weighing points and the tube type (0) has no
specified default weight.
0 = Tube type
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
379
Message code: 70107
Tube type not supported by Aliquot
No Aliquot Module provides required supply area for requested aliquot tube type: (0)
0 = Tube type
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70108
Tube diameter not supported
Target step (1) for sample (0) is executable. Reason: No module supports the tube diameter.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70109
Invalid discipline
Failed to assign discipline "(0)" for sample (1) (barcode "(2)"). Reason: Discipline not defined.
0 = Discipline
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70110
No screw tube type
ScrewCapper module "(0)" / "(1)" is set to inactive. Reason: No ScrewCapper tube type is configured.
0 = Controller name
1 = Controller ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
380 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70111
Unsuitable tube type
Sample (1) (barcode "(2)") has an unsuitable tube type "(0)". A screw tube type is required.
0 = Tube type
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70112
Sample processing time exceeded
The maximum processing time of sample (1) was exceeded, the last known position was (0).
0 = Carrier ID or Controller ID
1 = TSM sample number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Locate the sample and place it back on the track
for further processing.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 70113
Aliquot data not found for target step to Aliquot.
Target step "(0)" to area "(1)" failed; Aliquot data not found.
0 = Processing order
1 = Area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
381
Message code: 70114
CAR not started as instructed
No translation required
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Locate the CAR and remove it from the track.
2. Toggle the On/Off switch at the rear of the CAR
and place the CAR back on the track in front of an
active lane element for further processing.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 70115
No CAR message
No translation required
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70116
No/invalid CAR weight message
No translation required
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70117
CAR at unexpected position
No translation required
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Locate the CAR and remove it from the track.
2. Toggle the On/Off switch at the rear of the CAR
and place the CAR back on the track in front of an
active lane element for further processing.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
382 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70118
CAR not stopped as instructed
No translation required
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70119
CAR not deviated as instructed
No translation required
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70120
Tube type not supported
Tube type "(0)" of sample (2) (barcode "(3)") not supported at module "(1)".
0 = Tube type
1 = Controller name
2 = TSM sample number
3 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70121
CAR not deviated as offered
No translation required
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
383
Message code: 70122
CAR sent to maintenance
User requests CAR (0) to maintenance lane (1).
0 = CAR
1 = Track element
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Locate the CAR and remove it from the track.
2. Toggle the On/Off switch at the rear of the CAR
and place the CAR back on the track in front of an
active lane element for further processing.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 70123
CAR not charging
No translation required
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Locate the CAR and remove it from the track.
2. Toggle the On/Off switch at the rear of the CAR
and place the CAR back on the track in front of an
active lane element for further processing.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 70124
CAR took too long reaching next sensor
No translation required
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 70125
CAR too fast at next sensor
No translation required
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
384 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 70126
Sample marked as removed
User "(0)" marked sample as removed.
0 = User
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 70127
Generic properties invalid.
Generic properties of controller (0) are missing or invalid: (1)
0 = Module controller
1 = Module generic property
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 71000
Tests passed
All checks for uploaded track passed successfully.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71001
Invalid track layout file
Uploaded file is not a valid track layout file or it contains invalid entries / values. Technical details: (0)
0 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71002
TSM operation mode unsuitable
Operation mode "Disconnected" required for track layout changes.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
385
Message code: 71003
Track name changed
Layout name changed from "(0)" to "(1)".
0 = Track layout name
1 = Track layout name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71004
Ambiguous controller IDs
The following controller identifiers are not unique: (0)
0 = Controller IDs
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71005
Ambiguous track element IDs
Track element IDs (1) in segment "(0)" are not unique.
0 = Track elements
1 = Controller ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71006
Module removed
Module "(0)" removed.
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71007
Non-empty module removed
Module "(0)" removed. Module still contains samples.
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
386 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 71008
Sensor not close enough
Sensors in front of track element (0) in segment "(1)" not close enough. Track element will not be able to
process all instructions properly.
0 = Track element
1 = Controller ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71009
Version downgrade
Version downgrade from (0) to (1).
0 = Track version
1 = Track version
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71010
Segment controller removed
Segment "(0)" removed.
0 = Controller ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71011
Unknown product codes
Product codes not supported: (0).
0 = Product code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71012
Unavoidable waiting queues
Missing switches in segment (0) before waiting queues: (1).
0 = Controller ID
1 = Node IDs
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
387
Message code: 71013
Maintenance lane not found
Track must contain at least one maintenance lane.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71014
Charge lane not found
Track must contain at least one charging lane.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71015
TSM license issue
No TSM license installed. Only "Test" operation mode is allowed.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71016
TSM license issue
License supports (0) of (1) track segments only. Only "Test" operation mode is allowed.
0 = Number
1 = Number
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71017
Module changed
Product code change for module "(0)".
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
388 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 71018
Non-empty module change
Product code change for module "(0)". Module still contains samples.
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71019
Value for field is too large
The number of characters for field '(0)' is too large. Current number: (1), Maximum numbers allowed: (2)
0 = Field
1 = Current field length
2 = Maximum field length
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message code: 71020
Temperature unit mismatch for archive.
Temperature unit mismatch for archive '(0)' on initialization.
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Informational message.
Message codes (80000-89999)
This section includes message codes from 80000 through 89999.
Related information...
▪ Message codes, page 328
Message code: 80000
Generic error
Analysis ended with warning: Unspecified error condition / generic error. Internal error code: (0)
0 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Observe the analyzer for more information.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
389
Message code: 80001
Not enough liquid
Analysis ended with warning: Not enough liquid. Internal error code: (0)
0 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Observe the analyzer for more information.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 80002
Clot detected
Analysis ended with warning: Clot detected. Internal error code: (0)
0 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Observe the analyzer for more information.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 80003
Consumable supply error
Analysis ended with warning: Consumable supply error. Internal error code: (0)
0 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Observe the analyzer for more information.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
390 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 80004
Reagent error
Analysis ended with warning: Reagent error. Internal error code: (0)
0 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Observe the analyzer for more information.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 80005
Sampling failed
Analysis ended with warning: Sampling failed. Internal error code: (0)
0 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Observe the analyzer for more information.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 80006
No order
Analysis ended with warning: No order. Internal error code: (0)
0 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Observe the middleware and analyzer for more
information.
2. If necessary, rerun the test not completed by the
analyzer on the middleware.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
391
Message code: 80007
Already registered
Analysis ended with warning: Order already registered. Internal error code: (0)
0 = Error code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Observe the analyzer for more information.
2. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 81004
Centrifugation not possible
Sample (0) with (barcode "(1)") cannot be centrifuged. Possible causes: Open tube, cap status is
unknown, tube type unknown, problem with weighing, tube diameter not supported by any centrifuge.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
Centrifugation not possible 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 81005
Sample removal from CAR
Sample (2) / "(3)" was removed at track element (1) from CAR (0). CAR may have a sensor problem.
Loading status will be checked at error area.
0 = CAR
1 = Track element
2 = TSM sample number
3 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An informational message was sent to the Track
Workflow Manager.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
392 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 81006
Sample not found in module
TSM cannot find sample (1) with barcode "(2)" in module "(0)".
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The error was caused by a module error. An
informational message was sent to the Track Workflow
Manager.
Message code: 81007
Centrifugation failed
Centrifuge "(0)" failed to centrifuge sample (1) with barcode "(2)".
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
Centrifugation failed 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 81008
Decapping failed
Decapper "(0)" failed to decap sample (1) with barcode "(2)".
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
Decapping failed 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
393
Message code: 81009
Recapping failed
Recapper "(0)" failed to recap sample (1) with barcode "(2)".
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
Recapping failed. 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 81011
Unknown target areas
TSM received the following unknown areas for sample (1) with barcode "(2)" from the RE: (0)
0 = Area
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An informational message was sent to the Track
Workflow Manager.
Message code: 81012
Invalid sample number
TSM received a message from the RE for sample (0) with barcode "(1)" which is unknown to TSM.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An informational message was sent to the Track
Workflow Manager.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
394 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 81013
Sample progress timeout exceeded
Sample (1) with barcode "(2)" has made no progress for (0) minutes.
0 = Number
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An informational message was sent to the Track
Workflow Manager.
Message code: 81014
Barcode validation failed
A module failed to verify the barcode for sample (0): Instead of the expected barcode "(2)", it read the
barcode "(1)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Barcode
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The error was caused by a module error. An
informational message was sent to the Track Workflow
Manager.
Message code: 81015
Route update not possible
The status of sample (1) with barcode "(2)" does not allow the route update number (0); TSM ignored
the route update number from the RE.
0 = Number
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An informational message was sent to the Track
Workflow Manager.
Message code: 81016
No route message
The RE has not sent a route message for sample (0) with barcode "(1)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An informational message was sent to the Track
Workflow Manager.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
395
Message code: 81017
Sample removed from module
The robot of (0) has failed to pick up sample (1) with barcode "(2)". It was removed manually from the
module.
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The error was caused by a module error. An
informational message was sent to the Track Workflow
Manager.
Message code: 81018
Decapping not possible
Sample (0) with barcode "(1)" cannot be decapped.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
Decapping not possible 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 81019
Analysis failed
Analyzer (0) failed to analyze sample (1) with barcode "(2)".
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The error was caused by a module error. An
informational message was sent to the Track Workflow
Manager.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
396 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 81020
Aliquoting not possible
Parent sample (0) with barcode "(1)" cannot be aliquoted because the preconditions were not met (cap
status, tube type unknown).
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An informational message was sent to the Track
Workflow Manager.
Message code: 81021
Tube type recognition failed
Module "(0)" failed to recognize the tube type of sample (1) with barcode "(2)".
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
Tube type recognition failed 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 81022
Sample position unknown
Position of sample (0) with barcode "(1)" is unknown.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The error was caused by a module error. An
informational message was sent to the Track Workflow
Manager.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
397
Message code: 81023
Analysis not possible
Sample (0) with barcode "(1)" cannot be analyzed because the preconditions were not met (cap, tube
type).
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An informational message was sent to the Track
Workflow Manager.
Message code: 81024
Recapping not possible
Sample (0) with barcode "(1)" cannot be recapped.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
Recapping not possible. 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 81025
Cap removal failed
Remover "(0)" failed to remove the cap from sample (1) with barcode "(2)".
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
Cap removal failed. 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
398 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 81026
Cap removal not possible
Cap of sample (0) with (barcode "(1)") cannot be removed.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
Cap removal not possible. 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 81027
Overlapping "processingGroup"
Target plan update failed. Reason: Update would cause a partial abortion of processing group "(0)". First
step of target plan update belongs to processing group "(1)".
0 = Processing group
1 = Processing group
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An informational message was sent to the Track
Workflow Manager.
Message code: 81028
Discipline error
Failed to assign discipline (0) to sample (1) with (barcode "(2)").
0 = Discipline name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An informational message was sent to the Track
Workflow Manager.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
399
Message code: 81029
Analysis with suspect result
Analyzer (0) reported suspicious analysis result for sample (2) with barcode "(3)". Scanned barcode "(1)".
Please check.
0 = Controller name
1 = Sample ID
2 = TSM sample number
3 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The error was caused by a module error. An
informational message was sent to the Track Workflow
Manager.
Message code: 81030
Potential cross-contamination of sample
Potential cross-contamination of sample (1) with barcode "(2)" at "(0)".
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. An informational message was sent to the Track
Workflow Manager.
Message code: 81031
Failure creating the aliquot label
Aliquoter "(0)" reported labeling error for aliquot barcode "(1)" number (2) and parent sample (3)
barcode "(4)".
0 = Aliquot module
1 = Aliquot barcode
2 = Aliquot number
3 = TSM sample ID
4 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The error was caused by a module error. An
informational message was sent to the Track Workflow
Manager.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
400 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 81032
Failure creating the aliquot
Aliquoter "(0)" reported creation error for aliquot barcode "(1)" number (2) and parent sample (3)
barcode "(4)".
0 = Aliquot module
1 = Aliquot bar code
2 = Aliquot number
3 = TSM sample number
4 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The error was caused by a module error. An
informational message was sent to the Track Workflow
Manager.
Message code: 81033
Failure creating the aliquot, unsupported tube type
Aliquoter "(0)" reported unsupported tube type (1) for parent sample (2) barcode "(3)".
0 = Aliquot module
1 = Tube type
2 = TSM sample number
3 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The error was caused by a module error. An
informational message was sent to the Track Workflow
Manager.
Message code: 81034
Failure to aliquot parent sample
Aliquoter "(0)" reported error for parent sample (1) barcode "(2)".
0 = Aliquot module
1 = TSM sample number
2 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. The error was caused by a module error. An
informational message was sent to the Track Workflow
Manager.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
401
Message code: 81035
Possible sample mix-up.
Possible sample mix-up detected: Module "(1)" reported barcode "(0)" for sample number (2), expected
barcode is "(3)" for sample number (0).
0 = Sample barcode
1 = Controller name
2 = TSM sample number
3 = Sample barcode
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Locate both samples.
2. Observe the sample results in the middleware
to ensure that no sample exchanges or mix-ups
occurred.
3. If the error is not resolved, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 81036
Invalid targets due discipline.
The sample discipline (0) does not allow to target any area in route.
0 = Discipline
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 82002
Insufficient information from HOST
RE has insufficient information from HOST for sample (0) with barcode "(1)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
402 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 82003
Duplicate sample
RE already has a sample with the barcode "(0)".
0 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Locate and remove the sample that has a duplicate bar
code.
Message code: 82004
Unknown tube type
RE does not know the tube type of sample (0) with barcode "(1)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. 1. Correct the error by following the instructions on
the touchscreen user interface.
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Message code: 82005
RE: Cannot create next route step
RE is unable to determine the next route step for sample (0) with barcode "(1)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 82006
Wrong material or tube type
RE is unable to determine the fluid type of sample (0) with barcode "(1)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
403
Message code: 82007
QC handling error
The Track Workflow Manager was unable to identify the barcode "(1)" of sample (0) for quality control
purposes.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 82008
Unregistered sample number
Route creation for sample (0) with barcode "(1)" failed because sample was not reported with sample-
NEW message.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 82009
Order cannot be completed
The Track Workflow Manager is unable to complete the order of sample (0) and barcode "(1)".
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83000
LIS message, field value missing
Message (0) of type (1) is missing field value (2).
0 = Message ID
1 = Message name
2 = Field reference
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
404 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 83001
LIS message, field value invalid
Field (2) has an invalid value of (3) in message (0) of type (1).
0 = Message ID
1 = Message name
2 = Field reference
3 = Field value
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83002
LIS message, test code invalid
Message (0) of type (1) has invalid test codes: (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9).
0 = Message ID
1 = Message name
2-9 = Comma-separated list of test codes
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83003
LIS message, test is a batch test
Batch tests cannot be enabled on instrument (1): (0).
0 = Test codes
1 = Instrument
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83100
No route found
No route found (0)
0 = Error output area
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
405
Message code: 83101
Instrument enabled
Instrument (0) enabled by (1).
0 = Controller name
1 = LIS
Probable cause Corrective action
An instrument is enabled by the laboratory information
system.
Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83102
Instrument disabled
Instrument (0) disabled by (1).
0 = Controller name
1 = LIS
Probable cause Corrective action
An instrument is disabled by the laboratory information
system.
Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83103
Test enabled
Test (0) at instrument (1) enabled by (2).
0 = Test code
1 = Controller name
2 = LIS
Probable cause Corrective action
A test is enabled by the laboratory information system. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83104
Test disabled
Test (0) at instrument (1) disabled by (2).
0 = Test code
1 = Controller name
2 = LIS
Probable cause Corrective action
A test is disabled by the laboratory information system. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
406 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 83105
Instrument enabled in TSM
Instrument (0) enabled in TSM.
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An instrument is enabled in the Track Sample Manager. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83106
Instrument disabled in TSM
Instrument (0) disabled in TSM.
0 = Controller name
Probable cause Corrective action
An instrument is disabled in the Track Sample Manager. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83108
Maximum aliquot volume exceeded
Volume (1) of sample (0) exceeds maximum allowed volume (2).
0 = Sample bar code
1 = Required aliquot volume in microliters
2 = Maximum aliquot volume allowed
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83109
Incoming interface connected
Incoming (0) interface with identifier (1) and version (2) connected.
0 = LIS/TSM
1 = Middleware/TSM
2 = 1.0
Probable cause Corrective action
Connection with the middleware and the Track Sample
Manager is established.
Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
407
Message code: 83110
Incoming interface disconnected
Incoming (0) interface with identifier (1) disconnected.
0 = LIS/TSM
1 = Middleware/TSM
Probable cause Corrective action
Connection with the middleware and the Track Sample
Manager is disconnected.
Track Workflow Manager informational message.
If disconnection continues, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
Message code: 83111
Outgoing interface connected
Outgoing (0) interface with identifier (1) connected.
0 = LIS/TSM
1 = Middleware/TSM
Probable cause Corrective action
Connection with the middleware and the Track Sample
Manager is established.
Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83112
Outgoing interface disconnected
Outgoing (0) interface with identifier (1) disconnected.
0 = LIS/TSM
1 = Middleware/TSM
Probable cause Corrective action
Connection with the middleware and the Track Sample
Manager is disconnected.
Track Workflow Manager informational message.
If disconnection continues, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized service
representative.
Message code: 83114
Some tests cannot be run
Test (1) cannot be run, go to (0).
0 = Error output area
1 = Test code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
408 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 83115
Precondition of fluid type
Precondition of fluid type (1) in area (0).
0 = Area name
1 = Fluid type
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83116
Precondition of test
Precondition of test (1) in area (0).
0 = Area name
1 = Test code
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83117
Precondition of area
Precondition of area (0).
0 = Area name
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83118
Precondition of area+test+fluid type
Precondition of area (0), test (1), fluid type (2).
0 = Area name
1 = Test code
2 = Fluid type
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
409
Message code: 83119
Ordered tests
Ordered tests (1) in area (0).
0 = Area name
1 = Comma-separated list of test codes
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83120
No-order action of fluid type
No-order action of fluid type (1) in area (0).
0 = Area name
1 = Fluid type
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83121
Post-order action of fluid type
Post-order action of fluid type (1) in area (0).
0 = Area name
1 = Fluid type
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83122
Post-order action of test
Post-order action of test (1) in area (0).
0 = Area name
1 = Test code
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
410 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 83123
Post-order action of final destination
Post-order action of final destination (1) in area (0).
0 = Area name
1 = Final destination area name
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83124
Post-area action
Post-area action for (0).
0 = Area name
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83125
Post-area wait time
Post-area wait time (0).
0 = Area name
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83126
Precondition of tube type
Precondition of tube type (1) in area (0).
0 = Area name
1 = Tube type
Probable cause Corrective action
A route has been generated. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
411
Message code: 83127
Route search canceled
Maximum configured number of pre-analytics or analytics areas for processing the ordered tests has
been exceeded.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83129
Nothing to do
Nothing to do
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83131
Sample has wrong fluid type
Sample has wrong fluid type (0) to process any ordered test: (1)
0 = Fluid type
1 = Test code
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83132
Centrifugation profiles mismatch
The following workflows have mismatching centrifugation profiles: (0)
0 = Centrifugation profile
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
412 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 83133
Sample weight below cut-off weight
The sample (0) / "(1)" cannot be routed any further because the sample weight is below the cut-off
weight.
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83134
Buffer wait time canceled
The buffer wait was canceled because of ordered tests (1) in area (0).
0 = Area name
1 = Test code
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83135
Maximum number of aliquots exceeded
The number of aliquots to be created for sample (0) exceeds with (1) the allowed value of (2).
0 = TSM sample number
1 = Number of aliquots
2 = Allowed number of aliquots
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83136
Sample is sent to archive
The sample was sent to area '(0)' with final destination archive '(2)' because of configuration of input
area '(1)'.
0 = Area name
1 = Archive
2 = Input area name
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
413
Message code: 83137
Aliquot sample ID length exceeded
Aliquot barcode "(0)" generated from parent sample {TSM Sample Number} / "{Sample ID}" using
aliquot group (1) with aliquot template (2) for area (3) exceeds maximum length of 20 characters
0 = Sample ID
1 = Aliquot group name
2 = Aliquot template name
3 = Area name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83138
All open tests are batch tests
All open tests are batch tests: (0)
0 = Test codes
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83139
Restoring sample from waiting storage
Restoring sample before expiration of waiting storage: (0)
0 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83140
Some tests have not been downloaded
Some tests with fluid type '(0)' have not been downloaded to instruments configured as 'Batch
Download': (1)
0 = Fluid type
1 = Test codes
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
414 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 83141
Aliquot creation failed
The aliquot creation failed. The processing of the parent sample (0) at workflow area (1) with aliquot
group (2) would have lead to a duplicate aliquot barcode (3). Conflicting parent sample (4).
0 = Sample ID
1 = Area name
2 = Aliquot group name
3 = Sample ID
4 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83142
Tube type not allowed in areas
Tube type conflict. Best sample route: "(0)", Sample value: (1), Conflict(area/value): (2)
0 = Sample route
1 = Tube type
2 = Area name / tube type
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83143
All next tests disabled - Wait expired
All next tests are disabled and buffer wait time has expired.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. • View and update the test and instrument statuses
in the middleware and the Track Sample Manager.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Message code: 83144
All next tests disabled - Centrifuge
All next tests are disabled and need same centrifugation. Sending to (0). Tests: (1)
0 = Area name
1 = Test codes
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. • View and update the test and instrument statuses
in the middleware and the Track Sample Manager.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
415
Message code: 83145
All next tests disabled - Buffer
All next tests are disabled. Sending to buffer. Tests: (0)
0 = Test codes
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. • View and update the test and instrument statuses
in the middleware and the Track Sample Manager.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Message code: 83146
Tests with highest seq. disabled - Wait expired
All next tests with highest sequence number are disabled and buffer wait time has expired.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. • View and update the test and instrument statuses
in the middleware and the Track Sample Manager.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Message code: 83147
Tests with highest seq. disabled - Buffer
All next tests with highest sequence number are disabled. Sending to buffer. Tests: (0)
0 = Test codes
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. • View and update the test and instrument statuses
in the middleware and the Track Sample Manager.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Message code: 83148
Cap status mismatch
Cap status conflict. Best sample route: "(0)", Sample value: (1), Conflict (area/test/value): (2)
0 = Sample route
1 = Cap status
2 = Area name / test codes / cap status
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
416 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 83149
Post area add-on wait time
Post area add-on wait time configured for area / test: "(0)"
0 = Test codes
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83150
Post order add-on wait time
Post order add-on wait time configured for fluid type: "(0)"
0 = Fluid type
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83151
Instrument qualifier conflict
Same is set for instrument (0), different is required because of sample warning (1) for ordered test
codes: (2)
0 = Controller name
1 = TSM sample warning number
2 = Test codes
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83152
Instrument qualifier conflict
Same is set for instrument (0), different is required because of tests not downloaded: (1)
0 = Controller name
1 = Test codes
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
417
Message code: 83153
Too many tests assigned to sample
Maximum number of ordered tests for one sample ID exceeded: (0)
0 = Maximum number of tests allowed per sample
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83154
All next tests disabled - Aliquoter
All next tests are disabled. Wait expired. Sending to aliquoter for mandatory aliquotation.
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. • View and update the test and instrument statuses
in the middleware and the Track Sample Manager.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Message code: 83155
All next tests disabled - Impossible aliquotation
All next tests are disabled. Wait expired. Mandatory aliquotation not possible. Sending to error output.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. • View and update the test and instrument statuses
in the middleware and the Track Sample Manager.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Message code: 83156
All next tests disabled - Long wait storage
All next tests are disabled. Wait expired. Sending to long wait final action.
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. • View and update the test and instrument statuses
in the middleware and the Track Sample Manager.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
418 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 83157
Outside working hours - Centrifuge
Outside working hours centrifugation, Sending to (0).
0 = Area name
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83158
Outside working hours - Long wait storage
Outside working hours. Sending to long wait final action.
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83159
Tests w. highest seq. disabled-Long wait storage
All next tests with highest sequence number are disabled. Wait expired. Sending to long wait final
action.
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. • View and update the test and instrument statuses
in the middleware and the Track Sample Manager.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Message code: 83160
Marked as removed
Marked as removed by user (0)
0 = User
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
419
Message code: 83161
Barcode applies to multiple aliquots
Aliquot barcode (0) applies to multiple aliquots of parent barcode (1)
0 = Aliquot sample ID
1 = Parent sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83162
Aliquot tubes mismatch
Aliquot tubes mismatch for parent barcode (0). Conflicts area / aliquot group: (1)
0 = Parent sample ID
1 = Area or aliquot group
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83163
Aliquot templates mismatch
Aliquot templates mismatch for parent barcode (0). Conflicts area / aliquot group: (1)
0 = Parent sample ID
1 = Area or aliquot group
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83164
Number of tubes for on-track aliquot exceeded
Number of aliquot tubes for on-track aliquot with parent barcode (0) exceeded. Invalid configuration on
area / aliquot group: (1)
0 = Parent sample ID
1 = Area or aliquot group
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
420 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Message code: 83165
Sample(s) expired.
Sample(s) already expired in archive (0).
0 = Sample ID
Probable cause Corrective action
A test was ordered for a sample that has already
exceeded the configured storage time limit.
The sample is potentially expired and is restored to
error output area. Confirm sample integrity before
processing.
Message code: 83166
Sample priority upgraded by test.
Priority of sample '(0)' was upgraded because of high priority test '(1)'.
0 = Sample ID
1 = Test codes
Probable cause Corrective action
An informational message is displayed. Track Workflow Manager informational message. No
corrective action is required.
Message code: 83167
Centrifugation profiles mismatch aliquot.
Centrifugation profile conflict for aliquot. Best sample route: "(0)", Sample value: (1), Conflict (area/test/
value): (2)
0 = Sample route
1 = Centrifugation profile
2 = Area name / test codes / centrifugation profile
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83168
Tube type SCREW required for aliquot centrifugation.
Aliquot creation failed: Aliquot tube type must be SCREW to centrifuge aliquot.
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Message codes
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
421
Message code: 83996
Analysis warning - Error area
Sample warning of type (0) was configured with error area (1).
0 = TSM sample warning number
1 = Error area name
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83997
All other errors
All other errors
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Message code: 83998
Test not available
Test not available
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. • View and update the status of the ordered test on
the instruments on the track.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Message code: 83999
Unknown error code
Unknown error code: (0) with arguments (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9)
0 = Unknown error code
1-9 = Unknown error arguments
Probable cause Corrective action
An error has occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Troubleshooting
Message codes Section 10
422 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Observed problems
Observed problems provide information about problems that may occur on the system and
provide corrective actions that help to resolve the problems.
If the corrective actions for an observed problem do not resolve the problem, contact the local
representative or find country-specific contact information at corelaboratory.abbott.
Related information...
▪ Troubleshooting, page 327
▪ Track observed problems, page 423
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
▪ Track Sample Manager observed problems, page 430
▪ Track Workflow Manager observed problems, page 433
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Track observed problems
Track observed problems include problems that occur with the track.
Related information...
▪ Observed problems, page 423
▪ Errors at AccessPoint, page 423
▪ Errors at charge lane, page 423
▪ Errors at cross switch controllers, page 424
▪ Operator manually loads or unloads CAR, page 424
▪ Sample in CAR was exchanged, page 424
▪ Sample is missing, page 424
Errors at AccessPoint
Probable cause Corrective action
Errors occurred at the AccessPoint. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ Track observed problems, page 423
Errors at charge lane
Probable cause Corrective action
Charge lane errors occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ Track observed problems, page 423
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
423
Errors at cross switch controllers
Probable cause Corrective action
Errors occurred at the cross switch controllers. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ Track observed problems, page 423
Operator manually loads or unloads CAR
Probable cause Corrective action
The operator removes a sample from a CAR manually
or loads a CAR manually.
CAUTION: Do not remove samples from a
CAR or the track. If samples are removed
from the track, they must be deleted from
the Track Sample Manager before they are
placed back in the Input/Output Module for
appropriate routing.
Observe that the CAR moves to the output module
for inspection purposes. Confirm that checks are
performed on the CAR loading status or on the sample.
Related information...
▪ Track observed problems, page 423
Sample in CAR was exchanged
Probable cause Corrective action
The sample in the CAR was exchanged. Verify if there are differences in assignment between
the CAR ID and the sample. If differences in assignment
are present, the sample is transported to the error area
of the output module.
Related information...
▪ Track observed problems, page 423
Sample is missing
Probable cause Corrective action
A sample is missing. Use the Track Sample Manager to display the last
action of the missing sample.
Related information...
▪ Track observed problems, page 423
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
Section 10
424 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
CAR observed problems
CAR observed problems include problems that occur with the CARs.
Related information...
▪ Observed problems, page 423
▪ CAR always moves at a constant speed, page 425
▪ CAR does not exit the charge lane, page 426
▪ CAR does not maintain distance with the CAR ahead of it or pushes it forward, page 426
▪ CAR is caught on the charge lane charging pin or lane element transition, page 426
▪ CAR LEDs blink in an uncontrolled manner (such as red and yellow) while moving, page 426
▪ CAR lurches from side to side and is not stopped at the AccessPoint, page 427
▪ CAR movement is jerky or noisy, page 427
▪ CAR position is skewed on the track, page 427
▪ CARs are present in the charge lane but cannot move, page 427
▪ CARs come into contact with the charge lane, page 428
▪ CARs do not move, page 428
▪ CARs move too slowly, page 428
▪ New CAR does not move, page 429
▪ Rechargeable lithium battery is not charged, page 429
▪ Rechargeable lithium battery is overheating, page 429
▪ Sample tube is slanted in the sample holder, page 430
CAR always moves at a constant speed
Probable cause Corrective action
The CAR does not detect any commands from the
active lane elements.
• Clean the CAR. Perform one or more of the
following procedures:
– Clean the sensors (page 311).
– Clean the housing (page 311).
– Clean the charging contacts (page 312).
– Clean the sample holder (page 312).
– Clean the drive wheel and the wheel arch
(page 313).
• If necessary, replace the CAR. Perform one of the
following procedures:
– Remove a CAR with a sample (page 314).
– Remove a CAR without a sample (page 314).
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
425
CAR does not exit the charge lane
Probable cause Corrective action
The CAR does not charge. The charge lane may be
defective.
Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
CAR does not maintain distance with the CAR ahead of it or pushes it forward
Probable cause Corrective action
The collision sensor is defective or malfunctioning. 1. Turn off the CAR, and then turn it on again.
NOTE: Do not affix extra labels to CARs as the
labels may adversely affect the collision sensors on
the CARs.
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
CAR is caught on the charge lane charging pin or lane element transition
Probable cause Corrective action
The distance between the CAR underseal and the lane
elements is insufficient.
• Inspect the bottom of the CAR for dust. If
replacement of the front underseal is necessary,
perform Replace the front underseal of a CAR
(page 315).
• Inspect the lane elements. If replacement of any
lane elements is necessary, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative to replace the appropriate
lane elements.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
CAR LEDs blink in an uncontrolled manner (such as red and yellow) while moving
Probable cause Corrective action
The CAR requires a restart. 1. Turn off the CAR, and then turn it on again.
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Troubleshooting
Observed problems Section 10
426 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
CAR lurches from side to side and is not stopped at the AccessPoint
Probable cause Corrective action
• The sliders are no longer present on the CAR.
• The guiding pin has broken off the CAR.
Replace the front underseal. Perform Replace the front
underseal of a CAR (page 315).
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
CAR movement is jerky or noisy
Probable cause Corrective action
The CAR is dirty. • Clean the CAR. Perform one or more of the
following procedures:
– Clean the sensors (page 311).
– Clean the housing (page 311).
– Clean the charging contacts (page 312).
– Clean the sample holder (page 312).
– Clean the drive wheel and the wheel arch
(page 313).
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
CAR position is skewed on the track
Probable cause Corrective action
The CAR is worn on one side. Replace the front underseal. Perform Replace the front
underseal of a CAR (page 315).
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
CARs are present in the charge lane but cannot move
Probable cause Corrective action
The charge lane charging pins do not release the CAR. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
427
CARs come into contact with the charge lane
Probable cause Corrective action
The sliders on the CAR are worn. Replace the front underseal. Perform Replace the front
underseal of a CAR (page 315).
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
CARs do not move
Probable cause Corrective action
The CAR requires a restart. Turn off the CAR, and then turn it on again.
The CAR is defective. If necessary, replace the CAR. Perform one of the
following procedures:
• Remove a CAR with a sample (page 314).
• Remove a CAR without a sample (page 314).
The rechargeable lithium battery is almost empty. Charge the CAR.
Debris is present on the track. Remove any debris from the track.
The guide pin is broken. Replace the front underseal. Perform Replace the front
underseal of a CAR (page 315).
A track element is disconnected. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
CARs move too slowly
Probable cause Corrective action
• The CAR requires a restart.
• The CAR is defective.
• The rechargeable lithium battery is almost empty.
1. Turn off the CAR, and then turn it on again.
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
Section 10
428 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
New CAR does not move
Probable cause Corrective action
The CAR is not registered in the control system. • Turn on the CAR.
• Inspect the track for obstructions.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
The lithium battery charge level of the CAR is low. • Turn on and turn off the CAR.
• Inspect the track for obstructions.
• Remove the CAR from the track.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
An obstruction is present on the driving lane. • Turn on and turn off the CAR.
• Inspect the track for obstructions.
• Remove the CAR from the track.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
Rechargeable lithium battery is not charged
Probable cause Corrective action
The charging contacts on the rechargeable lithium
battery are dirty.
• Clean the charging contacts on the rechargeable
lithium battery.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative to replace the
rechargeable lithium battery.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
Rechargeable lithium battery is overheating
Probable cause Corrective action
The rechargeable lithium battery is defective. 1. Remove the CAR from the track.
CAUTION: Wear personal protective
equipment while operating the
laboratory automation system.
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
429
Sample tube is slanted in the sample holder
Probable cause Corrective action
One of the sample holder clips is defective or the
sample tube falls from the CAR.
• Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative to replace the
sample holder.
• Remove the sample tube from the Track Sample
Manager.
• Reload the sample tube in the correct input area
of the Input/Output Module.
Related information...
▪ CAR observed problems, page 425
Track Sample Manager observed problems
Track Sample Manager (TSM) observed problems include problems that occur with TSM.
Related information...
▪ Observed problems, page 423
▪ CARs are circling the track, page 430
▪ CARs do not reach a specific target; not all CARs reach targets, page 431
▪ Too many samples are present in the error area of the output module, page 431
▪ Traffic jam occurs on the track, page 432
▪ Waiting queues are not full; waiting queues are empty but CARs are required, page 432
▪ Message codes (30000-39999), page 357
CARs are circling the track
Probable cause Corrective action
The Track Sample Manager (TSM) is powered off. 1. Verify the connection between TSM and the Track
Workflow Manager (TWM). Perform View the
connections to TWM on TSM (page 164).
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
The sample target is not available. 1. Verify the availability and online status of the
areas and modules. See Controller tab element
descriptions (TSM) (page 146).
2. Transition the module status to Online.
The target area of the output module is full. 1. Verify the fill levels of the areas on TSM.
See Controller tab element descriptions (TSM)
(page 146).
2. Ensure that the output drawers are emptied.
Troubleshooting
Observed problems Section 10
430 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ Track Sample Manager observed problems, page 430
CARs do not reach a specific target; not all CARs reach targets
Probable cause Corrective action
The switch is not working correctly or an error occurred
on the track.
1. Visually inspect the track for dust.
2. Verify that the cross switch is working correctly.
3. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
See Samples tab (TSM) (page 165).
Related information...
▪ Track Sample Manager observed problems, page 430
Too many samples are present in the error area of the output module
Probable cause Corrective action
Errors occurred on the modules and caused the
samples to be routed to the error area.
Verify the status of the module or analyzer on which
the samples are to be processed. See Samples tab
(TSM) (page 165).
An error occurred when the barcode was read. 1. Ensure that the correct barcode labels have been
correctly affixed to the sample tubes.
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
A sample was not processed within the time limit. 1. Ensure that the module or analyzer on which the
samples are to be processed is not in an error
state.
2. Review any errors on the track.
3. Verify that there are no traffic jams on the track.
4. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
An error occurred with the robot gripper. 1. Visually inspect the robot gripper for dust.
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Track Sample Manager observed problems, page 430
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
431
Traffic jam occurs on the track
Probable cause Corrective action
The Track Sample Manager cannot route a CAR to a
charge lane because the lithium battery charge level of
the CAR is below the limit.
• Unload the CAR.
• Manually place the CAR on a charge lane. See CARs
tab element descriptions (TSM) (page 177).
A collision occurred between two CARs at a switch. 1. Inspect the CARs for damage.
2. Repair or replace damaged CARs.
3. Manually move undamaged CARs.
4. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Too many CARs are present on the track. Reduce the number of samples in the system.
The switch performance is insufficient. 1. Visually inspect the switch for dust.
2. Verify that the cross switch is working correctly.
See Samples tab (TSM) (page 165).
3. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Track Sample Manager observed problems, page 430
Waiting queues are not full; waiting queues are empty but CARs are required
Probable cause Corrective action
Not enough CARs are available on the track. Slow down the rate at which the input module is filled
with samples. See CARs tab element descriptions (TSM)
(page 177).
Too many CARs have a low lithium battery charge level. 1. Inspect the charge lanes.
2. Verify the lithium battery charge level of the
CARs. See CARs tab element descriptions (TSM)
(page 177).
The switch at the entry point of the queue is defective. 1. Visually inspect the queue for dust.
2. Verify that the cross switch is working correctly.
3. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
See Samples tab (TSM) (page 165).
Continued on next page...
Troubleshooting
Observed problems Section 10
432 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
...Continued from previous page
Probable cause Corrective action
A CAR was manually removed from the queue. 1. Do not remove a CAR from the queue.
2. Verify that the cross switch is working correctly.
See List requested tab (Samples) element
descriptions (TSM) (page 175).
Related information...
▪ Track Sample Manager observed problems, page 430
Track Workflow Manager observed problems
Track Workflow Manager (TWM) observed problems include problems that occur with TWM.
Related information...
▪ Observed problems, page 423
▪ The user interface fails to load or freezes, page 433
The user interface fails to load or freezes
Probable cause Corrective action
The Track Workflow Manager (TWM) configuration has
a large amount of data, such as an excess of 3000 tests
assigned to an area or instrument workflow.
Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Track Workflow Manager observed problems, page 433
Input/Output Module observed problems
Input/Output Module observed problems include problems that occur on the Input/Output
Module.
Dust can cause system errors. Before troubleshooting is performed for system errors, the
module status must be transitioned to Offline by using the Online/Offline push button or the
Online/Offline button.
NOTE: If errors occur, observe the instructions on the monitor.
Related information...
▪ Observed problems, page 423
▪ Barcode is not read, page 434
▪ CAR does not move into the module, page 434
▪ CAR moves through the AccessPoint without stopping, page 435
▪ CAR stops at the AccessPoint and then will not move, page 435
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
433
▪ Drawer is not fully open or fully closed, page 435
▪ Handheld barcode reader beeps and emits a red light, page 436
▪ Handheld barcode reader does not respond, page 436
▪ Handheld barcode reader is not recognized or scanned data is not transmitted correctly,
page 436
▪ Manual rack identification workflow cannot finish, page 437
▪ Module cover does not remain in position when opened, page 437
▪ Power to the module is interrupted, page 438
▪ Robot does not respond, page 439
▪ Robot gripper loses its grip on the sample tube, page 439
▪ Sample tube is jammed in the robot gripper, page 440
▪ Sample tube is tilted in the FlexRack, page 440
▪ Touchscreen user interface and push buttons do not respond, page 441
▪ Touchscreen user interface does not respond, page 441
Barcode is not read
Probable cause Corrective action
The barcode reader is dirty or defective. 1. Clean the barcode reader. Perform Clean the
sample barcode reader (page 322) or Clean the
handheld barcode reader (page 323).
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
The barcode is illegible. 1. Relabel the sample tube or rack.
2. For a sample tube, reintroduce the sample tube to
the module.
The barcode symbology is not supported. 1. Relabel the sample tube or rack. Ensure that the
barcode uses one of the supported symbologies.
2. Reintroduce the sample tube to the module or
rescan the rack ID.
3. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
CAR does not move into the module
Probable cause Corrective action
An error or defect occurred that involves the switch 90
divergent lane element.
Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
A module error occurred. Correct errors on the module.
Continued on next page...
Troubleshooting
Observed problems Section 10
434 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
...Continued from previous page
Probable cause Corrective action
An error occurred with the Track Sample Manager
(TSM) or Track Workflow Manager (TWM).
1. Verify the TSM or TWM connection.
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
CAR moves through the AccessPoint without stopping
Probable cause Corrective action
An error occurred at the AccessPoint. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
CAR stops at the AccessPoint and then will not move
Probable cause Corrective action
An error occurred at the AccessPoint. 1. Cycle power to the module (page 265).
2. If the CAR does not move, perform Cycle power to
an empty CAR (page 140).
3. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Drawer is not fully open or fully closed
Probable cause Corrective action
A mechanical problem occurred. 1. Inspect the drawer for obstructions. Remove any
foreign objects.
2. Press the drawer push button to ensure that the
drawer is fully open or fully closed.
3. If necessary, perform Cycle power to the module
(page 265).
4. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
435
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Handheld barcode reader beeps and emits a red light
Probable cause Corrective action
The handheld barcode reader has not completed
initialization.
1. Wait several seconds.
2. Rescan the barcode.
3. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
A hardware error occurred. 1. Cycle power to the module (page 265).
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Handheld barcode reader does not respond
Probable cause Corrective action
A hardware error occurred. 1. Verify that the cable from the module to the
handheld barcode reader is plugged in.
2. If necessary, perform Cycle power to the module
(page 265).
3. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Handheld barcode reader is not recognized or scanned data is not transmitted
correctly
Probable cause Corrective action
A supported handheld barcode reader is not installed
or connected.
1. Verify that the cable from the module to the
handheld barcode reader is plugged in.
2. If necessary, perform Cycle power to the module
(page 265).
3. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Troubleshooting
Observed problems Section 10
436 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Manual rack identification workflow cannot finish
Probable cause Corrective action
Invalid or incomplete rack ID values have been scanned
or typed.
1. On the touchscreen user interface, ensure that
every rack ID has a unique and valid entry.
2. If necessary, tap Cancel to exit the manual rack
identification workflow.
The drawer remains open.
3. To restart the workflow, press the drawer push
button or tap the Open/Close drawer button on
the touchscreen user interface.
4. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Module cover does not remain in position when opened
Probable cause Corrective action
A hardware error occurred. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or an
authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
437
Power to the module is interrupted
Probable cause Corrective action
The power source to the module is interrupted. 1. Open the module cover. Perform Open and close
the front and rear module covers (page 268).
2. Remove all samples from the module.
CAUTION: Danger due to power failure.
In the case of a power failure, the
samples (including emergency samples)
remain inside the laboratory automation
system (LAS) and must be removed
manually as required.
– Only allow trained personnel to
remove the samples manually.
– If a sample is held by a robot
gripper, manually remove the
sample.
– Observe the LAS for any remaining
emergency samples and remove
them manually.
– Follow the information in the
operations manuals for the
modules.
3. On the Track Sample Manager (TSM) user
interface, remove the samples from the TSM
database.
4. Place the samples in the correct input area of the
Input/Output Module.
5. Clean any spills if necessary.
6. Close the module cover. Perform Open and close
the front and rear module covers (page 268).
7. Place the module online (page 266).
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
Section 10
438 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Robot does not respond
Probable cause Corrective action
A robot error or a mechanical problem occurred. 1. Follow the error dialog on the touchscreen user
interface.
2. Cycle power to the module (page 265).
3. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
A drawer is not fully open or fully closed. 1. Observe the notification displayed on the
touchscreen user interface.
2. Inspect the drawer for obstructions. Remove any
foreign objects.
3. Press the drawer push button to ensure that the
drawer is fully open or fully closed.
4. If necessary, perform Deactivate pause mode
(page 268).
5. Tap the notification on the touchscreen user
interface to acknowledge it.
The module entered pause mode due to the robot
gripper being in motion when a drawer was opening
or closing.
1. Deactivate pause mode (page 268).
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Robot gripper loses its grip on the sample tube
Probable cause Corrective action
The robot gripper fingers are defective. • Replace the robot gripper fingers (page 323).
• Manually insert the sample tube for analysis in the
sample input drawer.
• Separately appraise and specifically assess the test
result of the dropped sample tube.
Sample tubes that are 16 mm x 100 mm were placed
next to each other in the FlexRacks.
1. Place the 16 mm x 100 mm sample tubes apart
from each other in the FlexRacks.
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
439
Sample tube is jammed in the robot gripper
Probable cause Corrective action
The robot gripper fingers are defective or dirty. 1. If a sample tube is located in a robot gripper,
secure the sample tube with one hand and press
the release button with the other hand. See Input/
Output Module design and function (page 51).
2. Inspect the robot gripper fingers for damage and
dirt.
3. If necessary, perform Clean the robot gripper
(page 319).
4. If necessary, perform Replace the robot gripper
fingers (page 323).
5. Follow the error dialog on the touchscreen user
interface.
6. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Sample tubes that are 16 mm x 100 mm were placed
next to each other in the FlexRacks.
1. Place the 16 mm x 100 mm sample tubes apart
from each other in the FlexRacks.
2. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative if necessary.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Sample tube is tilted in the FlexRack
Probable cause Corrective action
The FlexRack is damaged. Replace the FlexRack. Perform Replace a FlexRack
(page 325).
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
Section 10
440 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Touchscreen user interface and push buttons do not respond
Probable cause Corrective action
A hardware or software error occurred. 1. Shut down the module by using the rear module
switch (page 280).
2. If necessary, Perform an emergency shutdown
(page 126).
3. Contact an Abbott Laboratories representative or
an authorized service representative.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Touchscreen user interface does not respond
Probable cause Corrective action
A software error occurred. 1. Cycle power to the module (page 265).
2. If the error cannot be corrected, contact an Abbott
Laboratories representative or an authorized
service representative.
Related information...
▪ Input/Output Module observed problems, page 433
Section 10
Troubleshooting
Observed problems
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
441
Troubleshooting
Observed problems Section 10
This page is intentionally left blank.
442 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
A. LIST NUMBERS
Introduction
List numbers are unique identifiers that are used to order products. The list numbers are
provided only for guidance and are subject to change. For the most current list numbers,
contact an Abbott Laboratories representative.
Related information...
▪ Consumable list numbers, page 444
▪ Independent tool list numbers, page 445
▪ Component replacement list numbers, page 446
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
443
Consumable list numbers
Consumables are replenishable items that are needed for sample processing on the GLP systems
Track. To order the following consumables, contact an Abbott Laboratories representative.
Refer to the supplemental and interface manuals for module-specific consumables.
Table 26: GLP systems Track consumable list numbers
Item Quantity List number
CAR 12 per box 04Z95
Related information...
▪ List numbers, page 443
List numbers
Consumable list numbers
Appendix A
444 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
Independent tool list numbers
Independent tools are optional items that are used to perform as-needed maintenance. The
tools are intended to be used by laboratory operators for compliance, maintenance, and
troubleshooting.
Refer to the supplemental and interface manuals for module-specific independent tools.
Related information...
▪ List numbers, page 443
Appendix A
List numbers
Independent tool list numbers
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
445
Component replacement list numbers
The operator can replace components during a component replacement procedure.
Refer to the supplemental and interface manuals for module-specific components.
Table 27: Input/Output Module component replacement list numbers
Item Quantity List number
FlexRacks 24 racks per box 04Z98
Robot gripper finger kit 1 06S66
Related information...
▪ List numbers, page 443
List numbers
Component replacement list numbers
Appendix A
446 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
GLOSSARY
accessories Service accessories are items that are used for system installation and for
maintenance and troubleshooting procedures. Only approved customer-replaceable
components are used as needed for component replacement.
AccessPoint An active lane element that holds the CARs and samples in place, allowing for secure
processing of the samples.
analyzer An instrument that performs all sample-processing activities from sample aspiration
to final result reporting.
barcode label A unique identifier that contains black bars that represent the sample information.
biological hazard An activity or an area where the operator may be exposed to potentially infectious
material.
CAR A sample transport vehicle that runs on an intermodular track system.
circle An area of the track layout that is used to limit the CARs, which can move at the same
time in one part of the track. Circles are defined by the default deviation of switches.
Clinical and Laboratory
Standards Institute
A nonprofit organization that provides a communication forum for the development,
promotion, and use of standards for the worldwide medical science community.
CLSI See Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (page 447).
control system Software composed of the laboratory information system, including middleware, the
Track Sample Manager, and the Track Workflow Manager.
diagnostic procedure A procedure that can be used to confirm the status of assemblies and mechanisms to
help identify and resolve operational problems.
discipline A grouping of pre-analytical and post-analytical modules to ensure that samples
remain in certain track areas. Disciplines are used to assign common modules such as
Aliquot Module and error areas to a certain location within the laboratory.
FlexRack An accessory that is used in the RackPorts and can be configured as an input or output
area on a customer-specific basis. One FlexRack can hold 25 sample tubes with a tube
diameter of 10.5 mm to 18 mm.
GLP systems Track A modular laboratory automation system designed to automate pre-analytical
and post-analytical processing, including sample handling, in order to automate
sample processing in clinical laboratories. The system consolidates multiple analytical
instruments into a unified workflow.
Input/Output Module The central module for the input and output of sample tubes on the laboratory
automation system. In addition, areas of the drawers can be configured as an archive
or for loading and unloading racks.
instrument status The operational mode of an instrument that is connected to the laboratory
automation system.
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
447
IOM See Input/Output Module (page 447).
laboratory automation
system
A track system that automates pre-analytical processing, sample handling, and
delivery of samples to analyzers for sample test processing.
laboratory information
system
Computer software and hardware used to manage order input, test sequence, and
results validation.
lane element A component that is composed of a plastic body and two lanes. The guiding slot in
the lane element is used to guide the CARs. The track has active and passive lane
elements.
LAS See laboratory automation system (page 448).
LIS See laboratory information system (page 448).
loading area The area on a module that holds racks for routine and priority processing.
logon (TSM) An identifier that controls access to certain functionality. The Track Sample Manager
(TSM) has three types of logons:
• Service
• Administrator
• Operator
Additionally, Abbott Customer Service may provide a username and a temporary
password to operators who call for troubleshooting assistance. This logon authorizes
selected functions in addition to those functions allowed by the administrator logon.
maintenance procedure A scheduled procedure or an as-needed cleaning procedure that is performed to
ensure the appropriate functionality of the system.
message A touchscreen user interface element that provides information about conditions or
errors of system operation.
middleware The interface between the laboratory automation system and the laboratory
software. The middleware receives sample information from the laboratory
information system and forwards the information to the Track Workflow Manager
as a route to the Track Sample Manager.
module An analyzer that performs all sample-processing activities from sample aspiration to
final result reporting.
module status The operational mode of a module that is connected to the laboratory automation
system.
monitor The main interface between the operator and the modules of the GLP systems Track
that allows the operator to select icons, buttons, menu commands, and other screen
elements.
operator A user of the laboratory automation system. All operators must be trained before
operating the system. Operators may be referred to as users, trained operators, and
trained personnel.
Glossary
448 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
password A string of alphanumeric characters that an operator enters when the operator logs
on to the system. A password is used with a username to provide access to system
functionality. A password can be a personal identification number.
pipettor A device that detects, aspirates, transfers, and dispenses samples.
printed circuit board A board with electrical circuits that are used to connect electronic or electrical
components in electronic equipment such as a computer.
RackPort An accessory in drawers that is used to position racks for sample tubes and pipettors.
A RackPort can be used in module drawers.
radio-frequency
identification (RFID) tag
An RFID tag is located on a RackPort and is used for automatic recognition on
modules.
robot A device that loads and unloads the CARs and FlexRacks with the robot gripper. The
robot transports samples into input, output, and error areas.
screen The screen is displayed on the touchscreen user interface.
system log An electronic log that displays and stores a record of error-related and informational
message codes that can be used to troubleshoot problems associated with system
performance and results reporting. When the maximum capacity is reached,
messages are replaced on a first-in and first-out basis.
time-out An error that may occur for software communication functions when a defined time
limit is exceeded while the operator waits for a response from a device.
track A component of the laboratory automation system that is used by CARs to transport
samples to the various modules. Externally supplied analyzers are connected to
specific interfaces. The track structure is customizable and can be extended as
required.
Track Sample Manager The central software application between the laboratory automation system and the
laboratory information system. The Track Sample Manager provides the modules with
sample-specific information and instructions; controls and monitors sample transport
on the CARs; and provides statistics on performance, throughput, and system events.
track section Components of the laboratory automation system that include floor and ceiling
sections and provide space for laboratory utility lines carrying electricity, water, or
wastewater.
Track Workflow
Manager
A software interface between the laboratory information system and the Track
Sample Manager of the GLP systems Track. Individual sample orders are translated
into pre-analytical, analytical, and post-analytical processing steps by using an
algorithm.
TSM See Track Sample Manager (page 449).
TWM See Track Workflow Manager (page 449).
username A string of alphanumeric characters that an operator enters when the operator logs
on to the system. The username can be used with a password to provide access to
analyzer or module functionality.
Glossary
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
449
window A screen element that provides more information or functions related to the screen. A
window can be accessed by tapping a button on the screen. The window is displayed
on top of, or in front of, the screen.
Glossary
450 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
INDEX
A
AccessPoint,
cleaning, 322
acknowledging,
message code, 329
active lane elements,
description of, 41
illustration of, 41
Admin screen (TWM)
description of, 257
Admin tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 184
overview, 183
agency approvals
description of, 18
Aliquots screen (TWM),
description of, 254
element descriptions, 254
analyzer-specific racks,
loading, 274
unloading, 277
appendix
list numbers, 443
archived samples (TSM),
searching, 156
Area details screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 242
area types in the module
creating, 93
areas in the module
configuring, 94
deleting, 96
editing properties, 95
viewing information, 96
areas screen (TWM)
description of, 241
Areas screen (TWM) screen
element descriptions, 241
as-needed maintenance procedures
CAR replacement, 312
clean the drawers, 321
clean the drive wheel and the wheel arch, 313
clean the FlexRacks, 320
clean the guiding slot, 309
clean the handheld barcode reader, 323
clean the lane elements, 308
clean the RackPorts, 319
clean the robot gripper, 319
clean the sample barcode reader, 322
clean the sample holder, 312
cleaning the AccessPoint, 322
Input/Output Module, 318
remove a CAR with a sample, 314
remove a CAR without a sample, 314
as-needed maintenance procedures (continued)
replace a FlexRack, 325
replace the front underseal of a CAR, 315
replace the robot gripper fingers, 323
track, 308
assigning
test to an area (TWM), 243
test to an instrument (TWM), 254
B
barcode readers
description of, 60
basic safety
description of, 296
Basis OS screen (TMOS),
description of, 80
element descriptions, 81
batch (TWM),
starting, 220
stopping, 219
Batch screen (TWM),
description of, 216, 244
element descriptions, 244
biological hazards
description of, 293
Buffered samples list tab (Samples) (TSM),
element descriptions, 176
C
CAR,
cleaning the charging contacts, 312
cleaning the drive wheel and the wheel arch, 313
cleaning the housing, 311
cleaning the sample holder, 312
cleaning the sensors, 311
cycling power, 140
disposal, 316
illustration of, 44
observed problems, 425
overview, 44
removing a CAR with a sample, 314
removing a CAR without a sample, 314
replacement, 313
replacing the front underseal, 315
requesting to send to a maintenance lane (TSM), 179
safety, 299
technical data, 120
CAR maintenance
checks, 309
description of, 309
CARs tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 177
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
451
CARs tab (TSM) (continued)
overview, 177
Centrifugation screen (TWM),
description of, 257
element descriptions, 257
Change history tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 199
change personal password,
Track Sample Manager (TSM), 78
Track Workflow Manager (TWM), 78
Circles tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 158
Circling tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 180
cleaning,
AccessPoint, 322
CAR sensors, 311
charging contacts, 312
drawers, 321
drive wheel and wheel arch, 313
FlexRacks, 320
guiding slot, 309
handheld barcode reader, 323
housing, 311
lane elements, 308
module covers, 318
monitor, 318
RackPorts, 319
robot gripper, 319
sample barcode reader, 322
sample holder, 312
track hoods, 308
closing,
module covers, 268
spiral tower doors, 138
track hoods, 132
communication paths,
description of, 37
illustration of, 37
component replacement,
description of, 306
list numbers, 446
Configuration screen
description of, 91
configuring,
new area in the module, 94
test (TWM), 241
connections (TSM)
viewing TWM, 164
connections (TWM)
viewing, 231
Connections screen (TWM),
description of, 229
element descriptions, 229
consumables,
list numbers, 444
control system
components, 104
control system (continued)
functions, 104
control systems,
description of, 59
Controller tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 146
Copy area configuration screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 243
covers, hoods, and sensors
description of, 286
create new user,
Track Sample Manager (TSM), 74
Track Workflow Manager (TWM), 74
creating,
area type in the module, 93
monitoring display (TSM), 195
test (TWM), 250
customer service
contacting the local representative, 13
finding country-specific contact information, 13
requesting instructions for use, 13
cycling
power to an empty CAR, 140
power to the module, 265
D
deactivating,
pause mode, 268
decontamination
requirements, 302
defining areas
description of, 93
deleting,
area from the module, 96
disabling,
instruments (TWM), 223
tests by instrument on the Test status screen (TWM), 227
tests by type of analysis on the Test status screen (TWM),
228
tests on the Instrument status screen (TWM), 224
Disciplines tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 198
disclaimers
description of, 16
Distribution tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 196
distributor
description of, 26
E
edit user,
Track Sample Manager (TSM), 76
Track Workflow Manager (TWM), 76
editing,
properties of an area in the module, 95
Index
452 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
editing (continued)
rack ID, 97
element descriptions,
Admin tab (TSM), 184
Aliquots screen (TWM), 254
Area details screen (TWM), 242
Areas screen (TWM), 241
Basis OS screen (TMOS), 81
Batch screen (TWM), 244
Buffered samples list tab (Samples) (TSM), 176
CARs tab (TSM), 177
Centrifugation screen (TWM), 257
Change history tab (TSM), 199
Circles tab (TSM), 158
Circling tab (TSM), 180
Connections screen (TWM), 229
Controller tab (TSM), 146
Copy area configuration screen (TWM), 243
Disciplines tab (TSM), 198
Distribution tab (TSM), 196
Error output areas screen (TWM), 246
Exceptions screen (TWM), 233
Expert search tab (Samples) (TSM), 173
Final actions screen (TWM), 232
Firmware tab (TSM), 161, 199
Fluid types details screen (TWM), 235
Fluid types screen (TWM), 234, 247
HTTPS Management screen (TMOS), 82
Instrument details screen (TWM), 252
Instrument status screen (TWM), 221
Instruments screen (TWM), 251
Layout tab (TSM), 159
List requested tab (Samples) (TSM), 175
Main menu screen (TSM), 143
Main menu screen (TWM), 203
Maintenance tab (TSM), 180
Messages screen (TWM), 215
Messages tab (TSM), 181
Module controller screen (TSM), 150
Monitoring tab (TSM), 191
Operation mode tab (TSM), 164
Parameter screen (TWM), 259
Parameter tab (TSM), 185
Prepare for Reboot screen (TMOS), 83
Routing Engine tab (TSM), 163
Run Batch screen (TWM), 217
Run screen (TWM), 204
Sample Detail screen (TSM), 167
Sample details screen (TWM), 210
Sample History screen (TSM), 169
Sample search result screen (TWM), 207
Sample search screen (TWM), 205
Samples tab (TSM), 165
Search result screen (TSM), 166
Search tab (CARS) (TSM), 177
Search tab (Samples) (TSM), 166
Segment controller screen (TSM), 148
Select tests screen (TWM), 208
element descriptions
(continued)
Server Properties screen (TMOS), 81
Statistic tab (TSM), 159
System Information screen (TMOS), 83
Test custom sample ID screen (TWM), 256
Test status screen (TWM), 225
Tests of instrument screen (TWM), 221
Tests screen (TWM), 238, 249
Timer screen (TWM), 259
Timer tab (TSM), 185
Track / RE tab (TSM), 146
Transfer screen (TWM), 260
Transfer tab (TSM), 188
TSM screen (TMOS), 84
Tube details screen (TSM), 190
Tube types screen (TWM), 237, 248
Tubes tab (TSM), 189
TWM screen (TMOS), 85
Types of analysis screen (TWM), 249
User changes screen (TWM), 261
User screen (TWM), 258
User tab (TSM), 184
Waiting queues tab (TSM), 179
Workflow screen (TWM), 232
emergency shutdown,
performing, 126
enabling,
instruments (TWM), 223
tests by instrument on the Test status screen (TWM), 227
tests by type of analysis on the Test status screen (TWM),
228
tests on the Instrument status screen (TWM), 224
Error output areas screen (TWM),
description of, 246
element descriptions, 246
Exceptions screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 233
Expert search tab (Samples) (TSM),
element descriptions, 173
F
Final actions screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 232
overview, 232
Firmware tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 161, 199
FlexRacks,
illustration of, 65
loading samples, 271
overview, 65
replacing, 325
unloading samples, 273
floor loading
typical, 72
Fluid types details screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 235
Fluid types screen (TWM),
Index
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
453
Fluid types screen (TWM) (continued)
description of, 247
element descriptions, 234, 247
overview, 234
G
general safety information
overview, 10
GLP systems Track,
active lane elements, 41
CAR design and function, 44
CAR overview, 44
CAR technical data, 120
communication paths, 37
control systems, 59
description of lane elements, 41
description of system security, 11
general operation, 102
installation, 69
IOM design and function, 51
IOM overview, 51
IOM technical data, 122
laboratory automation system technical data, 112
main components, 37
monitor, 60
overview, 37
passive lane elements, 41
performing an emergency shutdown, 126
responsibility for system security, 11
sample and rack barcode label technical data, 113
sample processing specifications, 119
sample tube technical data, 116
shutting down, 125
special lane elements, 42
spiral tower technical data, 120
starting, 124
track overview, 39
track sections, 39
track technical data, 119
TSM overview, 49
TSM technical data, 121
TWM overview, 50
TWM technical data, 121
use or function, 35
H
hazards
overview, 289
tripping, 295
HTTPS Management screen (TMOS),
element descriptions, 82
I
inactivating,
inactivating (continued)
samples (TWM), 209
independent tools,
list numbers, 445
Information screen
description of, 89
Input/Output Module (IOM),
configuration description, 88
control systems, 59
description of maintenance, 316
descriptions of, 51
illustrations of, 51
installation requirements, 70
monitor, 60
observed problems, 433
operation, 110
overview, 51
procedures, 263
replacing a FlexRack, 325
safety requirements, 303
sample input and output, 51
technical data, 122
Input/Output Module maintenance
checks, 316
description of, 316
installation,
GLP systems Track, 69
installation procedures and special requirements
overview, 67
Instrument details screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 252
instrument status (TWM),
viewing, 222
Instrument status screen (TWM),
description of, 220
disabling tests, 224
element descriptions, 221
enabling the tests, 224
instruments (TWM),
disabling, 223
enabling, 223
Instruments screen (TWM),
description of, 251
element descriptions, 251
Intellectual Property statement
description of, 20
intended use
description of, 14
K
key to symbols
descriptions of, 21
illustrations of, 21
Index
454 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
L
laboratory automation system technical data,
altitude, 112
ambient temperature, 112
placement, 112
relative humidity, 112
RFID, 112
sound pressure level, 112
storage and transport, 112
lane elements,
description of, 41
laser
safety, 300
Layout tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 159
list numbers,
component replacement, 446
consumables, 444
description of, 443
independent tools, 445
List requested tab (Samples) (TSM),
element descriptions, 175
loading,
analyzer-specific racks, 274
floor, typical, 72
rack in the module drawer, 99
samples into FlexRacks, 271
logging on,
Track Manager Operating System (TMOS), 79
Track Sample Manager (TSM), 128
Track Workflow Manager (TWM), 130
Login screen
description of, 89
M
Main menu screen (IOM)
illustration of, 88
Main menu screen (TSM),
description of, 143
element descriptions, 143
Main menu screen (TWM),
description of, 202
element descriptions, 203
maintenance
overview, 306
Maintenance tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 180
manufacturer
description of, 26
Master data screen (TWM)
description of, 246
message code,
acknowledging, 329
Message code screen (IOM)
illustration of, 328
message codes
message codes (continued)
description of, 328
messages (TSM),
viewing, 183
messages (TWM),
viewing, 216
Messages screen (TWM),
description of, 214
element descriptions, 215
Messages tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 181
overview, 181
modifying,
statistical criteria (TSM), 160
module,
cleaning the drawers, 321
cleaning the FlexRacks, 320
cleaning the handheld barcode reader, 323
cleaning the module covers, 318
cleaning the RackPorts, 319
cleaning the robot gripper, 319
cleaning the sample barcode reader, 322
cycling power, 265
loading analyzer-specific racks, 274
loading samples into FlexRacks, 271
opening and closing front and rear module covers, 268
pausing, 267
placing offline, 267
placing online, 266
powering off, 264
powering on, 263
replacing the robot gripper fingers, 323
shutting down, 280
unloading analyzer-specific racks, 277
unloading samples from FlexRacks, 273
Module controller screen (TSM),
element descriptions, 150
monitor,
cleaning, 318
description of, 60
monitoring display (TSM),
creating, 195
Monitoring tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 191
monthly maintenance procedure
CARs, 311
clean the housing, 311
O
observed problems,
CAR, 425
description of, 423
Input/Output Module (IOM), 433
track, 423
Track Sample Manager (TSM), 430
Track Workflow Manager (TWM), 433
opening,
Index
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
455
opening (continued)
module covers, 268
spiral tower doors, 138
track hoods, 132
operating instructions
overview, 123
Operation mode tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 164
operational precautions and limitations
impact of failure to comply, 285
operations manual
conventions for, 30
description, 32
organization of, 28
using the, 33
operator
responsibility for using the system, 290
P
Parameter screen (TWM),
description of, 259
element descriptions, 259
Parameter tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 185
passive lane elements,
description of, 41
illustration of, 41
pause mode,
deactivating, 268
pausing,
module, 267
performance characteristics and specifications
overview, 111
performing,
emergency shutdown, 126
physical hazards
overview, 295
placing offline,
module, 267
placing online,
module, 266
powering off,
module, 264
powering on,
module, 263
precautions
description of, 293
Prepare for Reboot screen (TMOS),
element descriptions, 83
principles of operation
Input/Output Module (IOM), 110
overview, 101
proprietary statement
description of, 15
Q
quarterly maintenance procedure
CARs, 312
clean the charging contacts, 312
R
rack,
loading analyzer-specific racks, 274
loading or unloading in the module drawer, 99
replacing, 97
unloading analyzer-specific racks, 277
rack ID,
editing, 97
RackPorts,
overview, 64
read me first
overview,
removing,
CAR with sample, 314
CAR without sample, 314
samples (TSM), 172
samples (TWM), 209
track hoods at the spiral tower, 135
removing (TWM)
inactivating, 209
replacing,
FlexRack, 325
front underseal of a CAR, 315
rack, 97
robot gripper fingers, 323
track hoods at the spiral tower, 135
requesting
CAR to send to a maintenance lane (TSM), 179
samples to send to an output area (TSM), 175
requirements,
handling the specimens, 287
reset user password,
Track Sample Manager (TSM), 77
Track Workflow Manager (TWM), 77
revision history
content revised,
revision date,
robot gripper fingers,
replacing, 323
roles and permissions,
Track Sample Manager (TSM), 142
Track Workflow Manager (TWM), 201
Routing Engine tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 163
routing strategy,
TSM workflow, 106
Run Batch screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 217
Run screen (TWM),
description of, 204
element descriptions, 204
Index
456 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
S
safety,
basic requirements, 296
CAR requirements, 299
Input/Output Module (IOM) requirements, 303
laser requirements, 300
safety icons
description of, 291
sample and CAR routing,
TSM workflow, 105
sample and rack barcode label technical data,
barcode, 113
barcode label, 113
symbology, 113
sample database (TSM)
synchronizing, 157
Sample Detail screen (TSM),
element descriptions, 167
Sample details screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 210
Sample History screen (TSM),
element descriptions, 169
Sample search result screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 207
Sample search screen (TWM),
description of, 205
element descriptions, 205
sample tube technical data,
cap diameter, 116
cap height, 116
cap type, 116
pediatric sample tubes, 116
tube diameter, 116
tube fill level, 116
tube height, 116
tube material, 116
tube shape, 116
tube type, 116
samples
loading into FlexRacks, 271
requesting to send to an output area (TSM), 175
searching (TSM), 171
searching (TWM), 213
searching for sample details (TWM), 213
unloading from FlexRacks, 273
samples (TSM),
removing, 172
samples (TWM),
inactivating, 209
Samples tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 165
overview, 165
samples to process (TWM),
viewing, 219
Search result screen (TSM),
element descriptions, 166
Search tab (CARS) (TSM),
Search tab (CARS) (TSM) (continued)
element descriptions, 177
Search tab (Samples) (TSM),
element descriptions, 166
searching,
archived samples (TSM), 156
sample details (TWM), 213
samples (TSM), 171
samples (TWM), 213
Segment controller screen (TSM),
element descriptions, 148
Select tests screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 208
sensitizers
description of, 294
Server Properties screen (TMOS),
element descriptions, 81
service, maintenance, and diagnostics
overview, 305
shutting down,
GLP systems Track, 125
module, 280
special lane elements,
description of, 42
specimen handling
requirements, 287
spills
cleanup precautions, 301
spiral tower,
installation requirements, 69
removing track hoods, 135
replacing track hoods, 135
technical data, 120
spiral tower doors,
closing, 138
opening, 138
starting,
batch (TWM), 220
GLP systems Track, 124
Statistic tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 159
statistical criteria (TSM),
modifying, 160
status package for sample and CAR routing,
TSM system monitoring, 107
statuses
descriptions of CAR charge statuses, 47
descriptions of drawer statuses, 62
descriptions of module statuses, 62
stopping,
batch (TWM), 219
symbols
key to, 21
synchronizing,
sample databases (TSM), 157
system documentation
overview,
System Information screen (TMOS),
Index
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
457
System Information screen (TMOS) (continued)
element descriptions, 83
system log,
TSM system monitoring, 107
system monitoring,
description of, 107
system security
description of, 11
laboratory automation system, 11
responsibility for, 11
T
technical data,
CAR, 120
Input/Output Module (IOM), 122
laboratory automation system, 112
overview, 112
sample and rack barcode label, 113
sample processing specifications, 119
sample tube, 116
spiral tower, 120
track, 119
Track Sample Manager (TSM), 121
Track Workflow Manager (TWM), 121
temperature statistics (TSM),
viewing, 161
test
assigning to an area (TWM), 243
assigning to an instrument (TWM), 254
configuring (TWM), 241
creating (TWM), 250
Test custom sample ID screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 256
test status (TWM),
viewing, 227
Test status screen (TWM),
description of, 225
disabling tests by instrument, 227
disabling tests by type of analysis, 228
element descriptions, 225
enabling tests by instrument, 227
enabling tests by type of analysis, 228
Tests of instrument screen (TWM),
element descriptions, 221
Tests screen (TWM),
description of, 238, 249
element descriptions, 238, 249
Timer screen (TWM),
description of, 258
element descriptions, 259
Timer tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 185
track,
cleaning the guiding slot, 309
cleaning the lane elements, 308
cleaning the track hoods, 308
observed problems, 423
track (continued)
overview, 39
Track / RE tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 146
overview, 145
track hoods,
closing, 132
opening, 132
track installation
description of, 69
track layout,
TSM workflow, 105
track maintenance
checks, 307
description of, 307
Track Manager Operating System (TMOS),
logging on, 79
user interface, 74
viewing licenses, 86
What's new, 8
Track Sample Manager (TSM),
change personal password, 78
create new user, 74
creating a monitoring display, 195
edit user, 76
functional description, 105
logging on, 128
modifying statistical criteria, 160
observed problems, 430
overview, 49
removing a sample, 172
requesting to send a CAR to a maintenance lane, 179
requesting to send a sample to an output area, 175
reset user password, 77
roles and permissions, 142
searching for archived samples, 156
searching for samples, 171
synchronizing sample databases, 157
system monitoring, 107
technical data, 121
user interface, 142
viewing connections to TWM, 164
viewing temperature statistics, 161
viewing the messages, 183
What's new, 8
workflow, 105
Track Sample Manager (TSM) system monitoring
status package for sample and CAR routing, 107
system log, 107
Track Sample Manager (TSM) workflow
routing strategy, 106
sample and CAR routing, 105
track layout, 105
TWM interface, 106
track sections,
description of, 39
illustration of, 39
track technical data,
Index
458 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
track technical data (continued)
current, 119
electrical safety parameters, 119
power, 119
supply frequency, 119
supply voltage, 119
Track Workflow Manager (TWM),
assigning test to an area, 243
assigning test to an instrument, 254
change personal password, 78
configuring a test, 241
create new user, 74
creating a test, 250
disabling an instrument, 223
disabling tests by instrument on the Test status screen, 227
disabling tests by type of analysis on the Test status screen,
228
disabling tests on the Instrument status screen, 224
edit user, 76
enabling an instrument, 223
enabling tests by instrument on the Test status screen, 227
enabling tests by type of analysis on the Test status screen,
228
enabling tests on the Instrument status screen, 224
functional description, 109
inactivating a sample, 209
logging on, 130
observed problems, 433
overview, 50
removing a sample, 209
reset user password, 77
roles and permissions, 201
searching for samples and sample details, 213
starting batch, 220
stopping batch, 219
technical data, 121
user interface, 201
viewing connections, 231
viewing messages, 216
viewing samples to process, 219
viewing the instrument status, 222
viewing the test status, 227
What's new, 8
Track Workflow Manager interface
TSM workflow, 106
Transfer screen (TWM),
description of, 260
element descriptions, 260
Transfer tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 188
transportation, installation, disassembly, and disposal
description of, 68
tripping hazards
description of, 295
Troubleshooting
overview, 327
TSM screen (TMOS),
description of, 84
TSM screen (TMOS) (continued)
element descriptions, 84
Tube details screen (TSM),
element descriptions, 190
Tube types screen (TWM),
description of, 248
element descriptions, 237, 248
overview, 237
Tubes tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 189
TWM screen (TMOS),
description of, 85
element descriptions, 85
Types of analysis screen (TWM),
description of, 248
element descriptions, 249
U
unloading,
analyzer-specific racks, 277
rack in the module drawer, 99
samples from FlexRacks, 273
use or function,
GLP systems Track, 35
User changes screen (TWM),
description of, 261
element descriptions, 261
User screen (TWM),
description of, 258
element descriptions, 258
User tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 184
using drawers with FlexRacks
description of, 92
using racks
description of, 97
V
viewing,
connections to TWM, 231
connections to TWM on TSM, 164
information about an area in the module, 96
instrument status (TWM), 222
licenses (TMOS), 86
messages (TSM), 183
messages (TWM), 216
samples to process (TWM), 219
temperature statistics (TSM), 161
test status (TWM), 227
W
Waiting queues tab (TSM),
element descriptions, 179
warranty
Index
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
459
warranty (continued)
description of, 17
weekly maintenance procedures
CARs, 310
clean the module covers, 318
clean the monitor, 318
clean the sensors, 311
clean the track hoods, 308
Input/Output Module, 317
track, 307
What's new,
features and changes, 8
workflow,
description of, 105
Workflow screen (TWM),
description of, 231
element descriptions, 232
Index
460 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
REVISION HISTORY
Document control number Revision date Content revised
80003968-108 2026-MM-DD Read me first; Sections 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 9,
10
GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
461
Revision history
This page is intentionally left blank.
462 GLP systems Track - Operations Manual
80003968-108 - 2026-MM-DD
© 2023 - 2026 Abbott. All rights reserved.
80003968-108
